Welcome to Current Psychiatry, a leading source of information, online and in print, for practitioners of psychiatry and its related subspecialties, including addiction psychiatry, child and adolescent psychiatry, and geriatric psychiatry. This Web site contains evidence-based reviews of the prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of mental illness and psychological disorders; case reports; updates on psychopharmacology; news about the specialty of psychiatry; pearls for practice; and other topics of interest and use to this audience.

Theme
medstat_cp
Top Sections
Evidence-Based Reviews
Cases That Test Your Skills
cp

Dear Drupal User: You're seeing this because you're logged in to Drupal, and not redirected to MDedge.com/psychiatry. 

Main menu
CP Main Menu
Explore menu
CP Explore Menu
Proclivity ID
18803001
Unpublish
Negative Keywords
Bipolar depression
Depression
adolescent depression
adolescent major depressive disorder
adolescent schizophrenia
adolescent with major depressive disorder
animals
autism
baby
brexpiprazole
child
child bipolar
child depression
child schizophrenia
children with bipolar disorder
children with depression
children with major depressive disorder
compulsive behaviors
cure
elderly bipolar
elderly depression
elderly major depressive disorder
elderly schizophrenia
elderly with dementia
first break
first episode
gambling
gaming
geriatric depression
geriatric major depressive disorder
geriatric schizophrenia
infant
kid
major depressive disorder
major depressive disorder in adolescents
major depressive disorder in children
parenting
pediatric
pediatric bipolar
pediatric depression
pediatric major depressive disorder
pediatric schizophrenia
pregnancy
pregnant
rexulti
skin care
teen
wine
Negative Keywords Excluded Elements
header[@id='header']
section[contains(@class, 'nav-hidden')]
footer[@id='footer']
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-article-current-psychiatry')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-home-current-psychiatry')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-pub-topic-current-psychiatry')]
div[contains(@class, 'panel-panel-inner')]
div[contains(@class, 'pane-node-field-article-topics')]
section[contains(@class, 'footer-nav-section-wrapper')]
Altmetric
DSM Affiliated
Display in offset block
QuickLearn Excluded Topics/Sections
Best Practices
CME
CME Supplements
Education Center
Medical Education Library
Disqus Exclude
Best Practices
CE/CME
Education Center
Medical Education Library
Enable Disqus
Display Author and Disclosure Link
Publication Type
Clinical
Slot System
Top 25
Disable Sticky Ads
Disable Ad Block Mitigation
Featured Buckets Admin
Publication LayerRX Default ID
798,799
Show Ads on this Publication's Homepage
Consolidated Pub
Show Article Page Numbers on TOC

The patient nobody liked

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:30
Display Headline
The patient nobody liked

CASE: He bares it all

Police have arrested Mr. L, age 62, 3 times in 36 hours after spotting him walking naked in public. With the county jail jammed to capacity, police bring him each time to our hospital’s emergency room.

After his first arrest, Mr. L matter-of-factly tells us, “I want to walk naked and starve myself to death.” His self-harm exhortations amplify with each visit until—at the third presentation—he reports that he has not eaten for at least 2 days.

Mr. L had been living on the streets for nearly 1 month. Before that, he had been in jail for approximately 1 month after attacking a nursing home patient. He has been hospitalized twice in 5 months for severe depression and personality disorder and has engaged in numerous disruptive behavioral episodes and feeble suicide attempts. At this latest presentation, he appears disheveled and lacks judgment and insight into his condition.

We readmit Mr. L to the psychiatric unit to re-evaluate his treatment. He had been on citalopram, 60 mg/d, and aripiprazole, 10 mg/d, but he says he stopped taking the medications because they were not improving his mood.

The authors’ observations

We readmitted Mr. L with working diagnoses of:

  • major depressive disorder with psychotic features, based on his suicide threats and complaints of depression
  • personality disorder not otherwise specified, based on his behavioral episodes, apparent desire to be cared for (Table 1), and refusal to “get better” during 2 recent hospitalizations.
Table 1

A troubled life: Mr. L’s history

PeriodMr. L’s difficulties
ChildhoodHas no friends in school; his mother—Mr. L’s sole source of emotional support—continues to wash his laundry, buy his food and clothes into his 20s
Adult lifeKeeps ‘goofing off’ at work and has trouble staying employed; depends on wife to manage his life
2 years agoShows depressive symptoms (amotivation, lack of concentration, increased fatigue, decreased appetite) after shoulder injury
Develops irrational fear that household appliances will malfunction
Becomes hostile toward his wife of 34 years
5 months agoHospitalized after threatening to kill wife; has depressive symptoms and is disruptive during month-long hospitalization
4 months agoDischarged from hospital to homeless shelter because estranged wife won’t allow him back home; is readmitted after shelter staff find him banging his head on an iron gate; again behaves disruptively
3 months agoDischarged from second month-long hospitalization to nursing home
2 months agoAttacks patient at nursing home; police arrest and incarcerate him on disorderly conduct charge
Past monthReleased from jail after 1 month and spends weeks on the streets; lands in ER after police repeatedly catch him walking naked in public

HISTORY: His best friends

As a child, Mr. L had no friends. His father was physically present but emotionally distant, so he relied on his mother for emotional support. Throughout his teens and early adulthood, his mother continued to do his laundry, buy his food and clothes, and run his life. When he married in his early 20s, his wife assumed this role.

Mr. L avoided psychiatric care for most of his life but did not socialize outside the house, lacked ambition, and seemed content to depend on his wife. He worked primarily as a janitor or housekeeper but was constantly getting fired and drifted from job to job. His wife told us that when he was supposed to be working, he spent hours staring at the walls and watching TV.

Mr. L’s recent troubles began approximately 2 years ago, when he suffered a shoulder injury. He underwent physical therapy but refused needed surgery because he lacked money and health insurance.

As the shoulder pain intensified, Mr. L quit his job. While out of work, he stopped attending physical therapy sessions when his depressive symptoms began to offset the shoulder pain. He suffered loss of concentration and motivation, increased fatigue with hypersomnia, and decreased appetite. He lost 10 to 12 lb in 1 year.

Mr. L also started having trouble “focusing on reality” and developed obsessive fears of malfunctions around the house, such as the furnace blowing up, the stove catching fire, or the toilet backing up. At one point, he began urinating and defecating in his pants to avoid using the toilet. He began to feel hopeless and several times tried to suffocate himself by placing a plastic bag over his head.

He also grew irritable, angry, and aggressive—mostly toward his wife, who increasingly feared him. He started blaming her for “everything wrong in my life” and began contemplating stabbing her to death or striking her head with a hammer.

 

 

Five months ago, Mr. L was involuntarily hospitalized for depressive symptoms, suicidality, and continued homicidal thoughts toward his wife. The attending psychiatrist started olanzapine, 5 mg nightly, for psychotic features, and citalopram, 10 mg/d, for depression and anxiety, and ordered one-on-one observation to prevent additional suicide attempts. Mr. L’s shoulder pain had resolved by this time.

Three days later, Mr. L began refusing to eat. The psychiatrist then increased citalopram to 20 mg/d and olanzapine to 5 mg bid and asked a hospital internist to evaluate for malnutrition and a psychologist to gauge cognitive and intellectual function.

During the psychologist’s evaluation, Mr. L showed average global intellectual functioning but delays in visual-motor speed, visual working memory, and alertness to his environment. These findings, however, did not explain the patient’s lower functioning at home or in the hospital.

We ruled out organic causes for Mr. L’s cognitive deficits after receiving normal brain MRI, urinalysis, rapid plasma reagin titer, and thyroid-stimulating hormone test results. We also ruled out malnutrition because vitamin B12 and folate levels were normal but ordered a dietary consult to help Mr. L regain weight.

Staff and family registered Mr. L for Medicare and Medicaid benefits so that he could become more independent, but his behavior soon regressed. He complained that staff and family were ignoring him and started urinating outside the bathroom, eating and smearing his feces, and bothering other patients. Staff directed Mr. L’s wife to ignore his verbal abuse over the phone and encourage him to stay motivated for treatment.

Mr. L’s disruptive behavior stopped after the psychologist tried individual therapy with behavior modification. The psychologist helped him devise a cleanliness plan and encouraged him to express his anger verbally rather than acting out. When Mr. L smeared his feces, he was to scrub the area with soap and water, take a 5-minute cold shower, put on clean clothes, and write and read an apology to hospital staff.

DISCHARGE: Nowhere to go

One month after admission, Mr. L was free of suicidal and homicidal thoughts and other symptoms. Staff prepared him for discharge, but his wife was contemplating divorce and refused to allow him back home. He also declined community outpatient treatment because he wanted his life to return to “normal” and was unaware that he was harming himself and others.

With no other disposition options, we discharged Mr. L to a homeless shelter. Later that day, shelter staff brought him back to the ER after they found him banging his head against an iron gate. We readmitted him to the psychiatric unit, at which point he endorsed suicidal thinking.

READMISSION: ‘Cold’ case

During this second hospitalization, Mr. L was again eating his feces as well as coloring himself with green markers, writing obscenities on the wall, and tearing up other patients’ papers. He repeatedly took 15-minute cold showers and told staff as they urged him out of the shower that he wanted to die by inducing hypothermia. During these episodes, he often called his estranged wife and told her what he was doing.

After the treatment team had Mr. L civilly committed, the attending psychiatrist titrated citalopram to 60 mg/d, discontinued olanzapine, and added aripiprazole to target the patient’s underlying depressive symptoms. Aripiprazole was started at 5 mg nightly and eventually titrated to 10 mg nightly. On 3 occasions during the month-long hospitalization, Mr. L refused to take his medications because he felt he did not belong in the hospital.

The attending psychiatrist diagnosed “dependent, passive-aggressive behaviors” and noted that Mr. L was “not amenable” to psychiatric hospitalization. The treatment team and outpatient community mental health department decided the patient had a personality disorder and that continued hospitalization would prevent him from attaining autonomy.

We then discharged Mr. L to a nursing home. There, he demanded a transfer back to the hospital or to jail because he feared he could not afford nursing home care and believed he could receive more attention elsewhere. His request was rejected after our ER psychiatrist found him medically and mentally fit to stay at the nursing home.

About 1 month later, Mr. L tried to smother a female patient by holding a pillow over her face but stopped when she began to struggle. After he told the nurses what he had done, staff immediately called police, who arrested Mr. L and transferred him to the county jail.

Because police and nursing home staff viewed the incident as a cry for help rather than a cold-blooded attack, police charged Mr. L with disorderly conduct. One month later, police dropped the charge and released him to the streets.

 

 

The authors’ observations

Mr. L triggered hateful reactions among several treatment team members, many of whom felt vindicated by his arrest. Clinicians might react this way if they feel a patient is wasting their time, manipulating them, not recognizing their narcissistic need for the patient to change, or ignoring their treatment plans.1

Acknowledging the staff’s—and your own—reaction to a difficult patient is critical. Not doing so can lead to treatment decisions based on emotions rather than evidence. In a busy clinical setting, it’s easy to lose sight of this.

The following strategies can help you manage hateful countertransference, cope with a patient’s offensive behaviors, and make appropriate decisions:

  • Allow staff members to discuss their feelings. Encourage them to acknowledge and discuss their feelings during team meetings or daily treatment discussions. This helped members of our team recognize that their identification with Mr. L’s self-rejection fueled their desire to “reject” him by discharging him to police or the homeless shelter.
  • Joke about the patient’s behavior when appropriate. Humor is a mature and potentially healing defense mechanism. When not treating Mr. L, for example, we joked among ourselves about publishing a case report titled, “The case of the poop-eater.” Never joke about the patient in the therapeutic milieu, where it can be disruptive.
  • See the behavior as a defense mechanism. Viewing patients’ reactions as defense mechanisms—rather than effects of a psychiatric disorder—can help you better understand the patient’s underlying pathophysiology.

READMISSION: More bad behavior

After his 3 arrests for public nudity, we readmit Mr. L, restart citalopram at 20 mg/d, and titrate it back to 60 mg/d to target his depression. We also switch back to olanzapine, 10 mg nightly, because the patient has seen little clinical benefit from aripiprazole and feels that olanzapine had improved his sleep.

In the psychiatric ward, Mr. L is once again disturbing patients, smearing and eating feces, and making half-hearted suicide attempts. Upset that staff is “ignoring” him, he enters other patients’ rooms without invitation and urinates in places other than the bathroom.

The authors’ observations

After 3 hospital admissions, Mr. L’s diagnosis remained unclear (Table 2). At his first admission, his symptoms suggested major depression with psychotic features. With his subsequent behaviors in the inpatient psychiatric unit—including primitive suicide attempts and smearing and eating feces—Mr. L showed a strong desire to be cared for. This and his past dependence on his wife and mother suggested a severe dependent personality disorder.

At his first discharge, Mr. L was diagnosed with a personality disorder with significant passive-aggressive traits. His lifelong dysphoria and lack of ambition also suggested dysthymia.

With discharge from this latest hospitalization pending, we searched for options. We considered Mr. L’s ongoing suicidality, persistent acting out, and aggression. Treatment team members discussed his use of “primitive defenses”2 stemming from his limited coping skills in the face of severe depression.

Table 2

Mr. L’s differential diagnosis

Possible diagnosisMr. L’s symptoms
Major depression
  • Diminished motivation, concentration, and appetite
  • Increased fatigue, hypersomnia
  • Suicidal thinking
Personality disorder
  • Primitive, dependent behaviors
  • Abnormal dependence on wife, mother
Depression with psychotic features
  • Depressive symptoms with obsessive suicidal/homicidal thoughts, fears of household malfunctions

TREATMENT: A different course

One week after admission, Mr. L’s inpatient psychiatrist recommends electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) to target the patient’s presumed severe depressive episodes and disruptive behaviors. The psychiatrist is experienced in performing ECT, which in clinical trials3 has shown efficacy in treatment-refractory major depression.

After giving informed consent, Mr. L receives 8 bilateral ECT treatments in 3 weeks. Also, the hospital psychologist performs behavioral modification similar to the previous cleanliness plan and again encourages Mr. L to express his anger and anxiety verbally.

By the second week of ECT, Mr. L’s disruptive behaviors have ceased. By the end of week 3, his mood and motivation have improved to the point where he shows interest in becoming independent. He says he wants to show his estranged wife he can care for himself and eventually reunite with her.

As Mr. L continues to improve, we discharge him to outpatient community mental health services and continue citalopram, 60 mg/d, and olanzapine, 5 mg nightly.

Nearly 2 years later, Mr. L is living independently. He has been regularly seeing his psychiatrist at the community mental health center and is maintained on citalopram and olanzapine. He continues trying to make amends with his wife but is still out of work and receives Social Security disability benefits.

The authors’ observations

Mr. L was fortunate that his inpatient psychiatrist could re-evaluate the diagnosis after identifying the staff’s significantly hateful countertransference. This allowed staff to offer ECT, which—despite its documented efficacy for major depression—is not widely available in the United States.

 

 

If no ECT providers were available, we would have considered medication change and long-term treatment in a state mental hospital until Mr. L showed he could care for himself.

Related resources

  • Nagera H. Countertransference (PowerPoint presentation). Tampa, FL: The Carter Jenkins Center; 2003. www.thecjc.org/ppoint/ppoint/ct.ppt.
  • MayoClinic.com video: Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT): One woman’s journey. Click on “Video” at top, then scroll to title.
Drug brand names

  • Aripiprazole • Abilify
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Citalopram • Celexa
Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. Green LB. The value of hate in the countertransference. Clin Soc Work J 2006;34:188-99.

2. Vaillant GE. Ego mechanisms of defense and personality psychopathology. J Abnorm Psychol 1994;103:44-50.

3. Pagnin D, de Queiroz V, Pini S, Cassano GB. Efficacy of ECT in depression: a meta-analytic review. J ECT 2004;20:13-20.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Sebastian Kreitschitz, MD
Gagandeep Singh, MD
Dr. Kreitschitz is a third-year psychiatry resident and Dr. Singh is assistant professor, department of psychiatry, University of Utah, Salt Lake City.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(03)
Publications
Page Number
76-82
Legacy Keywords
Sebastian Kreitschitz MD; Gagandeep Singh MD; suicidality; disruptive behavior; acting out; dependent personality disorder; dysthymia; antisocial personality disorder; major depressive disorder
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Sebastian Kreitschitz, MD
Gagandeep Singh, MD
Dr. Kreitschitz is a third-year psychiatry resident and Dr. Singh is assistant professor, department of psychiatry, University of Utah, Salt Lake City.

Author and Disclosure Information

Sebastian Kreitschitz, MD
Gagandeep Singh, MD
Dr. Kreitschitz is a third-year psychiatry resident and Dr. Singh is assistant professor, department of psychiatry, University of Utah, Salt Lake City.

Article PDF
Article PDF

CASE: He bares it all

Police have arrested Mr. L, age 62, 3 times in 36 hours after spotting him walking naked in public. With the county jail jammed to capacity, police bring him each time to our hospital’s emergency room.

After his first arrest, Mr. L matter-of-factly tells us, “I want to walk naked and starve myself to death.” His self-harm exhortations amplify with each visit until—at the third presentation—he reports that he has not eaten for at least 2 days.

Mr. L had been living on the streets for nearly 1 month. Before that, he had been in jail for approximately 1 month after attacking a nursing home patient. He has been hospitalized twice in 5 months for severe depression and personality disorder and has engaged in numerous disruptive behavioral episodes and feeble suicide attempts. At this latest presentation, he appears disheveled and lacks judgment and insight into his condition.

We readmit Mr. L to the psychiatric unit to re-evaluate his treatment. He had been on citalopram, 60 mg/d, and aripiprazole, 10 mg/d, but he says he stopped taking the medications because they were not improving his mood.

The authors’ observations

We readmitted Mr. L with working diagnoses of:

  • major depressive disorder with psychotic features, based on his suicide threats and complaints of depression
  • personality disorder not otherwise specified, based on his behavioral episodes, apparent desire to be cared for (Table 1), and refusal to “get better” during 2 recent hospitalizations.
Table 1

A troubled life: Mr. L’s history

PeriodMr. L’s difficulties
ChildhoodHas no friends in school; his mother—Mr. L’s sole source of emotional support—continues to wash his laundry, buy his food and clothes into his 20s
Adult lifeKeeps ‘goofing off’ at work and has trouble staying employed; depends on wife to manage his life
2 years agoShows depressive symptoms (amotivation, lack of concentration, increased fatigue, decreased appetite) after shoulder injury
Develops irrational fear that household appliances will malfunction
Becomes hostile toward his wife of 34 years
5 months agoHospitalized after threatening to kill wife; has depressive symptoms and is disruptive during month-long hospitalization
4 months agoDischarged from hospital to homeless shelter because estranged wife won’t allow him back home; is readmitted after shelter staff find him banging his head on an iron gate; again behaves disruptively
3 months agoDischarged from second month-long hospitalization to nursing home
2 months agoAttacks patient at nursing home; police arrest and incarcerate him on disorderly conduct charge
Past monthReleased from jail after 1 month and spends weeks on the streets; lands in ER after police repeatedly catch him walking naked in public

HISTORY: His best friends

As a child, Mr. L had no friends. His father was physically present but emotionally distant, so he relied on his mother for emotional support. Throughout his teens and early adulthood, his mother continued to do his laundry, buy his food and clothes, and run his life. When he married in his early 20s, his wife assumed this role.

Mr. L avoided psychiatric care for most of his life but did not socialize outside the house, lacked ambition, and seemed content to depend on his wife. He worked primarily as a janitor or housekeeper but was constantly getting fired and drifted from job to job. His wife told us that when he was supposed to be working, he spent hours staring at the walls and watching TV.

Mr. L’s recent troubles began approximately 2 years ago, when he suffered a shoulder injury. He underwent physical therapy but refused needed surgery because he lacked money and health insurance.

As the shoulder pain intensified, Mr. L quit his job. While out of work, he stopped attending physical therapy sessions when his depressive symptoms began to offset the shoulder pain. He suffered loss of concentration and motivation, increased fatigue with hypersomnia, and decreased appetite. He lost 10 to 12 lb in 1 year.

Mr. L also started having trouble “focusing on reality” and developed obsessive fears of malfunctions around the house, such as the furnace blowing up, the stove catching fire, or the toilet backing up. At one point, he began urinating and defecating in his pants to avoid using the toilet. He began to feel hopeless and several times tried to suffocate himself by placing a plastic bag over his head.

He also grew irritable, angry, and aggressive—mostly toward his wife, who increasingly feared him. He started blaming her for “everything wrong in my life” and began contemplating stabbing her to death or striking her head with a hammer.

 

 

Five months ago, Mr. L was involuntarily hospitalized for depressive symptoms, suicidality, and continued homicidal thoughts toward his wife. The attending psychiatrist started olanzapine, 5 mg nightly, for psychotic features, and citalopram, 10 mg/d, for depression and anxiety, and ordered one-on-one observation to prevent additional suicide attempts. Mr. L’s shoulder pain had resolved by this time.

Three days later, Mr. L began refusing to eat. The psychiatrist then increased citalopram to 20 mg/d and olanzapine to 5 mg bid and asked a hospital internist to evaluate for malnutrition and a psychologist to gauge cognitive and intellectual function.

During the psychologist’s evaluation, Mr. L showed average global intellectual functioning but delays in visual-motor speed, visual working memory, and alertness to his environment. These findings, however, did not explain the patient’s lower functioning at home or in the hospital.

We ruled out organic causes for Mr. L’s cognitive deficits after receiving normal brain MRI, urinalysis, rapid plasma reagin titer, and thyroid-stimulating hormone test results. We also ruled out malnutrition because vitamin B12 and folate levels were normal but ordered a dietary consult to help Mr. L regain weight.

Staff and family registered Mr. L for Medicare and Medicaid benefits so that he could become more independent, but his behavior soon regressed. He complained that staff and family were ignoring him and started urinating outside the bathroom, eating and smearing his feces, and bothering other patients. Staff directed Mr. L’s wife to ignore his verbal abuse over the phone and encourage him to stay motivated for treatment.

Mr. L’s disruptive behavior stopped after the psychologist tried individual therapy with behavior modification. The psychologist helped him devise a cleanliness plan and encouraged him to express his anger verbally rather than acting out. When Mr. L smeared his feces, he was to scrub the area with soap and water, take a 5-minute cold shower, put on clean clothes, and write and read an apology to hospital staff.

DISCHARGE: Nowhere to go

One month after admission, Mr. L was free of suicidal and homicidal thoughts and other symptoms. Staff prepared him for discharge, but his wife was contemplating divorce and refused to allow him back home. He also declined community outpatient treatment because he wanted his life to return to “normal” and was unaware that he was harming himself and others.

With no other disposition options, we discharged Mr. L to a homeless shelter. Later that day, shelter staff brought him back to the ER after they found him banging his head against an iron gate. We readmitted him to the psychiatric unit, at which point he endorsed suicidal thinking.

READMISSION: ‘Cold’ case

During this second hospitalization, Mr. L was again eating his feces as well as coloring himself with green markers, writing obscenities on the wall, and tearing up other patients’ papers. He repeatedly took 15-minute cold showers and told staff as they urged him out of the shower that he wanted to die by inducing hypothermia. During these episodes, he often called his estranged wife and told her what he was doing.

After the treatment team had Mr. L civilly committed, the attending psychiatrist titrated citalopram to 60 mg/d, discontinued olanzapine, and added aripiprazole to target the patient’s underlying depressive symptoms. Aripiprazole was started at 5 mg nightly and eventually titrated to 10 mg nightly. On 3 occasions during the month-long hospitalization, Mr. L refused to take his medications because he felt he did not belong in the hospital.

The attending psychiatrist diagnosed “dependent, passive-aggressive behaviors” and noted that Mr. L was “not amenable” to psychiatric hospitalization. The treatment team and outpatient community mental health department decided the patient had a personality disorder and that continued hospitalization would prevent him from attaining autonomy.

We then discharged Mr. L to a nursing home. There, he demanded a transfer back to the hospital or to jail because he feared he could not afford nursing home care and believed he could receive more attention elsewhere. His request was rejected after our ER psychiatrist found him medically and mentally fit to stay at the nursing home.

About 1 month later, Mr. L tried to smother a female patient by holding a pillow over her face but stopped when she began to struggle. After he told the nurses what he had done, staff immediately called police, who arrested Mr. L and transferred him to the county jail.

Because police and nursing home staff viewed the incident as a cry for help rather than a cold-blooded attack, police charged Mr. L with disorderly conduct. One month later, police dropped the charge and released him to the streets.

 

 

The authors’ observations

Mr. L triggered hateful reactions among several treatment team members, many of whom felt vindicated by his arrest. Clinicians might react this way if they feel a patient is wasting their time, manipulating them, not recognizing their narcissistic need for the patient to change, or ignoring their treatment plans.1

Acknowledging the staff’s—and your own—reaction to a difficult patient is critical. Not doing so can lead to treatment decisions based on emotions rather than evidence. In a busy clinical setting, it’s easy to lose sight of this.

The following strategies can help you manage hateful countertransference, cope with a patient’s offensive behaviors, and make appropriate decisions:

  • Allow staff members to discuss their feelings. Encourage them to acknowledge and discuss their feelings during team meetings or daily treatment discussions. This helped members of our team recognize that their identification with Mr. L’s self-rejection fueled their desire to “reject” him by discharging him to police or the homeless shelter.
  • Joke about the patient’s behavior when appropriate. Humor is a mature and potentially healing defense mechanism. When not treating Mr. L, for example, we joked among ourselves about publishing a case report titled, “The case of the poop-eater.” Never joke about the patient in the therapeutic milieu, where it can be disruptive.
  • See the behavior as a defense mechanism. Viewing patients’ reactions as defense mechanisms—rather than effects of a psychiatric disorder—can help you better understand the patient’s underlying pathophysiology.

READMISSION: More bad behavior

After his 3 arrests for public nudity, we readmit Mr. L, restart citalopram at 20 mg/d, and titrate it back to 60 mg/d to target his depression. We also switch back to olanzapine, 10 mg nightly, because the patient has seen little clinical benefit from aripiprazole and feels that olanzapine had improved his sleep.

In the psychiatric ward, Mr. L is once again disturbing patients, smearing and eating feces, and making half-hearted suicide attempts. Upset that staff is “ignoring” him, he enters other patients’ rooms without invitation and urinates in places other than the bathroom.

The authors’ observations

After 3 hospital admissions, Mr. L’s diagnosis remained unclear (Table 2). At his first admission, his symptoms suggested major depression with psychotic features. With his subsequent behaviors in the inpatient psychiatric unit—including primitive suicide attempts and smearing and eating feces—Mr. L showed a strong desire to be cared for. This and his past dependence on his wife and mother suggested a severe dependent personality disorder.

At his first discharge, Mr. L was diagnosed with a personality disorder with significant passive-aggressive traits. His lifelong dysphoria and lack of ambition also suggested dysthymia.

With discharge from this latest hospitalization pending, we searched for options. We considered Mr. L’s ongoing suicidality, persistent acting out, and aggression. Treatment team members discussed his use of “primitive defenses”2 stemming from his limited coping skills in the face of severe depression.

Table 2

Mr. L’s differential diagnosis

Possible diagnosisMr. L’s symptoms
Major depression
  • Diminished motivation, concentration, and appetite
  • Increased fatigue, hypersomnia
  • Suicidal thinking
Personality disorder
  • Primitive, dependent behaviors
  • Abnormal dependence on wife, mother
Depression with psychotic features
  • Depressive symptoms with obsessive suicidal/homicidal thoughts, fears of household malfunctions

TREATMENT: A different course

One week after admission, Mr. L’s inpatient psychiatrist recommends electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) to target the patient’s presumed severe depressive episodes and disruptive behaviors. The psychiatrist is experienced in performing ECT, which in clinical trials3 has shown efficacy in treatment-refractory major depression.

After giving informed consent, Mr. L receives 8 bilateral ECT treatments in 3 weeks. Also, the hospital psychologist performs behavioral modification similar to the previous cleanliness plan and again encourages Mr. L to express his anger and anxiety verbally.

By the second week of ECT, Mr. L’s disruptive behaviors have ceased. By the end of week 3, his mood and motivation have improved to the point where he shows interest in becoming independent. He says he wants to show his estranged wife he can care for himself and eventually reunite with her.

As Mr. L continues to improve, we discharge him to outpatient community mental health services and continue citalopram, 60 mg/d, and olanzapine, 5 mg nightly.

Nearly 2 years later, Mr. L is living independently. He has been regularly seeing his psychiatrist at the community mental health center and is maintained on citalopram and olanzapine. He continues trying to make amends with his wife but is still out of work and receives Social Security disability benefits.

The authors’ observations

Mr. L was fortunate that his inpatient psychiatrist could re-evaluate the diagnosis after identifying the staff’s significantly hateful countertransference. This allowed staff to offer ECT, which—despite its documented efficacy for major depression—is not widely available in the United States.

 

 

If no ECT providers were available, we would have considered medication change and long-term treatment in a state mental hospital until Mr. L showed he could care for himself.

Related resources

  • Nagera H. Countertransference (PowerPoint presentation). Tampa, FL: The Carter Jenkins Center; 2003. www.thecjc.org/ppoint/ppoint/ct.ppt.
  • MayoClinic.com video: Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT): One woman’s journey. Click on “Video” at top, then scroll to title.
Drug brand names

  • Aripiprazole • Abilify
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Citalopram • Celexa
Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

CASE: He bares it all

Police have arrested Mr. L, age 62, 3 times in 36 hours after spotting him walking naked in public. With the county jail jammed to capacity, police bring him each time to our hospital’s emergency room.

After his first arrest, Mr. L matter-of-factly tells us, “I want to walk naked and starve myself to death.” His self-harm exhortations amplify with each visit until—at the third presentation—he reports that he has not eaten for at least 2 days.

Mr. L had been living on the streets for nearly 1 month. Before that, he had been in jail for approximately 1 month after attacking a nursing home patient. He has been hospitalized twice in 5 months for severe depression and personality disorder and has engaged in numerous disruptive behavioral episodes and feeble suicide attempts. At this latest presentation, he appears disheveled and lacks judgment and insight into his condition.

We readmit Mr. L to the psychiatric unit to re-evaluate his treatment. He had been on citalopram, 60 mg/d, and aripiprazole, 10 mg/d, but he says he stopped taking the medications because they were not improving his mood.

The authors’ observations

We readmitted Mr. L with working diagnoses of:

  • major depressive disorder with psychotic features, based on his suicide threats and complaints of depression
  • personality disorder not otherwise specified, based on his behavioral episodes, apparent desire to be cared for (Table 1), and refusal to “get better” during 2 recent hospitalizations.
Table 1

A troubled life: Mr. L’s history

PeriodMr. L’s difficulties
ChildhoodHas no friends in school; his mother—Mr. L’s sole source of emotional support—continues to wash his laundry, buy his food and clothes into his 20s
Adult lifeKeeps ‘goofing off’ at work and has trouble staying employed; depends on wife to manage his life
2 years agoShows depressive symptoms (amotivation, lack of concentration, increased fatigue, decreased appetite) after shoulder injury
Develops irrational fear that household appliances will malfunction
Becomes hostile toward his wife of 34 years
5 months agoHospitalized after threatening to kill wife; has depressive symptoms and is disruptive during month-long hospitalization
4 months agoDischarged from hospital to homeless shelter because estranged wife won’t allow him back home; is readmitted after shelter staff find him banging his head on an iron gate; again behaves disruptively
3 months agoDischarged from second month-long hospitalization to nursing home
2 months agoAttacks patient at nursing home; police arrest and incarcerate him on disorderly conduct charge
Past monthReleased from jail after 1 month and spends weeks on the streets; lands in ER after police repeatedly catch him walking naked in public

HISTORY: His best friends

As a child, Mr. L had no friends. His father was physically present but emotionally distant, so he relied on his mother for emotional support. Throughout his teens and early adulthood, his mother continued to do his laundry, buy his food and clothes, and run his life. When he married in his early 20s, his wife assumed this role.

Mr. L avoided psychiatric care for most of his life but did not socialize outside the house, lacked ambition, and seemed content to depend on his wife. He worked primarily as a janitor or housekeeper but was constantly getting fired and drifted from job to job. His wife told us that when he was supposed to be working, he spent hours staring at the walls and watching TV.

Mr. L’s recent troubles began approximately 2 years ago, when he suffered a shoulder injury. He underwent physical therapy but refused needed surgery because he lacked money and health insurance.

As the shoulder pain intensified, Mr. L quit his job. While out of work, he stopped attending physical therapy sessions when his depressive symptoms began to offset the shoulder pain. He suffered loss of concentration and motivation, increased fatigue with hypersomnia, and decreased appetite. He lost 10 to 12 lb in 1 year.

Mr. L also started having trouble “focusing on reality” and developed obsessive fears of malfunctions around the house, such as the furnace blowing up, the stove catching fire, or the toilet backing up. At one point, he began urinating and defecating in his pants to avoid using the toilet. He began to feel hopeless and several times tried to suffocate himself by placing a plastic bag over his head.

He also grew irritable, angry, and aggressive—mostly toward his wife, who increasingly feared him. He started blaming her for “everything wrong in my life” and began contemplating stabbing her to death or striking her head with a hammer.

 

 

Five months ago, Mr. L was involuntarily hospitalized for depressive symptoms, suicidality, and continued homicidal thoughts toward his wife. The attending psychiatrist started olanzapine, 5 mg nightly, for psychotic features, and citalopram, 10 mg/d, for depression and anxiety, and ordered one-on-one observation to prevent additional suicide attempts. Mr. L’s shoulder pain had resolved by this time.

Three days later, Mr. L began refusing to eat. The psychiatrist then increased citalopram to 20 mg/d and olanzapine to 5 mg bid and asked a hospital internist to evaluate for malnutrition and a psychologist to gauge cognitive and intellectual function.

During the psychologist’s evaluation, Mr. L showed average global intellectual functioning but delays in visual-motor speed, visual working memory, and alertness to his environment. These findings, however, did not explain the patient’s lower functioning at home or in the hospital.

We ruled out organic causes for Mr. L’s cognitive deficits after receiving normal brain MRI, urinalysis, rapid plasma reagin titer, and thyroid-stimulating hormone test results. We also ruled out malnutrition because vitamin B12 and folate levels were normal but ordered a dietary consult to help Mr. L regain weight.

Staff and family registered Mr. L for Medicare and Medicaid benefits so that he could become more independent, but his behavior soon regressed. He complained that staff and family were ignoring him and started urinating outside the bathroom, eating and smearing his feces, and bothering other patients. Staff directed Mr. L’s wife to ignore his verbal abuse over the phone and encourage him to stay motivated for treatment.

Mr. L’s disruptive behavior stopped after the psychologist tried individual therapy with behavior modification. The psychologist helped him devise a cleanliness plan and encouraged him to express his anger verbally rather than acting out. When Mr. L smeared his feces, he was to scrub the area with soap and water, take a 5-minute cold shower, put on clean clothes, and write and read an apology to hospital staff.

DISCHARGE: Nowhere to go

One month after admission, Mr. L was free of suicidal and homicidal thoughts and other symptoms. Staff prepared him for discharge, but his wife was contemplating divorce and refused to allow him back home. He also declined community outpatient treatment because he wanted his life to return to “normal” and was unaware that he was harming himself and others.

With no other disposition options, we discharged Mr. L to a homeless shelter. Later that day, shelter staff brought him back to the ER after they found him banging his head against an iron gate. We readmitted him to the psychiatric unit, at which point he endorsed suicidal thinking.

READMISSION: ‘Cold’ case

During this second hospitalization, Mr. L was again eating his feces as well as coloring himself with green markers, writing obscenities on the wall, and tearing up other patients’ papers. He repeatedly took 15-minute cold showers and told staff as they urged him out of the shower that he wanted to die by inducing hypothermia. During these episodes, he often called his estranged wife and told her what he was doing.

After the treatment team had Mr. L civilly committed, the attending psychiatrist titrated citalopram to 60 mg/d, discontinued olanzapine, and added aripiprazole to target the patient’s underlying depressive symptoms. Aripiprazole was started at 5 mg nightly and eventually titrated to 10 mg nightly. On 3 occasions during the month-long hospitalization, Mr. L refused to take his medications because he felt he did not belong in the hospital.

The attending psychiatrist diagnosed “dependent, passive-aggressive behaviors” and noted that Mr. L was “not amenable” to psychiatric hospitalization. The treatment team and outpatient community mental health department decided the patient had a personality disorder and that continued hospitalization would prevent him from attaining autonomy.

We then discharged Mr. L to a nursing home. There, he demanded a transfer back to the hospital or to jail because he feared he could not afford nursing home care and believed he could receive more attention elsewhere. His request was rejected after our ER psychiatrist found him medically and mentally fit to stay at the nursing home.

About 1 month later, Mr. L tried to smother a female patient by holding a pillow over her face but stopped when she began to struggle. After he told the nurses what he had done, staff immediately called police, who arrested Mr. L and transferred him to the county jail.

Because police and nursing home staff viewed the incident as a cry for help rather than a cold-blooded attack, police charged Mr. L with disorderly conduct. One month later, police dropped the charge and released him to the streets.

 

 

The authors’ observations

Mr. L triggered hateful reactions among several treatment team members, many of whom felt vindicated by his arrest. Clinicians might react this way if they feel a patient is wasting their time, manipulating them, not recognizing their narcissistic need for the patient to change, or ignoring their treatment plans.1

Acknowledging the staff’s—and your own—reaction to a difficult patient is critical. Not doing so can lead to treatment decisions based on emotions rather than evidence. In a busy clinical setting, it’s easy to lose sight of this.

The following strategies can help you manage hateful countertransference, cope with a patient’s offensive behaviors, and make appropriate decisions:

  • Allow staff members to discuss their feelings. Encourage them to acknowledge and discuss their feelings during team meetings or daily treatment discussions. This helped members of our team recognize that their identification with Mr. L’s self-rejection fueled their desire to “reject” him by discharging him to police or the homeless shelter.
  • Joke about the patient’s behavior when appropriate. Humor is a mature and potentially healing defense mechanism. When not treating Mr. L, for example, we joked among ourselves about publishing a case report titled, “The case of the poop-eater.” Never joke about the patient in the therapeutic milieu, where it can be disruptive.
  • See the behavior as a defense mechanism. Viewing patients’ reactions as defense mechanisms—rather than effects of a psychiatric disorder—can help you better understand the patient’s underlying pathophysiology.

READMISSION: More bad behavior

After his 3 arrests for public nudity, we readmit Mr. L, restart citalopram at 20 mg/d, and titrate it back to 60 mg/d to target his depression. We also switch back to olanzapine, 10 mg nightly, because the patient has seen little clinical benefit from aripiprazole and feels that olanzapine had improved his sleep.

In the psychiatric ward, Mr. L is once again disturbing patients, smearing and eating feces, and making half-hearted suicide attempts. Upset that staff is “ignoring” him, he enters other patients’ rooms without invitation and urinates in places other than the bathroom.

The authors’ observations

After 3 hospital admissions, Mr. L’s diagnosis remained unclear (Table 2). At his first admission, his symptoms suggested major depression with psychotic features. With his subsequent behaviors in the inpatient psychiatric unit—including primitive suicide attempts and smearing and eating feces—Mr. L showed a strong desire to be cared for. This and his past dependence on his wife and mother suggested a severe dependent personality disorder.

At his first discharge, Mr. L was diagnosed with a personality disorder with significant passive-aggressive traits. His lifelong dysphoria and lack of ambition also suggested dysthymia.

With discharge from this latest hospitalization pending, we searched for options. We considered Mr. L’s ongoing suicidality, persistent acting out, and aggression. Treatment team members discussed his use of “primitive defenses”2 stemming from his limited coping skills in the face of severe depression.

Table 2

Mr. L’s differential diagnosis

Possible diagnosisMr. L’s symptoms
Major depression
  • Diminished motivation, concentration, and appetite
  • Increased fatigue, hypersomnia
  • Suicidal thinking
Personality disorder
  • Primitive, dependent behaviors
  • Abnormal dependence on wife, mother
Depression with psychotic features
  • Depressive symptoms with obsessive suicidal/homicidal thoughts, fears of household malfunctions

TREATMENT: A different course

One week after admission, Mr. L’s inpatient psychiatrist recommends electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) to target the patient’s presumed severe depressive episodes and disruptive behaviors. The psychiatrist is experienced in performing ECT, which in clinical trials3 has shown efficacy in treatment-refractory major depression.

After giving informed consent, Mr. L receives 8 bilateral ECT treatments in 3 weeks. Also, the hospital psychologist performs behavioral modification similar to the previous cleanliness plan and again encourages Mr. L to express his anger and anxiety verbally.

By the second week of ECT, Mr. L’s disruptive behaviors have ceased. By the end of week 3, his mood and motivation have improved to the point where he shows interest in becoming independent. He says he wants to show his estranged wife he can care for himself and eventually reunite with her.

As Mr. L continues to improve, we discharge him to outpatient community mental health services and continue citalopram, 60 mg/d, and olanzapine, 5 mg nightly.

Nearly 2 years later, Mr. L is living independently. He has been regularly seeing his psychiatrist at the community mental health center and is maintained on citalopram and olanzapine. He continues trying to make amends with his wife but is still out of work and receives Social Security disability benefits.

The authors’ observations

Mr. L was fortunate that his inpatient psychiatrist could re-evaluate the diagnosis after identifying the staff’s significantly hateful countertransference. This allowed staff to offer ECT, which—despite its documented efficacy for major depression—is not widely available in the United States.

 

 

If no ECT providers were available, we would have considered medication change and long-term treatment in a state mental hospital until Mr. L showed he could care for himself.

Related resources

  • Nagera H. Countertransference (PowerPoint presentation). Tampa, FL: The Carter Jenkins Center; 2003. www.thecjc.org/ppoint/ppoint/ct.ppt.
  • MayoClinic.com video: Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT): One woman’s journey. Click on “Video” at top, then scroll to title.
Drug brand names

  • Aripiprazole • Abilify
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Citalopram • Celexa
Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. Green LB. The value of hate in the countertransference. Clin Soc Work J 2006;34:188-99.

2. Vaillant GE. Ego mechanisms of defense and personality psychopathology. J Abnorm Psychol 1994;103:44-50.

3. Pagnin D, de Queiroz V, Pini S, Cassano GB. Efficacy of ECT in depression: a meta-analytic review. J ECT 2004;20:13-20.

References

1. Green LB. The value of hate in the countertransference. Clin Soc Work J 2006;34:188-99.

2. Vaillant GE. Ego mechanisms of defense and personality psychopathology. J Abnorm Psychol 1994;103:44-50.

3. Pagnin D, de Queiroz V, Pini S, Cassano GB. Efficacy of ECT in depression: a meta-analytic review. J ECT 2004;20:13-20.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(03)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(03)
Page Number
76-82
Page Number
76-82
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
The patient nobody liked
Display Headline
The patient nobody liked
Legacy Keywords
Sebastian Kreitschitz MD; Gagandeep Singh MD; suicidality; disruptive behavior; acting out; dependent personality disorder; dysthymia; antisocial personality disorder; major depressive disorder
Legacy Keywords
Sebastian Kreitschitz MD; Gagandeep Singh MD; suicidality; disruptive behavior; acting out; dependent personality disorder; dysthymia; antisocial personality disorder; major depressive disorder
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

A cry for help: Treating involuntary emotional expression disorder

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:07
Display Headline
A cry for help: Treating involuntary emotional expression disorder

Mrs. R, a 68-year-old retired teacher, is referred to you for suspected mania after a closed head injury from a car accident. The referring physician reports that Mrs. R experienced mild anterograde amnesia that has resolved, but she continues to suffer from “persistent mood swings as evidenced by substantial inappropriate laughter.”

Mrs. R is not manic. Her mood is normal, with a relatively euthymic affect. When asked about her accident or injury, however, she breaks into bouts of laughter that appear to be uncontrollable and last up to several minutes. These episodes include respiratory changes that make her laughter nearly indistinguishable from crying. Mrs. R explains that the episodes occur every time she discusses the accident—regardless of her efforts to prevent them—and complains they are extremely frustrating and embarrassing. She avoids situations that might trigger the episodes.

Patients with involuntary emotional expression disorder (IEED)—a neurologic disorder that manifests as brief bouts of uncontrollable crying, laughing, or both—may appear to have bipolar disorder, schizophrenia, depression, or another psychiatric disorder. Careful evaluation, however, can distinguish IEED from other conditions. Managing the disorder requires an understanding of IEED phenomenology, including:

  • neurologic conditions that result in IEED
  • underlying pathology
  • diagnostic criteria
  • effective treatments.

Brain dysfunction alters affect

IEED was introduced as an inclusive term, replacing previous nomenclature such as pathologic laughing and crying, pseudobulbar affect, affective lability, and emotional incontinence.1

IEED can present as episodes of laughter, as in Mrs. R’s case, but more commonly manifests as bouts of crying. Other presentations include a combination of laughing and crying, but episodic outbursts of other emotions that are out of the patient’s control—such as anger—can be included in this syndrome.2 IEED episodes can lead to embarrassment, frustration, and anger that eventually can affect mood and often cause patients to avoid social interaction.3

IEED can occur in any condition that damages and affects the brain areas critical to emotional motor output (Box 1).4-6 The broad pattern of lesions that can result in IEED stems from many disease states. IEED is often observed in amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), multiple sclerosis (MS), stroke, and traumatic brain injury. It also may occur in dementia, Parkinson’s disease, and other disorders (Table 1).7

Table 1

Neurologic conditions associated with IEED

Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
Multiple sclerosis
Traumatic brain injury
Stroke
Alzheimer’s disease
Frontotemporal dementia
Parkinson’s disease
Progressive supranuclear palsy
Multiple systems atrophy
Wilson’s disease
Normal pressure hydrocephalus
Olivopontine cerebellar atrophy
Source: Reference 7

Diagnosis can be elusive

Although IEED is not included in DSM-IV-TR, recently developed diagnostic criteria can help distinguish it from other disorders (Table 2).1 As with DSM-categorized disorders, IEED must result in clinically significant distress or impairment in social or occupational function and must not be better accounted for by another disorder or caused by a physiologic substance.

The patient must present with symptoms caused by brain dysfunction from brain injury or neurodegenerative disease. Underlying brain damage might not be apparent when the patient first presents, but to our knowledge no case of idiopathic IEED has been described. If a patient presents with symptoms thought to be IEED, first determine what underlying neurologic condition is causing the symptoms and optimally manage this disorder.

To be considered IEED, the patient’s symptoms must represent a change from his or her normal emotional reactivity. When interviewing patients and their families, compare the patient’s current emotional reactivity with that from when he or she was free of all disease symptoms. Such considerations are important because a patient may have a life-long condition in which he or she is prone to emotional displays—such as essential crying—that is distinct from IEED.8

Symptoms must be incongruent with or in excess of the person’s underlying mood and independent or in excess of the provoking stimulus. Inappropriateness of the emotional response is the hallmark of IEED.

IEED episodes have characteristic clinical features (Table 3). They are brief—lasting seconds to minutes—and sudden in onset and conclusion. Episodes are likely to be stereotyped in severity and presenting type within patients, as well as in the triggering stimulus or set of stimuli. For example, patients often experience episodes when asked about the syndrome.9 In severe cases, patients experience episodes with any interpersonal contact.10

Some characteristics support—but are not essential for—an IEED diagnosis:

  • autonomic symptoms, such as flushing of the face and increased salivary production during episodes
  • pseudobulbar signs, such as increased jaw jerk, exaggerated gag reflex, dysarthria, and dysphagia
  • other emotional outbursts.
 

 

Table 2

Is it IEED? Diagnostic criteria

Presence of brain damage
Episodes of involuntary emotional motor output that:
  • represent a change from normal emotional reactivity
  • are independent or in excess of provoking stimuli
  • result in clinically significant distress or social or functional impairment
Disorder is not:
  • better accounted for by another neurologic or psychiatric disorder
  • caused by a physiologic substance
Source: Reference 1
Table 3

Characteristics of IEED episodes

Paroxysmal, sudden onset with rapid offset
Brief (up to several minutes)
Stereotyped across patients (may manifest in similar fashion from patient to patient)
Stereotyped within patients (episodes often have similar type, severity, and eliciting stimuli)
Box 1

IEED: A consequence of brain pathology

Damage to the descending inputs to the pontomedullary area once referred to as the faciorespiratory center is most likely to result in release of bulbar function and, subsequently, involuntary emotional expression disorder (IEED). Therefore, because of the progressive upper motor neuron degeneration associated with amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), nearly 50% of ALS patients will eventually demonstrate pathological affect.4

The lesions that can result in IEED are diffuse, however, and have been described in a review of IEED neuroanatomy as including a cortico-limbic-subcortico-thalamo-ponto-cerebellar network.5 Single lesions to white matter structures—such as the internal capsule—and gray matter structures—such as the thalamus, hypothalamus, basal ganglia, cerebellum, and several cortical locations—have been associated with IEED. Bilateral lesions are more likely to produce the disorder than single lesions.

With such varied neuroanatomic substrates, predicting the underlying neurochemical pathology of IEED is difficult. Among the neurotransmitters considered in IEED pathology and treatment are serotonin, glutamate, and dopamine. The sigma-1 receptor system may also play a role.6

CASE CONTINUED: Reaching a diagnosis

After thoroughly interviewing Mrs. R, you exclude mood disorders such as depression or bipolar disorder. The paroxysmal, episodic nature of her emotional outbursts and the consistency of the eliciting stimulus, suggest IEED.

Distinguishing IEED from depression. Physicians may be quick to diagnose a patient with consistent, recurrent crying as having a depressive disorder. In IEED, the patient’s family commonly (and inappropriately) will confirm this misperception, even if the patient claims otherwise. The hallmark distinctions between depression and IEED are:

  • duration of crying
  • associated mood state.
Major depressive disorder (MDD) is a persistent change in a patient’s mood lasting weeks to months, accompanied by feelings of guilt, helplessness, hopelessness, and worthlessness, apathy, and anhedonia.11 IEED is paroxysmal, with uncontrollable changes in affect without a corresponding sudden mood change. Patients may report mood changes during episodes, but between episodes return to an euthymic affect.

Patients who suffer from MDD, however, are not excluded from an IEED diagnosis. In 1 small study, almost one-half of patients with IEED also had major depression.12 Differentiating these syndromes—even in patients who suffer from both—is important to ensure proper management and patient and family understanding of the condition. Lastly, although IEED is not a mood disorder, the embarrassment and frustration it causes can change a patient’s mood over time.

Recommended treatment

Education. In our experience, education is critical to help patients and family members understand IEED and deal with embarrassment and other normal reactions they may experience. Explain that these emotional displays are not manic or psychotic episodes but periods of motor dyscontrol caused by a neurologic condition.

Teach them to cope with IEED by:

  • identifying and avoiding stimuli that provoke IEED episodes
  • ignoring the episodes and continuing with usual activities.
Antidepressants are first-line pharmacotherapy for IEED. Studies and case reports have shown efficacy for tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs) such as nortriptyline and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) such as fluoxetine (Table 4).2,12-16

These agents have IEED-specific therapeutic effects through a mechanism independent of their antidepressant action. In patients with IEED and depression, antidepressants may resolve IEED while depression remains refractory.2,12 Potential drawbacks include anticholinergic effects with TCAs and sexual and gastrointestinal side effects with SSRIs. Nevertheless, these agents are the optimal first-line therapy for IEED among currently available options.

Other agents. Small studies have investigated other agents, but the data are insufficient to warrant recommendations for clinical practice. One study found that the novel antidepressant mirtazapine improved symptoms in 2 patients who did not respond to SSRIs.17 In another study, levodopa therapy resulted in improvement in 10 of 25 patients.18

Box 2

2 scales for measuring IEED treatment efficacy

Among scales that measure involuntary emotional expression disorder (IEED) severity, 2 have been used in studies of IEED therapeutic efficacy (see Related Resources):12,19,20

  • Pathological Laughing and Crying Scale (PLACS) developed by Robinson et al12 is an interviewer-administered, 18-item tool that has been validated in IEED patients with stroke,12 dementia,22and traumatic brain injury.23
  • 7-item Center for Neurologic Study-Lability Scale (CNS-LS) is a self-report measure that has been validated in IEED patients with amyotrophic lateral sclerosis24 and multiple sclerosis.25

Although these scales have been used primarily for research, you can use them clinically to establish a baseline of IEED severity and gauge treatment efficacy. Improved scores generally correlate with successful treatment; if a patient fails to show adequate response on 1 of these scales, consider changing treatment.

 

 

A combination dextromethorphan and quinidine (DM/Q) is being evaluated for IEED. This compound has demonstrated efficacy in IEED patients with ALS19 and MS20 and is in Phase III clinical development. DM/Q is thought to be a potent activator of the sigma-1 receptor system as well as an N-methyl-D-aspartate antagonist.21

Table 4

IEED: Evidence for antidepressants

DrugStudy design/populationDosageOutcome
Tricyclics
AmitriptylineSchiffer et al;13 double-blind crossover; 12 multiple sclerosis patientsMean: 57.8 mg/d8 patients showed significant improvement compared with placebo
NortriptylineRobinson et al;12 double-blind, placebo-controlled; 28 stroke patients≤100 mg/dPatients receiving nortriptyline reported significantly greater improvement on PLACS at 4 and 6 weeks compared with placebo
Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors
CitalopramAnderson et al;14 double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover; 16 stroke patients10 to 20 mg/dCitalopram decreased the number of daily crying episodes by ≥50% compared with placebo
FluoxetineChoi-Kwon et al;2 double-blind placebo-controlled; 152 patients20 mg/dFluoxetine significantly improved measures of IEED and anger proneness but not depression
ParoxetineMüller et al;15 consecutive case series, comparison with citalopram; 26 patients with traumatic brain injury or stroke10 to 40 mg/dBoth paroxetine and citalopram resulted in significant improvements in measures of emotionalism
SertralineBurns et al;16 double-blind, placebo-controlled; 28 stroke patients50 mg/dPatients receiving sertraline had significant improvements in measures of emotionalism
IEED: involuntary emotional expression disorder; PLACS: Pathological Laughing and Crying Scale

CASE CONTINUED: Effective pharmacotherapy

After diagnosing IEED, you start Mrs. R on sertraline, 50 mg/d. She experiences a nearly immediate reduction in the number of daily IEED episodes. As a result, she feels more comfortable engaging in social activities.

Recommendations. We recommend using pharmacologic therapy for IEED. Because of the presence of underlying brain damage, IEED patients are likely to require treatment for other chronic or progressive conditions. Choose first-line therapy based on the patient’s medication regimen and comorbid conditions, as well as the drug’s side-effect profile.

Effective pharmacologic intervention can greatly improve patients’ quality of life.19,20 Use scales that measure IEED severity to gauge treatment effectiveness (Box 2).12,19,20,22-25 Because treatment failure is a realistic possibility,17 you may need to try a variety of agents to determine which regimen provides the greatest efficacy and therapeutic effects.

Related Resources

  • Involuntary emotional expressive disorder (for healthcare professionals). www.ieed.org/hp.
  • Pathological laughing and crying scale (PLACS). Robinson RG, Parikh RM, Lipsey JR, et al. Pathological laughing and crying following stroke: validation of a measurement scale and a double-blind treatment study. Am J Psychiatry 1993;150:286-93.
  • Center for neurologic study—lability scale (CNS-LS). Moore SR, Gresham LS, Bromberg MB, et al. A self report measure of affective lability. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1997;63:89-93.
Drug brand names

  • Amitriptyline • Elavil, Endep
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Dextromethorphan/quinidine • Zenvia*
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Levodopa • Larodopa
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Nortriptyline • Aventyl
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • * IN PHASE III DEVELOPMENT
Disclosures

Dr. Grill reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in the article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Dr. Cummings is a consultant to Acadia Pharmaceuticals, Astellas Pharma, Avanir Pharmaceuticals, Cephalon, CoMentis, Eisai, Eli Lilly and Company, EnVivo Pharmaceuticals, Forest Pharmaceuticals, Janssen, L.P., Lundbeck, Merck, Merz Pharma, Myriad, Neurochem, Novartis, Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Pfizer Inc., and sanofi-aventis. He is a speaker for Eisai, Forest Pharmaceuticals, Janssen, L.P., Lundbeck, Merz Pharma, Novartis, and Pfizer Inc.

References

1. Cummings JL, Arciniegas DB, Brooks BR, et al. Defining and diagnosing involuntary emotional expression disorder. CNS Spectr 2006;11:1-7.

2. Choi-Kwon S, Han SW, Kwon SU, et al. Fluoxetine treatment in poststroke depression, emotional incontinence, and anger proneness: a double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Stroke 2006;37:156-61.

3. Lieberman A, Benson DF. Control of emotional expression in pseudobulbar palsy. A personal experience. Arch Neurol 1977;34:717-9.

4. Caroscio JT, Mulvihill MN, Sterling R, Abrams B. Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis. Its natural history. Neurol Clin 1987;5:1-8.

5. Arciniegas DB, Lauterbach EC, Anderson KE, et al. The differential diagnosis of pseudobulbar affect (PBA). Distinguishing PBA among disorders of mood and affect. Proceedings of a roundtable meeting. CNS Spectr 2005;10:1-14; quiz 15-16.-

6. Rabins PV, Arciniegas DB. Pathophysiology of involuntary emotional expression disorder. CNS Spectr 2007;12:17-22.

7. Arciniegas DB, Topkoff J. The neuropsychiatry of pathologic affect: an approach to evaluation and treatment. Semin Clin Neuropsychiatry 2000;5:290-306.

8. Green RL, McAllister TW, Bernat JL. A study of crying in medically and surgically hospitalized patients. Am J Psychiatry 1987;144:442-7.

9. Dark FL, McGrath JJ, Ron MA. Pathological laughing and crying. Aust N Z J Psychiatry 1996;30:472-9.

10. Wilson S. Some problems in neurology. II. Pathological laughing and crying. J Neurol Psychopathol 1924;16:299-333.

11. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders. 4th ed, text rev. Washington, D.C: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.

12. Robinson RG, Parikh RM, Lipsey JR, et al. Pathological laughing and crying following stroke: validation of a measurement scale and a double-blind treatment study. Am J Psychiatry 1993;150:286-93.

13. Schiffer RB, Herndon RM, Rudick RA. Treatment of pathologic laughing and weeping with amitriptyline. N Engl J Med 1985;312(23):1480-2.

14. Anderson G, Vestergaard K, Riis JO. Citalopram for post-stroke pathological crying. Lancet 1993;342(8875):837-9.

15. Müller U, Murai T, Bauer-Wittmund T, von Cramon DY. Paroxetine versus citalopram treatment of pathological crying after brain injury. Brain Inj 1999;13(10):805-11.

16. Burns A, Russell E, Stratton-Powell H, et al. Sertraline in stroke-associated lability of mood. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 1999;14(8):681-5.

17. Kim SW, Shin IS, Kim JM, et al. Mirtazapine treatment for pathological laughing and crying after stroke. Clin Neuropharmacol 2005;28:249-51.

18. Udaka F, Yamao S, Nagata H, et al. Pathologic laughing and crying treated with levodopa. Arch Neurol 1984;41:1095-6.

19. Brooks BR, Thisted RA, Appel SH, et al. Treatment of pseudobulbar affect in ALS with dextromethorphan/quinidine: a randomized trial. Neurology 2004;63:1364-70.

20. Panitch HS, Thisted RA, Smith RA, et al. Randomized, controlled trial of dextromethorphan/quinidine for pseudobulbar affect in multiple sclerosis. Ann Neurol 2006;59:780-7.

21. Werling LL, Keller A, Frank JG, Nuwayhid SJ. A comparison of the binding profiles of dextromethorphan, memantine, fluoxetine and amitriptyline: treatment of involuntary emotional expression disorder. Exp Neurol 2007;207(2):248-57.

22. Starkstein SE, Migliorelli R, Teson A, et al. Prevalence and clinical correlates of pathological affective display in Alzheimer’s disease. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1995;59:55-60.

23. Tateno A, Jorge RE, Robinson RG. Pathological laughing and crying following traumatic brain injury. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 2004;16:426-34.

24. Moore SR, Gresham LS, Bromberg MB, et al. A self report measure of affective lability. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1997;63:89-93.

25. Smith RA, Berg JE, Pope LE, et al. Validation of the CNS emotional lability scale for pseudobulbar affect (pathological laughing and crying) in multiple sclerosis patients. Mult Scler 2004;10:679-85.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Joshua D. Grill, PhD
Director, recruitment and education core, Alzheimer Disease Center, Department of neurology, David Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA, Los Angeles

Jeffrey L. Cummings, MD
Augustus S. Rose Professor of Neurology, Director, Alzheimer Disease Center, Department of neurology, Professor of psychiatry and biobehavioral science, David Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA, Los Angeles

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(03)
Publications
Page Number
101-111
Legacy Keywords
Joshua D. Grill PhD; Jeffrey L. Cummings MD; involuntary emotional expression disorder; IEED; pathologic laughing and crying; pseudobulbar affect; affective lability; emotional incontinence; bouts of crying; episodes of laughter; amyotrophic lateral sclerosis; multiple sclerosis; traumatic brain injury; stroke; Alzheimer’s disease; frontotemporal dementia; Parkinson’s disease; pseudobulbar signs; tricyclic antidepressants; selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors; nortriptyline; fluoxetine
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Joshua D. Grill, PhD
Director, recruitment and education core, Alzheimer Disease Center, Department of neurology, David Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA, Los Angeles

Jeffrey L. Cummings, MD
Augustus S. Rose Professor of Neurology, Director, Alzheimer Disease Center, Department of neurology, Professor of psychiatry and biobehavioral science, David Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA, Los Angeles

Author and Disclosure Information

Joshua D. Grill, PhD
Director, recruitment and education core, Alzheimer Disease Center, Department of neurology, David Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA, Los Angeles

Jeffrey L. Cummings, MD
Augustus S. Rose Professor of Neurology, Director, Alzheimer Disease Center, Department of neurology, Professor of psychiatry and biobehavioral science, David Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA, Los Angeles

Article PDF
Article PDF

Mrs. R, a 68-year-old retired teacher, is referred to you for suspected mania after a closed head injury from a car accident. The referring physician reports that Mrs. R experienced mild anterograde amnesia that has resolved, but she continues to suffer from “persistent mood swings as evidenced by substantial inappropriate laughter.”

Mrs. R is not manic. Her mood is normal, with a relatively euthymic affect. When asked about her accident or injury, however, she breaks into bouts of laughter that appear to be uncontrollable and last up to several minutes. These episodes include respiratory changes that make her laughter nearly indistinguishable from crying. Mrs. R explains that the episodes occur every time she discusses the accident—regardless of her efforts to prevent them—and complains they are extremely frustrating and embarrassing. She avoids situations that might trigger the episodes.

Patients with involuntary emotional expression disorder (IEED)—a neurologic disorder that manifests as brief bouts of uncontrollable crying, laughing, or both—may appear to have bipolar disorder, schizophrenia, depression, or another psychiatric disorder. Careful evaluation, however, can distinguish IEED from other conditions. Managing the disorder requires an understanding of IEED phenomenology, including:

  • neurologic conditions that result in IEED
  • underlying pathology
  • diagnostic criteria
  • effective treatments.

Brain dysfunction alters affect

IEED was introduced as an inclusive term, replacing previous nomenclature such as pathologic laughing and crying, pseudobulbar affect, affective lability, and emotional incontinence.1

IEED can present as episodes of laughter, as in Mrs. R’s case, but more commonly manifests as bouts of crying. Other presentations include a combination of laughing and crying, but episodic outbursts of other emotions that are out of the patient’s control—such as anger—can be included in this syndrome.2 IEED episodes can lead to embarrassment, frustration, and anger that eventually can affect mood and often cause patients to avoid social interaction.3

IEED can occur in any condition that damages and affects the brain areas critical to emotional motor output (Box 1).4-6 The broad pattern of lesions that can result in IEED stems from many disease states. IEED is often observed in amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), multiple sclerosis (MS), stroke, and traumatic brain injury. It also may occur in dementia, Parkinson’s disease, and other disorders (Table 1).7

Table 1

Neurologic conditions associated with IEED

Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
Multiple sclerosis
Traumatic brain injury
Stroke
Alzheimer’s disease
Frontotemporal dementia
Parkinson’s disease
Progressive supranuclear palsy
Multiple systems atrophy
Wilson’s disease
Normal pressure hydrocephalus
Olivopontine cerebellar atrophy
Source: Reference 7

Diagnosis can be elusive

Although IEED is not included in DSM-IV-TR, recently developed diagnostic criteria can help distinguish it from other disorders (Table 2).1 As with DSM-categorized disorders, IEED must result in clinically significant distress or impairment in social or occupational function and must not be better accounted for by another disorder or caused by a physiologic substance.

The patient must present with symptoms caused by brain dysfunction from brain injury or neurodegenerative disease. Underlying brain damage might not be apparent when the patient first presents, but to our knowledge no case of idiopathic IEED has been described. If a patient presents with symptoms thought to be IEED, first determine what underlying neurologic condition is causing the symptoms and optimally manage this disorder.

To be considered IEED, the patient’s symptoms must represent a change from his or her normal emotional reactivity. When interviewing patients and their families, compare the patient’s current emotional reactivity with that from when he or she was free of all disease symptoms. Such considerations are important because a patient may have a life-long condition in which he or she is prone to emotional displays—such as essential crying—that is distinct from IEED.8

Symptoms must be incongruent with or in excess of the person’s underlying mood and independent or in excess of the provoking stimulus. Inappropriateness of the emotional response is the hallmark of IEED.

IEED episodes have characteristic clinical features (Table 3). They are brief—lasting seconds to minutes—and sudden in onset and conclusion. Episodes are likely to be stereotyped in severity and presenting type within patients, as well as in the triggering stimulus or set of stimuli. For example, patients often experience episodes when asked about the syndrome.9 In severe cases, patients experience episodes with any interpersonal contact.10

Some characteristics support—but are not essential for—an IEED diagnosis:

  • autonomic symptoms, such as flushing of the face and increased salivary production during episodes
  • pseudobulbar signs, such as increased jaw jerk, exaggerated gag reflex, dysarthria, and dysphagia
  • other emotional outbursts.
 

 

Table 2

Is it IEED? Diagnostic criteria

Presence of brain damage
Episodes of involuntary emotional motor output that:
  • represent a change from normal emotional reactivity
  • are independent or in excess of provoking stimuli
  • result in clinically significant distress or social or functional impairment
Disorder is not:
  • better accounted for by another neurologic or psychiatric disorder
  • caused by a physiologic substance
Source: Reference 1
Table 3

Characteristics of IEED episodes

Paroxysmal, sudden onset with rapid offset
Brief (up to several minutes)
Stereotyped across patients (may manifest in similar fashion from patient to patient)
Stereotyped within patients (episodes often have similar type, severity, and eliciting stimuli)
Box 1

IEED: A consequence of brain pathology

Damage to the descending inputs to the pontomedullary area once referred to as the faciorespiratory center is most likely to result in release of bulbar function and, subsequently, involuntary emotional expression disorder (IEED). Therefore, because of the progressive upper motor neuron degeneration associated with amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), nearly 50% of ALS patients will eventually demonstrate pathological affect.4

The lesions that can result in IEED are diffuse, however, and have been described in a review of IEED neuroanatomy as including a cortico-limbic-subcortico-thalamo-ponto-cerebellar network.5 Single lesions to white matter structures—such as the internal capsule—and gray matter structures—such as the thalamus, hypothalamus, basal ganglia, cerebellum, and several cortical locations—have been associated with IEED. Bilateral lesions are more likely to produce the disorder than single lesions.

With such varied neuroanatomic substrates, predicting the underlying neurochemical pathology of IEED is difficult. Among the neurotransmitters considered in IEED pathology and treatment are serotonin, glutamate, and dopamine. The sigma-1 receptor system may also play a role.6

CASE CONTINUED: Reaching a diagnosis

After thoroughly interviewing Mrs. R, you exclude mood disorders such as depression or bipolar disorder. The paroxysmal, episodic nature of her emotional outbursts and the consistency of the eliciting stimulus, suggest IEED.

Distinguishing IEED from depression. Physicians may be quick to diagnose a patient with consistent, recurrent crying as having a depressive disorder. In IEED, the patient’s family commonly (and inappropriately) will confirm this misperception, even if the patient claims otherwise. The hallmark distinctions between depression and IEED are:

  • duration of crying
  • associated mood state.
Major depressive disorder (MDD) is a persistent change in a patient’s mood lasting weeks to months, accompanied by feelings of guilt, helplessness, hopelessness, and worthlessness, apathy, and anhedonia.11 IEED is paroxysmal, with uncontrollable changes in affect without a corresponding sudden mood change. Patients may report mood changes during episodes, but between episodes return to an euthymic affect.

Patients who suffer from MDD, however, are not excluded from an IEED diagnosis. In 1 small study, almost one-half of patients with IEED also had major depression.12 Differentiating these syndromes—even in patients who suffer from both—is important to ensure proper management and patient and family understanding of the condition. Lastly, although IEED is not a mood disorder, the embarrassment and frustration it causes can change a patient’s mood over time.

Recommended treatment

Education. In our experience, education is critical to help patients and family members understand IEED and deal with embarrassment and other normal reactions they may experience. Explain that these emotional displays are not manic or psychotic episodes but periods of motor dyscontrol caused by a neurologic condition.

Teach them to cope with IEED by:

  • identifying and avoiding stimuli that provoke IEED episodes
  • ignoring the episodes and continuing with usual activities.
Antidepressants are first-line pharmacotherapy for IEED. Studies and case reports have shown efficacy for tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs) such as nortriptyline and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) such as fluoxetine (Table 4).2,12-16

These agents have IEED-specific therapeutic effects through a mechanism independent of their antidepressant action. In patients with IEED and depression, antidepressants may resolve IEED while depression remains refractory.2,12 Potential drawbacks include anticholinergic effects with TCAs and sexual and gastrointestinal side effects with SSRIs. Nevertheless, these agents are the optimal first-line therapy for IEED among currently available options.

Other agents. Small studies have investigated other agents, but the data are insufficient to warrant recommendations for clinical practice. One study found that the novel antidepressant mirtazapine improved symptoms in 2 patients who did not respond to SSRIs.17 In another study, levodopa therapy resulted in improvement in 10 of 25 patients.18

Box 2

2 scales for measuring IEED treatment efficacy

Among scales that measure involuntary emotional expression disorder (IEED) severity, 2 have been used in studies of IEED therapeutic efficacy (see Related Resources):12,19,20

  • Pathological Laughing and Crying Scale (PLACS) developed by Robinson et al12 is an interviewer-administered, 18-item tool that has been validated in IEED patients with stroke,12 dementia,22and traumatic brain injury.23
  • 7-item Center for Neurologic Study-Lability Scale (CNS-LS) is a self-report measure that has been validated in IEED patients with amyotrophic lateral sclerosis24 and multiple sclerosis.25

Although these scales have been used primarily for research, you can use them clinically to establish a baseline of IEED severity and gauge treatment efficacy. Improved scores generally correlate with successful treatment; if a patient fails to show adequate response on 1 of these scales, consider changing treatment.

 

 

A combination dextromethorphan and quinidine (DM/Q) is being evaluated for IEED. This compound has demonstrated efficacy in IEED patients with ALS19 and MS20 and is in Phase III clinical development. DM/Q is thought to be a potent activator of the sigma-1 receptor system as well as an N-methyl-D-aspartate antagonist.21

Table 4

IEED: Evidence for antidepressants

DrugStudy design/populationDosageOutcome
Tricyclics
AmitriptylineSchiffer et al;13 double-blind crossover; 12 multiple sclerosis patientsMean: 57.8 mg/d8 patients showed significant improvement compared with placebo
NortriptylineRobinson et al;12 double-blind, placebo-controlled; 28 stroke patients≤100 mg/dPatients receiving nortriptyline reported significantly greater improvement on PLACS at 4 and 6 weeks compared with placebo
Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors
CitalopramAnderson et al;14 double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover; 16 stroke patients10 to 20 mg/dCitalopram decreased the number of daily crying episodes by ≥50% compared with placebo
FluoxetineChoi-Kwon et al;2 double-blind placebo-controlled; 152 patients20 mg/dFluoxetine significantly improved measures of IEED and anger proneness but not depression
ParoxetineMüller et al;15 consecutive case series, comparison with citalopram; 26 patients with traumatic brain injury or stroke10 to 40 mg/dBoth paroxetine and citalopram resulted in significant improvements in measures of emotionalism
SertralineBurns et al;16 double-blind, placebo-controlled; 28 stroke patients50 mg/dPatients receiving sertraline had significant improvements in measures of emotionalism
IEED: involuntary emotional expression disorder; PLACS: Pathological Laughing and Crying Scale

CASE CONTINUED: Effective pharmacotherapy

After diagnosing IEED, you start Mrs. R on sertraline, 50 mg/d. She experiences a nearly immediate reduction in the number of daily IEED episodes. As a result, she feels more comfortable engaging in social activities.

Recommendations. We recommend using pharmacologic therapy for IEED. Because of the presence of underlying brain damage, IEED patients are likely to require treatment for other chronic or progressive conditions. Choose first-line therapy based on the patient’s medication regimen and comorbid conditions, as well as the drug’s side-effect profile.

Effective pharmacologic intervention can greatly improve patients’ quality of life.19,20 Use scales that measure IEED severity to gauge treatment effectiveness (Box 2).12,19,20,22-25 Because treatment failure is a realistic possibility,17 you may need to try a variety of agents to determine which regimen provides the greatest efficacy and therapeutic effects.

Related Resources

  • Involuntary emotional expressive disorder (for healthcare professionals). www.ieed.org/hp.
  • Pathological laughing and crying scale (PLACS). Robinson RG, Parikh RM, Lipsey JR, et al. Pathological laughing and crying following stroke: validation of a measurement scale and a double-blind treatment study. Am J Psychiatry 1993;150:286-93.
  • Center for neurologic study—lability scale (CNS-LS). Moore SR, Gresham LS, Bromberg MB, et al. A self report measure of affective lability. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1997;63:89-93.
Drug brand names

  • Amitriptyline • Elavil, Endep
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Dextromethorphan/quinidine • Zenvia*
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Levodopa • Larodopa
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Nortriptyline • Aventyl
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • * IN PHASE III DEVELOPMENT
Disclosures

Dr. Grill reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in the article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Dr. Cummings is a consultant to Acadia Pharmaceuticals, Astellas Pharma, Avanir Pharmaceuticals, Cephalon, CoMentis, Eisai, Eli Lilly and Company, EnVivo Pharmaceuticals, Forest Pharmaceuticals, Janssen, L.P., Lundbeck, Merck, Merz Pharma, Myriad, Neurochem, Novartis, Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Pfizer Inc., and sanofi-aventis. He is a speaker for Eisai, Forest Pharmaceuticals, Janssen, L.P., Lundbeck, Merz Pharma, Novartis, and Pfizer Inc.

Mrs. R, a 68-year-old retired teacher, is referred to you for suspected mania after a closed head injury from a car accident. The referring physician reports that Mrs. R experienced mild anterograde amnesia that has resolved, but she continues to suffer from “persistent mood swings as evidenced by substantial inappropriate laughter.”

Mrs. R is not manic. Her mood is normal, with a relatively euthymic affect. When asked about her accident or injury, however, she breaks into bouts of laughter that appear to be uncontrollable and last up to several minutes. These episodes include respiratory changes that make her laughter nearly indistinguishable from crying. Mrs. R explains that the episodes occur every time she discusses the accident—regardless of her efforts to prevent them—and complains they are extremely frustrating and embarrassing. She avoids situations that might trigger the episodes.

Patients with involuntary emotional expression disorder (IEED)—a neurologic disorder that manifests as brief bouts of uncontrollable crying, laughing, or both—may appear to have bipolar disorder, schizophrenia, depression, or another psychiatric disorder. Careful evaluation, however, can distinguish IEED from other conditions. Managing the disorder requires an understanding of IEED phenomenology, including:

  • neurologic conditions that result in IEED
  • underlying pathology
  • diagnostic criteria
  • effective treatments.

Brain dysfunction alters affect

IEED was introduced as an inclusive term, replacing previous nomenclature such as pathologic laughing and crying, pseudobulbar affect, affective lability, and emotional incontinence.1

IEED can present as episodes of laughter, as in Mrs. R’s case, but more commonly manifests as bouts of crying. Other presentations include a combination of laughing and crying, but episodic outbursts of other emotions that are out of the patient’s control—such as anger—can be included in this syndrome.2 IEED episodes can lead to embarrassment, frustration, and anger that eventually can affect mood and often cause patients to avoid social interaction.3

IEED can occur in any condition that damages and affects the brain areas critical to emotional motor output (Box 1).4-6 The broad pattern of lesions that can result in IEED stems from many disease states. IEED is often observed in amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), multiple sclerosis (MS), stroke, and traumatic brain injury. It also may occur in dementia, Parkinson’s disease, and other disorders (Table 1).7

Table 1

Neurologic conditions associated with IEED

Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
Multiple sclerosis
Traumatic brain injury
Stroke
Alzheimer’s disease
Frontotemporal dementia
Parkinson’s disease
Progressive supranuclear palsy
Multiple systems atrophy
Wilson’s disease
Normal pressure hydrocephalus
Olivopontine cerebellar atrophy
Source: Reference 7

Diagnosis can be elusive

Although IEED is not included in DSM-IV-TR, recently developed diagnostic criteria can help distinguish it from other disorders (Table 2).1 As with DSM-categorized disorders, IEED must result in clinically significant distress or impairment in social or occupational function and must not be better accounted for by another disorder or caused by a physiologic substance.

The patient must present with symptoms caused by brain dysfunction from brain injury or neurodegenerative disease. Underlying brain damage might not be apparent when the patient first presents, but to our knowledge no case of idiopathic IEED has been described. If a patient presents with symptoms thought to be IEED, first determine what underlying neurologic condition is causing the symptoms and optimally manage this disorder.

To be considered IEED, the patient’s symptoms must represent a change from his or her normal emotional reactivity. When interviewing patients and their families, compare the patient’s current emotional reactivity with that from when he or she was free of all disease symptoms. Such considerations are important because a patient may have a life-long condition in which he or she is prone to emotional displays—such as essential crying—that is distinct from IEED.8

Symptoms must be incongruent with or in excess of the person’s underlying mood and independent or in excess of the provoking stimulus. Inappropriateness of the emotional response is the hallmark of IEED.

IEED episodes have characteristic clinical features (Table 3). They are brief—lasting seconds to minutes—and sudden in onset and conclusion. Episodes are likely to be stereotyped in severity and presenting type within patients, as well as in the triggering stimulus or set of stimuli. For example, patients often experience episodes when asked about the syndrome.9 In severe cases, patients experience episodes with any interpersonal contact.10

Some characteristics support—but are not essential for—an IEED diagnosis:

  • autonomic symptoms, such as flushing of the face and increased salivary production during episodes
  • pseudobulbar signs, such as increased jaw jerk, exaggerated gag reflex, dysarthria, and dysphagia
  • other emotional outbursts.
 

 

Table 2

Is it IEED? Diagnostic criteria

Presence of brain damage
Episodes of involuntary emotional motor output that:
  • represent a change from normal emotional reactivity
  • are independent or in excess of provoking stimuli
  • result in clinically significant distress or social or functional impairment
Disorder is not:
  • better accounted for by another neurologic or psychiatric disorder
  • caused by a physiologic substance
Source: Reference 1
Table 3

Characteristics of IEED episodes

Paroxysmal, sudden onset with rapid offset
Brief (up to several minutes)
Stereotyped across patients (may manifest in similar fashion from patient to patient)
Stereotyped within patients (episodes often have similar type, severity, and eliciting stimuli)
Box 1

IEED: A consequence of brain pathology

Damage to the descending inputs to the pontomedullary area once referred to as the faciorespiratory center is most likely to result in release of bulbar function and, subsequently, involuntary emotional expression disorder (IEED). Therefore, because of the progressive upper motor neuron degeneration associated with amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), nearly 50% of ALS patients will eventually demonstrate pathological affect.4

The lesions that can result in IEED are diffuse, however, and have been described in a review of IEED neuroanatomy as including a cortico-limbic-subcortico-thalamo-ponto-cerebellar network.5 Single lesions to white matter structures—such as the internal capsule—and gray matter structures—such as the thalamus, hypothalamus, basal ganglia, cerebellum, and several cortical locations—have been associated with IEED. Bilateral lesions are more likely to produce the disorder than single lesions.

With such varied neuroanatomic substrates, predicting the underlying neurochemical pathology of IEED is difficult. Among the neurotransmitters considered in IEED pathology and treatment are serotonin, glutamate, and dopamine. The sigma-1 receptor system may also play a role.6

CASE CONTINUED: Reaching a diagnosis

After thoroughly interviewing Mrs. R, you exclude mood disorders such as depression or bipolar disorder. The paroxysmal, episodic nature of her emotional outbursts and the consistency of the eliciting stimulus, suggest IEED.

Distinguishing IEED from depression. Physicians may be quick to diagnose a patient with consistent, recurrent crying as having a depressive disorder. In IEED, the patient’s family commonly (and inappropriately) will confirm this misperception, even if the patient claims otherwise. The hallmark distinctions between depression and IEED are:

  • duration of crying
  • associated mood state.
Major depressive disorder (MDD) is a persistent change in a patient’s mood lasting weeks to months, accompanied by feelings of guilt, helplessness, hopelessness, and worthlessness, apathy, and anhedonia.11 IEED is paroxysmal, with uncontrollable changes in affect without a corresponding sudden mood change. Patients may report mood changes during episodes, but between episodes return to an euthymic affect.

Patients who suffer from MDD, however, are not excluded from an IEED diagnosis. In 1 small study, almost one-half of patients with IEED also had major depression.12 Differentiating these syndromes—even in patients who suffer from both—is important to ensure proper management and patient and family understanding of the condition. Lastly, although IEED is not a mood disorder, the embarrassment and frustration it causes can change a patient’s mood over time.

Recommended treatment

Education. In our experience, education is critical to help patients and family members understand IEED and deal with embarrassment and other normal reactions they may experience. Explain that these emotional displays are not manic or psychotic episodes but periods of motor dyscontrol caused by a neurologic condition.

Teach them to cope with IEED by:

  • identifying and avoiding stimuli that provoke IEED episodes
  • ignoring the episodes and continuing with usual activities.
Antidepressants are first-line pharmacotherapy for IEED. Studies and case reports have shown efficacy for tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs) such as nortriptyline and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) such as fluoxetine (Table 4).2,12-16

These agents have IEED-specific therapeutic effects through a mechanism independent of their antidepressant action. In patients with IEED and depression, antidepressants may resolve IEED while depression remains refractory.2,12 Potential drawbacks include anticholinergic effects with TCAs and sexual and gastrointestinal side effects with SSRIs. Nevertheless, these agents are the optimal first-line therapy for IEED among currently available options.

Other agents. Small studies have investigated other agents, but the data are insufficient to warrant recommendations for clinical practice. One study found that the novel antidepressant mirtazapine improved symptoms in 2 patients who did not respond to SSRIs.17 In another study, levodopa therapy resulted in improvement in 10 of 25 patients.18

Box 2

2 scales for measuring IEED treatment efficacy

Among scales that measure involuntary emotional expression disorder (IEED) severity, 2 have been used in studies of IEED therapeutic efficacy (see Related Resources):12,19,20

  • Pathological Laughing and Crying Scale (PLACS) developed by Robinson et al12 is an interviewer-administered, 18-item tool that has been validated in IEED patients with stroke,12 dementia,22and traumatic brain injury.23
  • 7-item Center for Neurologic Study-Lability Scale (CNS-LS) is a self-report measure that has been validated in IEED patients with amyotrophic lateral sclerosis24 and multiple sclerosis.25

Although these scales have been used primarily for research, you can use them clinically to establish a baseline of IEED severity and gauge treatment efficacy. Improved scores generally correlate with successful treatment; if a patient fails to show adequate response on 1 of these scales, consider changing treatment.

 

 

A combination dextromethorphan and quinidine (DM/Q) is being evaluated for IEED. This compound has demonstrated efficacy in IEED patients with ALS19 and MS20 and is in Phase III clinical development. DM/Q is thought to be a potent activator of the sigma-1 receptor system as well as an N-methyl-D-aspartate antagonist.21

Table 4

IEED: Evidence for antidepressants

DrugStudy design/populationDosageOutcome
Tricyclics
AmitriptylineSchiffer et al;13 double-blind crossover; 12 multiple sclerosis patientsMean: 57.8 mg/d8 patients showed significant improvement compared with placebo
NortriptylineRobinson et al;12 double-blind, placebo-controlled; 28 stroke patients≤100 mg/dPatients receiving nortriptyline reported significantly greater improvement on PLACS at 4 and 6 weeks compared with placebo
Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors
CitalopramAnderson et al;14 double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover; 16 stroke patients10 to 20 mg/dCitalopram decreased the number of daily crying episodes by ≥50% compared with placebo
FluoxetineChoi-Kwon et al;2 double-blind placebo-controlled; 152 patients20 mg/dFluoxetine significantly improved measures of IEED and anger proneness but not depression
ParoxetineMüller et al;15 consecutive case series, comparison with citalopram; 26 patients with traumatic brain injury or stroke10 to 40 mg/dBoth paroxetine and citalopram resulted in significant improvements in measures of emotionalism
SertralineBurns et al;16 double-blind, placebo-controlled; 28 stroke patients50 mg/dPatients receiving sertraline had significant improvements in measures of emotionalism
IEED: involuntary emotional expression disorder; PLACS: Pathological Laughing and Crying Scale

CASE CONTINUED: Effective pharmacotherapy

After diagnosing IEED, you start Mrs. R on sertraline, 50 mg/d. She experiences a nearly immediate reduction in the number of daily IEED episodes. As a result, she feels more comfortable engaging in social activities.

Recommendations. We recommend using pharmacologic therapy for IEED. Because of the presence of underlying brain damage, IEED patients are likely to require treatment for other chronic or progressive conditions. Choose first-line therapy based on the patient’s medication regimen and comorbid conditions, as well as the drug’s side-effect profile.

Effective pharmacologic intervention can greatly improve patients’ quality of life.19,20 Use scales that measure IEED severity to gauge treatment effectiveness (Box 2).12,19,20,22-25 Because treatment failure is a realistic possibility,17 you may need to try a variety of agents to determine which regimen provides the greatest efficacy and therapeutic effects.

Related Resources

  • Involuntary emotional expressive disorder (for healthcare professionals). www.ieed.org/hp.
  • Pathological laughing and crying scale (PLACS). Robinson RG, Parikh RM, Lipsey JR, et al. Pathological laughing and crying following stroke: validation of a measurement scale and a double-blind treatment study. Am J Psychiatry 1993;150:286-93.
  • Center for neurologic study—lability scale (CNS-LS). Moore SR, Gresham LS, Bromberg MB, et al. A self report measure of affective lability. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1997;63:89-93.
Drug brand names

  • Amitriptyline • Elavil, Endep
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Dextromethorphan/quinidine • Zenvia*
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Levodopa • Larodopa
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Nortriptyline • Aventyl
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • * IN PHASE III DEVELOPMENT
Disclosures

Dr. Grill reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in the article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Dr. Cummings is a consultant to Acadia Pharmaceuticals, Astellas Pharma, Avanir Pharmaceuticals, Cephalon, CoMentis, Eisai, Eli Lilly and Company, EnVivo Pharmaceuticals, Forest Pharmaceuticals, Janssen, L.P., Lundbeck, Merck, Merz Pharma, Myriad, Neurochem, Novartis, Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Pfizer Inc., and sanofi-aventis. He is a speaker for Eisai, Forest Pharmaceuticals, Janssen, L.P., Lundbeck, Merz Pharma, Novartis, and Pfizer Inc.

References

1. Cummings JL, Arciniegas DB, Brooks BR, et al. Defining and diagnosing involuntary emotional expression disorder. CNS Spectr 2006;11:1-7.

2. Choi-Kwon S, Han SW, Kwon SU, et al. Fluoxetine treatment in poststroke depression, emotional incontinence, and anger proneness: a double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Stroke 2006;37:156-61.

3. Lieberman A, Benson DF. Control of emotional expression in pseudobulbar palsy. A personal experience. Arch Neurol 1977;34:717-9.

4. Caroscio JT, Mulvihill MN, Sterling R, Abrams B. Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis. Its natural history. Neurol Clin 1987;5:1-8.

5. Arciniegas DB, Lauterbach EC, Anderson KE, et al. The differential diagnosis of pseudobulbar affect (PBA). Distinguishing PBA among disorders of mood and affect. Proceedings of a roundtable meeting. CNS Spectr 2005;10:1-14; quiz 15-16.-

6. Rabins PV, Arciniegas DB. Pathophysiology of involuntary emotional expression disorder. CNS Spectr 2007;12:17-22.

7. Arciniegas DB, Topkoff J. The neuropsychiatry of pathologic affect: an approach to evaluation and treatment. Semin Clin Neuropsychiatry 2000;5:290-306.

8. Green RL, McAllister TW, Bernat JL. A study of crying in medically and surgically hospitalized patients. Am J Psychiatry 1987;144:442-7.

9. Dark FL, McGrath JJ, Ron MA. Pathological laughing and crying. Aust N Z J Psychiatry 1996;30:472-9.

10. Wilson S. Some problems in neurology. II. Pathological laughing and crying. J Neurol Psychopathol 1924;16:299-333.

11. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders. 4th ed, text rev. Washington, D.C: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.

12. Robinson RG, Parikh RM, Lipsey JR, et al. Pathological laughing and crying following stroke: validation of a measurement scale and a double-blind treatment study. Am J Psychiatry 1993;150:286-93.

13. Schiffer RB, Herndon RM, Rudick RA. Treatment of pathologic laughing and weeping with amitriptyline. N Engl J Med 1985;312(23):1480-2.

14. Anderson G, Vestergaard K, Riis JO. Citalopram for post-stroke pathological crying. Lancet 1993;342(8875):837-9.

15. Müller U, Murai T, Bauer-Wittmund T, von Cramon DY. Paroxetine versus citalopram treatment of pathological crying after brain injury. Brain Inj 1999;13(10):805-11.

16. Burns A, Russell E, Stratton-Powell H, et al. Sertraline in stroke-associated lability of mood. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 1999;14(8):681-5.

17. Kim SW, Shin IS, Kim JM, et al. Mirtazapine treatment for pathological laughing and crying after stroke. Clin Neuropharmacol 2005;28:249-51.

18. Udaka F, Yamao S, Nagata H, et al. Pathologic laughing and crying treated with levodopa. Arch Neurol 1984;41:1095-6.

19. Brooks BR, Thisted RA, Appel SH, et al. Treatment of pseudobulbar affect in ALS with dextromethorphan/quinidine: a randomized trial. Neurology 2004;63:1364-70.

20. Panitch HS, Thisted RA, Smith RA, et al. Randomized, controlled trial of dextromethorphan/quinidine for pseudobulbar affect in multiple sclerosis. Ann Neurol 2006;59:780-7.

21. Werling LL, Keller A, Frank JG, Nuwayhid SJ. A comparison of the binding profiles of dextromethorphan, memantine, fluoxetine and amitriptyline: treatment of involuntary emotional expression disorder. Exp Neurol 2007;207(2):248-57.

22. Starkstein SE, Migliorelli R, Teson A, et al. Prevalence and clinical correlates of pathological affective display in Alzheimer’s disease. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1995;59:55-60.

23. Tateno A, Jorge RE, Robinson RG. Pathological laughing and crying following traumatic brain injury. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 2004;16:426-34.

24. Moore SR, Gresham LS, Bromberg MB, et al. A self report measure of affective lability. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1997;63:89-93.

25. Smith RA, Berg JE, Pope LE, et al. Validation of the CNS emotional lability scale for pseudobulbar affect (pathological laughing and crying) in multiple sclerosis patients. Mult Scler 2004;10:679-85.

References

1. Cummings JL, Arciniegas DB, Brooks BR, et al. Defining and diagnosing involuntary emotional expression disorder. CNS Spectr 2006;11:1-7.

2. Choi-Kwon S, Han SW, Kwon SU, et al. Fluoxetine treatment in poststroke depression, emotional incontinence, and anger proneness: a double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Stroke 2006;37:156-61.

3. Lieberman A, Benson DF. Control of emotional expression in pseudobulbar palsy. A personal experience. Arch Neurol 1977;34:717-9.

4. Caroscio JT, Mulvihill MN, Sterling R, Abrams B. Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis. Its natural history. Neurol Clin 1987;5:1-8.

5. Arciniegas DB, Lauterbach EC, Anderson KE, et al. The differential diagnosis of pseudobulbar affect (PBA). Distinguishing PBA among disorders of mood and affect. Proceedings of a roundtable meeting. CNS Spectr 2005;10:1-14; quiz 15-16.-

6. Rabins PV, Arciniegas DB. Pathophysiology of involuntary emotional expression disorder. CNS Spectr 2007;12:17-22.

7. Arciniegas DB, Topkoff J. The neuropsychiatry of pathologic affect: an approach to evaluation and treatment. Semin Clin Neuropsychiatry 2000;5:290-306.

8. Green RL, McAllister TW, Bernat JL. A study of crying in medically and surgically hospitalized patients. Am J Psychiatry 1987;144:442-7.

9. Dark FL, McGrath JJ, Ron MA. Pathological laughing and crying. Aust N Z J Psychiatry 1996;30:472-9.

10. Wilson S. Some problems in neurology. II. Pathological laughing and crying. J Neurol Psychopathol 1924;16:299-333.

11. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders. 4th ed, text rev. Washington, D.C: American Psychiatric Association; 2000.

12. Robinson RG, Parikh RM, Lipsey JR, et al. Pathological laughing and crying following stroke: validation of a measurement scale and a double-blind treatment study. Am J Psychiatry 1993;150:286-93.

13. Schiffer RB, Herndon RM, Rudick RA. Treatment of pathologic laughing and weeping with amitriptyline. N Engl J Med 1985;312(23):1480-2.

14. Anderson G, Vestergaard K, Riis JO. Citalopram for post-stroke pathological crying. Lancet 1993;342(8875):837-9.

15. Müller U, Murai T, Bauer-Wittmund T, von Cramon DY. Paroxetine versus citalopram treatment of pathological crying after brain injury. Brain Inj 1999;13(10):805-11.

16. Burns A, Russell E, Stratton-Powell H, et al. Sertraline in stroke-associated lability of mood. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 1999;14(8):681-5.

17. Kim SW, Shin IS, Kim JM, et al. Mirtazapine treatment for pathological laughing and crying after stroke. Clin Neuropharmacol 2005;28:249-51.

18. Udaka F, Yamao S, Nagata H, et al. Pathologic laughing and crying treated with levodopa. Arch Neurol 1984;41:1095-6.

19. Brooks BR, Thisted RA, Appel SH, et al. Treatment of pseudobulbar affect in ALS with dextromethorphan/quinidine: a randomized trial. Neurology 2004;63:1364-70.

20. Panitch HS, Thisted RA, Smith RA, et al. Randomized, controlled trial of dextromethorphan/quinidine for pseudobulbar affect in multiple sclerosis. Ann Neurol 2006;59:780-7.

21. Werling LL, Keller A, Frank JG, Nuwayhid SJ. A comparison of the binding profiles of dextromethorphan, memantine, fluoxetine and amitriptyline: treatment of involuntary emotional expression disorder. Exp Neurol 2007;207(2):248-57.

22. Starkstein SE, Migliorelli R, Teson A, et al. Prevalence and clinical correlates of pathological affective display in Alzheimer’s disease. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1995;59:55-60.

23. Tateno A, Jorge RE, Robinson RG. Pathological laughing and crying following traumatic brain injury. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci 2004;16:426-34.

24. Moore SR, Gresham LS, Bromberg MB, et al. A self report measure of affective lability. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1997;63:89-93.

25. Smith RA, Berg JE, Pope LE, et al. Validation of the CNS emotional lability scale for pseudobulbar affect (pathological laughing and crying) in multiple sclerosis patients. Mult Scler 2004;10:679-85.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(03)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(03)
Page Number
101-111
Page Number
101-111
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
A cry for help: Treating involuntary emotional expression disorder
Display Headline
A cry for help: Treating involuntary emotional expression disorder
Legacy Keywords
Joshua D. Grill PhD; Jeffrey L. Cummings MD; involuntary emotional expression disorder; IEED; pathologic laughing and crying; pseudobulbar affect; affective lability; emotional incontinence; bouts of crying; episodes of laughter; amyotrophic lateral sclerosis; multiple sclerosis; traumatic brain injury; stroke; Alzheimer’s disease; frontotemporal dementia; Parkinson’s disease; pseudobulbar signs; tricyclic antidepressants; selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors; nortriptyline; fluoxetine
Legacy Keywords
Joshua D. Grill PhD; Jeffrey L. Cummings MD; involuntary emotional expression disorder; IEED; pathologic laughing and crying; pseudobulbar affect; affective lability; emotional incontinence; bouts of crying; episodes of laughter; amyotrophic lateral sclerosis; multiple sclerosis; traumatic brain injury; stroke; Alzheimer’s disease; frontotemporal dementia; Parkinson’s disease; pseudobulbar signs; tricyclic antidepressants; selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors; nortriptyline; fluoxetine
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Do cholinesterase inhibitors enhance cognition in schizophrenia?

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:07
Display Headline
Do cholinesterase inhibitors enhance cognition in schizophrenia?

Some schizophrenia patients have shown significant improvements in positive and negative symptoms when my colleagues and I added acetylcholinesterase inhibitors (AChEIs) to their anti-psychotic regimens. We cannot rule out these benefits as placebo effects, but nevertheless they have been sustained over time. When patients appear to have benefited from AChEIs but stopped them, the benefits rapidly disappeared. Then, when these patients restarted the medications, the benefits recurred.

Unfortunately, recent well-controlled clinical studies have not supported these anecdotal findings or the results of approximately 20 preliminary trials. Thus, this article explains:

  • why we don’t recommend using off-label AChEIs as a “first choice” augmentation strategy in schizophrenia patients at this time
  • under what circumstances the adjunctive use of these agents might be reasonable.

Why Alzheimer’s medications?

Schizophrenia and Alzheimer’s disease (AD) have dramatically different onset, symptoms, course, and pathophysiology. As reviewed below, schizophrenia patients are no more likely to develop AD than the general population, and AChEIs—even when effective—have a short-term, limited benefit in AD.

So why are psychiatrists trying AD medications in patients with schizophrenia? The answer has to do with the intriguing effects of cholinergic agents on cognition.

Toward cognitive enhancement

Schizophrenia’s cognitive impairments may occur at a very early age, often before other overt symptoms,1 then may worsen—sometimes to dementia levels—when obvious psychotic symptoms emerge.2

Positive symptoms (hallucinations, delusions, thought disorder, etc.) and—to a lesser extent—negative symptoms (anhedonia, asociality, blunted affect, etc.) often improve when patients are treated with antipsychotics. Antipsychotics do not significantly improve cognitive symptoms (attention, reaction time, working memory, verbal fluency, etc.), however, and cognitive symptoms are the strongest predictors of poor functional outcomes in our patients.

Heterogeneous disorder. In 2000, Cummings3 summarized evidence from case re-ports and small studies that AChEIs were useful in treating neuropsychiatric conditions other than AD (Table 1). Cholinergic agents, Cummings noted, “affect many aspects of cognition, which suggests that the primary effect may be on an attentional or executive system with a secondary, pan-intellectual modulating influence on memory, language, and visuospatial skills.”4

In schizophrenia, different patients have different types of cognitive impairment.5 Thus, broad-based cognitive enhancers such as AChEIs may be necessary for general use in this illness.

Acetyltransferase activity. Schizophrenia patients—even those meeting criteria for dementia—do not usually have typical AD neuropathology, and the incidence of AD is no different in elderly patients with or without comorbid schizophrenia.6 At autopsy, schizophrenia patients and normal controls have similar brain cortical choline acetyltransferase levels.

Nevertheless, persons with AD and those with schizophrenia show a similar, statistically significant negative correlation between premorbid Clinical Dementia Rating scale scores and brain cortical choline acetyltransferase activity (r=– 0.36, P 6 Furthermore, studies have found cholinergic neurotransmission alterations in schizophrenia patients, including:

  • a deficit in regulation of the low-affinity alpha-7 nicotinic receptor in those with impaired sensory gating7
  • altered high-affinity nicotinic receptor binding8
  • decreased hippocampal muscarinic receptor binding compared with matched normal controls9
  • reduced density of cholinergic inter-neurons in the ventral striatum.10
These findings—plus the presumably “nonspecific” benefits of AChEIs in many illnesses3—suggest that some patients with schizophrenia may have deficits in nicotinic and/or muscarinic cholinergic neurophysiology, which might be amenable to pharmacologic supplementation.

Table 1

Cholinesterase inhibitors have shown benefit in many neuropsychiatric conditions*

Alcoholism with Wernicke’s encephalopathy
Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
Autism
Bipolar disorder
Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease
Dementia pugilistica
Dementia with Lewy bodies
Olivopontocerebellar atrophy
Parkinson’s disease with dementia
Parkinsonism dementia complex of Guam
Pick’s disease
Progressive supranuclear palsy
Schizophrenia
Sleep disorders
Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis
Traumatic brain injury
Vascular dementia
* Data from case reports and small studies. Cholinesterase inhibitors are FDA-approved only for Alzheimer’s dementia.
Source: Reference 3

AChEI augmentation

Mixed results. A number of investigators—including myself—have published data indicating that adding AChEIs—most often donepezil, but also rivastigmine or galantamine—to antipsychotic regimens may improve some schizophrenia patients’ symptoms and general functioning. These benefits were modest, however, when they were seen in these relatively small case reports and studies (Box).

Box

Early studies: Modest benefit from AChEIs in schizophrenia

Approximately 20 published studies have reported clinically significant benefits (positive symptom, negative symptom, and/or cognitive improvement) when schizophrenia patients received cholinesterase inhibitors with their antipsychotic regimens. These include case reports, case series, and double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover or parallel-design studies, most with relatively small numbers of subjects.a-o

Recent studies, however, have failed to show a clinically or statistically significant benefit from cholinesterase inhibitor augmentation in schizophrenia (Table 2). Some included larger sample sizes than earlier investigations and a placebo-active drug parallel design.

fMRI findings. A few crossover design studies of schizophrenia patients taking antipsychotics included functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) at baseline and after cholinesterase inhibitor and placebo augmentation. Of interest, the basal “abnormal” pattern of the baseline fMR image became more “normal” when subjects were treated with donepezil.

Source: Click here to view references

 

 

Other studies of AChEI augmentation of typical or atypical antipsychotics have been:

  • equivocal, reporting benefits in some but not all patients (with no clear statistical or clinical conclusions) or in schizophrenia patients with comorbid dementia11-14
  • decisively negative, showing no benefits, particularly in comparatively larger, randomized, placebo-controlled trials (Table 2).15-19
Meta-analysis power. In an attempt to understand these wide-ranging results, Chouinard et al20 performed an elegant meta-analysis of oral AChEI augmentation therapies for cognitive enhancement in schizophrenia. This review emphasized the available studies’ complexity, small number and sample sizes, and small benefit effect sizes.

The authors concluded that—based on preliminary data—adjunctive AChEIs seemed to have “some beneficial effects” on attention and memory for schizophrenia patients.

The last word? Within weeks, however, results of a large multicenter trial by Keefe et al21 showed that donepezil augmentation was no more effective than placebo in improving cognition in patients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder. In this 38-center, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, parallel design study, 250 patients with mild to moderate cognitive impairment received adjunctive donepezil—5 mg/d for 6 weeks, then 10 mg/d for 6 weeks—or placebo for 12 weeks.

Both the treatment and placebo groups experienced statistically and clinically significant benefits from baseline in measures of cognition, positive symptoms, and negative symptoms. For all measures, placebo augmentation was equal to or superior to donepezil augmentation.

Table 2

Controlled trials: No benefit from AChEIs in schizophrenia

Study designSubjectsDrug (dosage)Results
Friedman et al (2002),15 double-blind, placebo-controlled36 patients with schizophreniaDonepezil, 5 or 10 mg/d for 12 weeksNeither dose produced significant improvement in any cognitive measure
Tugal et al (2004),16 double-blind, placebo- controlled, crossover12 patients with stable schizophreniaDonepezil, 5 mg/d for 6 weeks, with crossover to placebo for 6 weeksTreatment effect was not significant in any cognitive measure
Freudenreich et al (2005),17 double-blind, placebo-controlled36 stable outpatients with schizophreniaDonepezil, ≤10 mg/d for 8 weeksNo improvement in cognition or psychopathology measures
Sharma et al (2006),18 randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled21 patients with stable schizophreniaRivastigmine, 12 mg/d for 24 weeksNo significant improvement in any cognitive measure
Fagerlund et al (2007),19 double-blind, placebo-controlled21 patients enrolled, 11 completedDonepezil, 5 or 10 mg/d for 4 months added to ziprasidoneNo differences in changes on PANSS scores or a global cognitive score
Keefe et al (2007),21 randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled250 stable outpatients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorderDonepezil, 5 mg for 6 weeks then 10 mg for 6 weeksDonepezil was well-tolerated but did not improve cognition any more than placebo
PANSS: Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale

Analyzing trial results

The large, well-designed clinical trial by Keefe et al21 suggests conclusively that donepezil augmentation is not more effective than placebo in most stable schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder patients with mild to moderate cognitive impairment.

Even so, it is arguably difficult to “prove a negative.” For example:

  • Different dosages might have been more effective.
  • Longer treatment (>3 months) might have been necessary for donepezil to “surpass” the large placebo effect.
  • Other AChEIs—such as galantamine, which stimulates nicotinic receptors—might be more effective than donepezil, which is predominantly muscarinic.
‘Subgroup’ hypothesis. Finally, if schizophrenia’s pathophysiology is extremely heterogeneous, AChEI augmentation might benefit only the small subgroup of patients with decreased cholinergic activity. Most other patients—without decreased cholinergic activity—would not benefit or might even worsen. In support of the “subgroup” hypothesis, Miller22 has reported that many augmentation agents have efficacy in schizophrenia—but only in a minority of patients.

If this hypothesis is true, clinicians would need to differentiate patients before giving them trials of AChEIs or other augmentation therapies. Genetic testing might identify different pathophysiologies among patients, but these technologies are not yet clinically available.

Recommendations

Clinical experience, case reports, and small case series indicate that occasional patients may benefit from AChEI augmentation. On the other hand, the only large, multi-center, placebo-controlled, parallel-design study found no difference between donepezil and placebo augmentation of atypical antipsychotics.21

Thus this review of available evidence does not support the routine use of AChEI augmentation of typical or atypical antipsychotics as a viable psychopharmacologic strategy. Until more supportive evidence has been reported, this reviewer cannot recommend AChEIs as a “first line” augmentation strategy. Furthermore, because these medications do not have an FDA-approved indication in schizophrenia and are expensive, a cost-benefit appraisal also would not support their routine use.

Nevertheless, AChEIs are relatively safe and occasionally have been dramatically effective in a small subgroup of schizophrenia patients when used as augmentation. They may represent a reasonable approach:

 

 

  • when other adjuncts have failed
  • as a supplement to other augmentation strategies, such as cognitive-behavioral therapy or family therapy.

Related resources

  • Mohamed S, Paulsen JS, O’Leary D, et al. Generalized cognitive deficits in schizophrenia. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1999;56:749-54.
  • Risch SC, Horner MD, McGurk S, et al. Double-blind donepezil-placebo crossover augmentation study of atypical antipsychotics in chronic, stable schizophrenia: a pilot study. Schizophr Res 2007;93:131-5.
Drug brand names

  • Donepezil • Aricept
  • Rivastigmine • Exelon
  • Galantamine • Reminyl, Razadyne
  • Ziprasidone • Geodon
Disclosure

Dr. Risch receives research support from the National Institute of Mental Health, Abbott Laboratories, GlaxoSmithKline, Bristol-Myers Squibb, and Forest Pharmaceuticals. He is a consultant to and speaker for AstraZeneca and Pfizer Inc.

References

1. Hans SL, Marcus J, Nuechterlein KH, et al. Neurobehavioral deficits at adolescence in children at risk for schizophrenia. The Jerusalem Infant Development Study. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1999;56:741-8.

2. Heaton R, Paulsen JS, McAdams LA, et al. Neuropsychological deficits in schizophrenia: relationship to age, chronicity and dementia. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1994;51(6):469-76.

3. Cummings JL. Cholinesterase inhibitors: a new class of psychotropic compounds. Am J Psychiatry 2000;157(1):4-15.

4. Lawrence AD, Sahakian BJ. Alzheimer disease, attention, and the cholinergic system. Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord 1995;9(suppl 2):43-9.

5. Green MF, Kern RS, Broff DL, et al. Neurocognitive deficits and functional outcome in schizophrenia: are we measuring the “right stuff”? Schizophr Bull 2000;26:119-36.

6. Powchick P, Davidson M, Haroutunian V, et al. Postmortem studies in schizophrenia. Schizophr Bull 1998;24(3):325-41.

7. Breese CR, Lee MJ, Adams CE, et al. Abnormal regulation of high affinity nicotinic receptors in subjects with schizophrenia. Neuropsychopharmacol 2000;23(4):351-64.

8. Crook JM, Tomaskovic-Crook E, Copolov DL, Dean B. Decreased muscarinic receptor binding in subjects with schizophrenia: a study of the human hippocampal formation. Biol Psychiatry 2000;48(5):381-8.

9. Holt DJ, Bachus SE, Hyde TM, et al. Reduced density of cholinergic interneurons in the ventral striatum in schizophrenia: an in situ hybridization study. Biol Psychiatry 2005;58:408-16.

10. MacEwan GW, Ehmann TS, Khanbhai I, Wrixon C. Donepezil in schizophrenia—is it helpful? An experimental design case study. Acta Psychiatr Scand 2001;104(6):469-72.

11. Stryjer R, Strous RD, Bar F, et al. Beneficial effect of donepezil augmentation for the management of comorbid schizophrenia and dementia. Clin Neuropharmacol 2003;26:12-7.

12. Aasen I, Kumari V, Sharma T. Effects of rivastigmine on sustained attention in schizophrenia: an fMRI study. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2005;25:311-7.

13. Arnold DS, Rosse RB, Dickinson D, et al. Adjuvant therapeutic effects of galantamine on apathy in a schizophrenia patient. J Clin Psychiatry 2004;65:1723-4.

14. Friedman JI, Adler DN, Howanitz E, et al. A double blind placebo controlled trial of donepezil adjunctive treatment to risperidone for the cognitive impairment of schizophrenia. Biol Psychiatry 2002;51:349-57.

15. Tugal O, Yazici KM, Anil Y, Gögüs A. A double-blind placebo controlled, cross-over trial of adjunctive donepezil for cognitive impairment in schizophrenia. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol 2004;7:117-23.

16. Freudenreich O, Herz L, Deckersbach T, et al. Added donepezil for stable schizophrenia: a double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Psychopharmacology. (Berl) 2005;181:358-63.

17. Sharma T, Reed C, Aasen I, Kumari V. Cognitive effects of adjunctive 24-weeks rivastigmine treatment to antipsychotics in schizophrenia: a randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind investigation. Schizophr Res 2006;85:73-83.

18. Fagerlund B, Soholm B, Fink-Jensen A, et al. Effects of donepezil adjunctive treatment ziprasidone on cognitive deficits in schizophrenia: a double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Clin Neuropharmacol 2007;30:3-12.

19. Chouinard S, Sepehry A, Amir A, et al. Oral cholinesterase inhibitor add-on therapy for cognitive enhancement in schizophrenia: a quantitative systematic review, part I. Clin Neuropharmacol 2007;30:169-82.

20. Keefe RS, Malhotra AK, Meltzer HY, et al. Efficacy and safety of donepezil in patients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder: significant placebo/practice effects in a 12-week, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Neuropharmacol 2007;July 11 [Epub ahead of print].

21. Maelicke A, Albuquerque EX. Allosteric modulation of nicotinic acetylcholine receptors as a treatment strategy for Alzheimer’s disease. Eur J Pharmacol 2000;393:165-70.

22. Miller AL. Combination treatments for schizophrenia. CNS. Spectr 2004;9(9):19-23.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Samuel C. Risch, MD
Professor of psychiatry, University of California, San Francisco

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(03)
Publications
Page Number
96-100
Legacy Keywords
cholinesterase inhibitors; schizophrenia; cognitive impairments; Samuel C. Risch MD; AChEIs; Alzheimer’s disease; cholinergic agents; psychotic symptoms; acetyltransferase activity; AChEI augmentation
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Samuel C. Risch, MD
Professor of psychiatry, University of California, San Francisco

Author and Disclosure Information

Samuel C. Risch, MD
Professor of psychiatry, University of California, San Francisco

Article PDF
Article PDF

Some schizophrenia patients have shown significant improvements in positive and negative symptoms when my colleagues and I added acetylcholinesterase inhibitors (AChEIs) to their anti-psychotic regimens. We cannot rule out these benefits as placebo effects, but nevertheless they have been sustained over time. When patients appear to have benefited from AChEIs but stopped them, the benefits rapidly disappeared. Then, when these patients restarted the medications, the benefits recurred.

Unfortunately, recent well-controlled clinical studies have not supported these anecdotal findings or the results of approximately 20 preliminary trials. Thus, this article explains:

  • why we don’t recommend using off-label AChEIs as a “first choice” augmentation strategy in schizophrenia patients at this time
  • under what circumstances the adjunctive use of these agents might be reasonable.

Why Alzheimer’s medications?

Schizophrenia and Alzheimer’s disease (AD) have dramatically different onset, symptoms, course, and pathophysiology. As reviewed below, schizophrenia patients are no more likely to develop AD than the general population, and AChEIs—even when effective—have a short-term, limited benefit in AD.

So why are psychiatrists trying AD medications in patients with schizophrenia? The answer has to do with the intriguing effects of cholinergic agents on cognition.

Toward cognitive enhancement

Schizophrenia’s cognitive impairments may occur at a very early age, often before other overt symptoms,1 then may worsen—sometimes to dementia levels—when obvious psychotic symptoms emerge.2

Positive symptoms (hallucinations, delusions, thought disorder, etc.) and—to a lesser extent—negative symptoms (anhedonia, asociality, blunted affect, etc.) often improve when patients are treated with antipsychotics. Antipsychotics do not significantly improve cognitive symptoms (attention, reaction time, working memory, verbal fluency, etc.), however, and cognitive symptoms are the strongest predictors of poor functional outcomes in our patients.

Heterogeneous disorder. In 2000, Cummings3 summarized evidence from case re-ports and small studies that AChEIs were useful in treating neuropsychiatric conditions other than AD (Table 1). Cholinergic agents, Cummings noted, “affect many aspects of cognition, which suggests that the primary effect may be on an attentional or executive system with a secondary, pan-intellectual modulating influence on memory, language, and visuospatial skills.”4

In schizophrenia, different patients have different types of cognitive impairment.5 Thus, broad-based cognitive enhancers such as AChEIs may be necessary for general use in this illness.

Acetyltransferase activity. Schizophrenia patients—even those meeting criteria for dementia—do not usually have typical AD neuropathology, and the incidence of AD is no different in elderly patients with or without comorbid schizophrenia.6 At autopsy, schizophrenia patients and normal controls have similar brain cortical choline acetyltransferase levels.

Nevertheless, persons with AD and those with schizophrenia show a similar, statistically significant negative correlation between premorbid Clinical Dementia Rating scale scores and brain cortical choline acetyltransferase activity (r=– 0.36, P 6 Furthermore, studies have found cholinergic neurotransmission alterations in schizophrenia patients, including:

  • a deficit in regulation of the low-affinity alpha-7 nicotinic receptor in those with impaired sensory gating7
  • altered high-affinity nicotinic receptor binding8
  • decreased hippocampal muscarinic receptor binding compared with matched normal controls9
  • reduced density of cholinergic inter-neurons in the ventral striatum.10
These findings—plus the presumably “nonspecific” benefits of AChEIs in many illnesses3—suggest that some patients with schizophrenia may have deficits in nicotinic and/or muscarinic cholinergic neurophysiology, which might be amenable to pharmacologic supplementation.

Table 1

Cholinesterase inhibitors have shown benefit in many neuropsychiatric conditions*

Alcoholism with Wernicke’s encephalopathy
Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
Autism
Bipolar disorder
Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease
Dementia pugilistica
Dementia with Lewy bodies
Olivopontocerebellar atrophy
Parkinson’s disease with dementia
Parkinsonism dementia complex of Guam
Pick’s disease
Progressive supranuclear palsy
Schizophrenia
Sleep disorders
Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis
Traumatic brain injury
Vascular dementia
* Data from case reports and small studies. Cholinesterase inhibitors are FDA-approved only for Alzheimer’s dementia.
Source: Reference 3

AChEI augmentation

Mixed results. A number of investigators—including myself—have published data indicating that adding AChEIs—most often donepezil, but also rivastigmine or galantamine—to antipsychotic regimens may improve some schizophrenia patients’ symptoms and general functioning. These benefits were modest, however, when they were seen in these relatively small case reports and studies (Box).

Box

Early studies: Modest benefit from AChEIs in schizophrenia

Approximately 20 published studies have reported clinically significant benefits (positive symptom, negative symptom, and/or cognitive improvement) when schizophrenia patients received cholinesterase inhibitors with their antipsychotic regimens. These include case reports, case series, and double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover or parallel-design studies, most with relatively small numbers of subjects.a-o

Recent studies, however, have failed to show a clinically or statistically significant benefit from cholinesterase inhibitor augmentation in schizophrenia (Table 2). Some included larger sample sizes than earlier investigations and a placebo-active drug parallel design.

fMRI findings. A few crossover design studies of schizophrenia patients taking antipsychotics included functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) at baseline and after cholinesterase inhibitor and placebo augmentation. Of interest, the basal “abnormal” pattern of the baseline fMR image became more “normal” when subjects were treated with donepezil.

Source: Click here to view references

 

 

Other studies of AChEI augmentation of typical or atypical antipsychotics have been:

  • equivocal, reporting benefits in some but not all patients (with no clear statistical or clinical conclusions) or in schizophrenia patients with comorbid dementia11-14
  • decisively negative, showing no benefits, particularly in comparatively larger, randomized, placebo-controlled trials (Table 2).15-19
Meta-analysis power. In an attempt to understand these wide-ranging results, Chouinard et al20 performed an elegant meta-analysis of oral AChEI augmentation therapies for cognitive enhancement in schizophrenia. This review emphasized the available studies’ complexity, small number and sample sizes, and small benefit effect sizes.

The authors concluded that—based on preliminary data—adjunctive AChEIs seemed to have “some beneficial effects” on attention and memory for schizophrenia patients.

The last word? Within weeks, however, results of a large multicenter trial by Keefe et al21 showed that donepezil augmentation was no more effective than placebo in improving cognition in patients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder. In this 38-center, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, parallel design study, 250 patients with mild to moderate cognitive impairment received adjunctive donepezil—5 mg/d for 6 weeks, then 10 mg/d for 6 weeks—or placebo for 12 weeks.

Both the treatment and placebo groups experienced statistically and clinically significant benefits from baseline in measures of cognition, positive symptoms, and negative symptoms. For all measures, placebo augmentation was equal to or superior to donepezil augmentation.

Table 2

Controlled trials: No benefit from AChEIs in schizophrenia

Study designSubjectsDrug (dosage)Results
Friedman et al (2002),15 double-blind, placebo-controlled36 patients with schizophreniaDonepezil, 5 or 10 mg/d for 12 weeksNeither dose produced significant improvement in any cognitive measure
Tugal et al (2004),16 double-blind, placebo- controlled, crossover12 patients with stable schizophreniaDonepezil, 5 mg/d for 6 weeks, with crossover to placebo for 6 weeksTreatment effect was not significant in any cognitive measure
Freudenreich et al (2005),17 double-blind, placebo-controlled36 stable outpatients with schizophreniaDonepezil, ≤10 mg/d for 8 weeksNo improvement in cognition or psychopathology measures
Sharma et al (2006),18 randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled21 patients with stable schizophreniaRivastigmine, 12 mg/d for 24 weeksNo significant improvement in any cognitive measure
Fagerlund et al (2007),19 double-blind, placebo-controlled21 patients enrolled, 11 completedDonepezil, 5 or 10 mg/d for 4 months added to ziprasidoneNo differences in changes on PANSS scores or a global cognitive score
Keefe et al (2007),21 randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled250 stable outpatients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorderDonepezil, 5 mg for 6 weeks then 10 mg for 6 weeksDonepezil was well-tolerated but did not improve cognition any more than placebo
PANSS: Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale

Analyzing trial results

The large, well-designed clinical trial by Keefe et al21 suggests conclusively that donepezil augmentation is not more effective than placebo in most stable schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder patients with mild to moderate cognitive impairment.

Even so, it is arguably difficult to “prove a negative.” For example:

  • Different dosages might have been more effective.
  • Longer treatment (>3 months) might have been necessary for donepezil to “surpass” the large placebo effect.
  • Other AChEIs—such as galantamine, which stimulates nicotinic receptors—might be more effective than donepezil, which is predominantly muscarinic.
‘Subgroup’ hypothesis. Finally, if schizophrenia’s pathophysiology is extremely heterogeneous, AChEI augmentation might benefit only the small subgroup of patients with decreased cholinergic activity. Most other patients—without decreased cholinergic activity—would not benefit or might even worsen. In support of the “subgroup” hypothesis, Miller22 has reported that many augmentation agents have efficacy in schizophrenia—but only in a minority of patients.

If this hypothesis is true, clinicians would need to differentiate patients before giving them trials of AChEIs or other augmentation therapies. Genetic testing might identify different pathophysiologies among patients, but these technologies are not yet clinically available.

Recommendations

Clinical experience, case reports, and small case series indicate that occasional patients may benefit from AChEI augmentation. On the other hand, the only large, multi-center, placebo-controlled, parallel-design study found no difference between donepezil and placebo augmentation of atypical antipsychotics.21

Thus this review of available evidence does not support the routine use of AChEI augmentation of typical or atypical antipsychotics as a viable psychopharmacologic strategy. Until more supportive evidence has been reported, this reviewer cannot recommend AChEIs as a “first line” augmentation strategy. Furthermore, because these medications do not have an FDA-approved indication in schizophrenia and are expensive, a cost-benefit appraisal also would not support their routine use.

Nevertheless, AChEIs are relatively safe and occasionally have been dramatically effective in a small subgroup of schizophrenia patients when used as augmentation. They may represent a reasonable approach:

 

 

  • when other adjuncts have failed
  • as a supplement to other augmentation strategies, such as cognitive-behavioral therapy or family therapy.

Related resources

  • Mohamed S, Paulsen JS, O’Leary D, et al. Generalized cognitive deficits in schizophrenia. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1999;56:749-54.
  • Risch SC, Horner MD, McGurk S, et al. Double-blind donepezil-placebo crossover augmentation study of atypical antipsychotics in chronic, stable schizophrenia: a pilot study. Schizophr Res 2007;93:131-5.
Drug brand names

  • Donepezil • Aricept
  • Rivastigmine • Exelon
  • Galantamine • Reminyl, Razadyne
  • Ziprasidone • Geodon
Disclosure

Dr. Risch receives research support from the National Institute of Mental Health, Abbott Laboratories, GlaxoSmithKline, Bristol-Myers Squibb, and Forest Pharmaceuticals. He is a consultant to and speaker for AstraZeneca and Pfizer Inc.

Some schizophrenia patients have shown significant improvements in positive and negative symptoms when my colleagues and I added acetylcholinesterase inhibitors (AChEIs) to their anti-psychotic regimens. We cannot rule out these benefits as placebo effects, but nevertheless they have been sustained over time. When patients appear to have benefited from AChEIs but stopped them, the benefits rapidly disappeared. Then, when these patients restarted the medications, the benefits recurred.

Unfortunately, recent well-controlled clinical studies have not supported these anecdotal findings or the results of approximately 20 preliminary trials. Thus, this article explains:

  • why we don’t recommend using off-label AChEIs as a “first choice” augmentation strategy in schizophrenia patients at this time
  • under what circumstances the adjunctive use of these agents might be reasonable.

Why Alzheimer’s medications?

Schizophrenia and Alzheimer’s disease (AD) have dramatically different onset, symptoms, course, and pathophysiology. As reviewed below, schizophrenia patients are no more likely to develop AD than the general population, and AChEIs—even when effective—have a short-term, limited benefit in AD.

So why are psychiatrists trying AD medications in patients with schizophrenia? The answer has to do with the intriguing effects of cholinergic agents on cognition.

Toward cognitive enhancement

Schizophrenia’s cognitive impairments may occur at a very early age, often before other overt symptoms,1 then may worsen—sometimes to dementia levels—when obvious psychotic symptoms emerge.2

Positive symptoms (hallucinations, delusions, thought disorder, etc.) and—to a lesser extent—negative symptoms (anhedonia, asociality, blunted affect, etc.) often improve when patients are treated with antipsychotics. Antipsychotics do not significantly improve cognitive symptoms (attention, reaction time, working memory, verbal fluency, etc.), however, and cognitive symptoms are the strongest predictors of poor functional outcomes in our patients.

Heterogeneous disorder. In 2000, Cummings3 summarized evidence from case re-ports and small studies that AChEIs were useful in treating neuropsychiatric conditions other than AD (Table 1). Cholinergic agents, Cummings noted, “affect many aspects of cognition, which suggests that the primary effect may be on an attentional or executive system with a secondary, pan-intellectual modulating influence on memory, language, and visuospatial skills.”4

In schizophrenia, different patients have different types of cognitive impairment.5 Thus, broad-based cognitive enhancers such as AChEIs may be necessary for general use in this illness.

Acetyltransferase activity. Schizophrenia patients—even those meeting criteria for dementia—do not usually have typical AD neuropathology, and the incidence of AD is no different in elderly patients with or without comorbid schizophrenia.6 At autopsy, schizophrenia patients and normal controls have similar brain cortical choline acetyltransferase levels.

Nevertheless, persons with AD and those with schizophrenia show a similar, statistically significant negative correlation between premorbid Clinical Dementia Rating scale scores and brain cortical choline acetyltransferase activity (r=– 0.36, P 6 Furthermore, studies have found cholinergic neurotransmission alterations in schizophrenia patients, including:

  • a deficit in regulation of the low-affinity alpha-7 nicotinic receptor in those with impaired sensory gating7
  • altered high-affinity nicotinic receptor binding8
  • decreased hippocampal muscarinic receptor binding compared with matched normal controls9
  • reduced density of cholinergic inter-neurons in the ventral striatum.10
These findings—plus the presumably “nonspecific” benefits of AChEIs in many illnesses3—suggest that some patients with schizophrenia may have deficits in nicotinic and/or muscarinic cholinergic neurophysiology, which might be amenable to pharmacologic supplementation.

Table 1

Cholinesterase inhibitors have shown benefit in many neuropsychiatric conditions*

Alcoholism with Wernicke’s encephalopathy
Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
Autism
Bipolar disorder
Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease
Dementia pugilistica
Dementia with Lewy bodies
Olivopontocerebellar atrophy
Parkinson’s disease with dementia
Parkinsonism dementia complex of Guam
Pick’s disease
Progressive supranuclear palsy
Schizophrenia
Sleep disorders
Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis
Traumatic brain injury
Vascular dementia
* Data from case reports and small studies. Cholinesterase inhibitors are FDA-approved only for Alzheimer’s dementia.
Source: Reference 3

AChEI augmentation

Mixed results. A number of investigators—including myself—have published data indicating that adding AChEIs—most often donepezil, but also rivastigmine or galantamine—to antipsychotic regimens may improve some schizophrenia patients’ symptoms and general functioning. These benefits were modest, however, when they were seen in these relatively small case reports and studies (Box).

Box

Early studies: Modest benefit from AChEIs in schizophrenia

Approximately 20 published studies have reported clinically significant benefits (positive symptom, negative symptom, and/or cognitive improvement) when schizophrenia patients received cholinesterase inhibitors with their antipsychotic regimens. These include case reports, case series, and double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover or parallel-design studies, most with relatively small numbers of subjects.a-o

Recent studies, however, have failed to show a clinically or statistically significant benefit from cholinesterase inhibitor augmentation in schizophrenia (Table 2). Some included larger sample sizes than earlier investigations and a placebo-active drug parallel design.

fMRI findings. A few crossover design studies of schizophrenia patients taking antipsychotics included functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) at baseline and after cholinesterase inhibitor and placebo augmentation. Of interest, the basal “abnormal” pattern of the baseline fMR image became more “normal” when subjects were treated with donepezil.

Source: Click here to view references

 

 

Other studies of AChEI augmentation of typical or atypical antipsychotics have been:

  • equivocal, reporting benefits in some but not all patients (with no clear statistical or clinical conclusions) or in schizophrenia patients with comorbid dementia11-14
  • decisively negative, showing no benefits, particularly in comparatively larger, randomized, placebo-controlled trials (Table 2).15-19
Meta-analysis power. In an attempt to understand these wide-ranging results, Chouinard et al20 performed an elegant meta-analysis of oral AChEI augmentation therapies for cognitive enhancement in schizophrenia. This review emphasized the available studies’ complexity, small number and sample sizes, and small benefit effect sizes.

The authors concluded that—based on preliminary data—adjunctive AChEIs seemed to have “some beneficial effects” on attention and memory for schizophrenia patients.

The last word? Within weeks, however, results of a large multicenter trial by Keefe et al21 showed that donepezil augmentation was no more effective than placebo in improving cognition in patients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder. In this 38-center, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, parallel design study, 250 patients with mild to moderate cognitive impairment received adjunctive donepezil—5 mg/d for 6 weeks, then 10 mg/d for 6 weeks—or placebo for 12 weeks.

Both the treatment and placebo groups experienced statistically and clinically significant benefits from baseline in measures of cognition, positive symptoms, and negative symptoms. For all measures, placebo augmentation was equal to or superior to donepezil augmentation.

Table 2

Controlled trials: No benefit from AChEIs in schizophrenia

Study designSubjectsDrug (dosage)Results
Friedman et al (2002),15 double-blind, placebo-controlled36 patients with schizophreniaDonepezil, 5 or 10 mg/d for 12 weeksNeither dose produced significant improvement in any cognitive measure
Tugal et al (2004),16 double-blind, placebo- controlled, crossover12 patients with stable schizophreniaDonepezil, 5 mg/d for 6 weeks, with crossover to placebo for 6 weeksTreatment effect was not significant in any cognitive measure
Freudenreich et al (2005),17 double-blind, placebo-controlled36 stable outpatients with schizophreniaDonepezil, ≤10 mg/d for 8 weeksNo improvement in cognition or psychopathology measures
Sharma et al (2006),18 randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled21 patients with stable schizophreniaRivastigmine, 12 mg/d for 24 weeksNo significant improvement in any cognitive measure
Fagerlund et al (2007),19 double-blind, placebo-controlled21 patients enrolled, 11 completedDonepezil, 5 or 10 mg/d for 4 months added to ziprasidoneNo differences in changes on PANSS scores or a global cognitive score
Keefe et al (2007),21 randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled250 stable outpatients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorderDonepezil, 5 mg for 6 weeks then 10 mg for 6 weeksDonepezil was well-tolerated but did not improve cognition any more than placebo
PANSS: Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale

Analyzing trial results

The large, well-designed clinical trial by Keefe et al21 suggests conclusively that donepezil augmentation is not more effective than placebo in most stable schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder patients with mild to moderate cognitive impairment.

Even so, it is arguably difficult to “prove a negative.” For example:

  • Different dosages might have been more effective.
  • Longer treatment (>3 months) might have been necessary for donepezil to “surpass” the large placebo effect.
  • Other AChEIs—such as galantamine, which stimulates nicotinic receptors—might be more effective than donepezil, which is predominantly muscarinic.
‘Subgroup’ hypothesis. Finally, if schizophrenia’s pathophysiology is extremely heterogeneous, AChEI augmentation might benefit only the small subgroup of patients with decreased cholinergic activity. Most other patients—without decreased cholinergic activity—would not benefit or might even worsen. In support of the “subgroup” hypothesis, Miller22 has reported that many augmentation agents have efficacy in schizophrenia—but only in a minority of patients.

If this hypothesis is true, clinicians would need to differentiate patients before giving them trials of AChEIs or other augmentation therapies. Genetic testing might identify different pathophysiologies among patients, but these technologies are not yet clinically available.

Recommendations

Clinical experience, case reports, and small case series indicate that occasional patients may benefit from AChEI augmentation. On the other hand, the only large, multi-center, placebo-controlled, parallel-design study found no difference between donepezil and placebo augmentation of atypical antipsychotics.21

Thus this review of available evidence does not support the routine use of AChEI augmentation of typical or atypical antipsychotics as a viable psychopharmacologic strategy. Until more supportive evidence has been reported, this reviewer cannot recommend AChEIs as a “first line” augmentation strategy. Furthermore, because these medications do not have an FDA-approved indication in schizophrenia and are expensive, a cost-benefit appraisal also would not support their routine use.

Nevertheless, AChEIs are relatively safe and occasionally have been dramatically effective in a small subgroup of schizophrenia patients when used as augmentation. They may represent a reasonable approach:

 

 

  • when other adjuncts have failed
  • as a supplement to other augmentation strategies, such as cognitive-behavioral therapy or family therapy.

Related resources

  • Mohamed S, Paulsen JS, O’Leary D, et al. Generalized cognitive deficits in schizophrenia. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1999;56:749-54.
  • Risch SC, Horner MD, McGurk S, et al. Double-blind donepezil-placebo crossover augmentation study of atypical antipsychotics in chronic, stable schizophrenia: a pilot study. Schizophr Res 2007;93:131-5.
Drug brand names

  • Donepezil • Aricept
  • Rivastigmine • Exelon
  • Galantamine • Reminyl, Razadyne
  • Ziprasidone • Geodon
Disclosure

Dr. Risch receives research support from the National Institute of Mental Health, Abbott Laboratories, GlaxoSmithKline, Bristol-Myers Squibb, and Forest Pharmaceuticals. He is a consultant to and speaker for AstraZeneca and Pfizer Inc.

References

1. Hans SL, Marcus J, Nuechterlein KH, et al. Neurobehavioral deficits at adolescence in children at risk for schizophrenia. The Jerusalem Infant Development Study. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1999;56:741-8.

2. Heaton R, Paulsen JS, McAdams LA, et al. Neuropsychological deficits in schizophrenia: relationship to age, chronicity and dementia. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1994;51(6):469-76.

3. Cummings JL. Cholinesterase inhibitors: a new class of psychotropic compounds. Am J Psychiatry 2000;157(1):4-15.

4. Lawrence AD, Sahakian BJ. Alzheimer disease, attention, and the cholinergic system. Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord 1995;9(suppl 2):43-9.

5. Green MF, Kern RS, Broff DL, et al. Neurocognitive deficits and functional outcome in schizophrenia: are we measuring the “right stuff”? Schizophr Bull 2000;26:119-36.

6. Powchick P, Davidson M, Haroutunian V, et al. Postmortem studies in schizophrenia. Schizophr Bull 1998;24(3):325-41.

7. Breese CR, Lee MJ, Adams CE, et al. Abnormal regulation of high affinity nicotinic receptors in subjects with schizophrenia. Neuropsychopharmacol 2000;23(4):351-64.

8. Crook JM, Tomaskovic-Crook E, Copolov DL, Dean B. Decreased muscarinic receptor binding in subjects with schizophrenia: a study of the human hippocampal formation. Biol Psychiatry 2000;48(5):381-8.

9. Holt DJ, Bachus SE, Hyde TM, et al. Reduced density of cholinergic interneurons in the ventral striatum in schizophrenia: an in situ hybridization study. Biol Psychiatry 2005;58:408-16.

10. MacEwan GW, Ehmann TS, Khanbhai I, Wrixon C. Donepezil in schizophrenia—is it helpful? An experimental design case study. Acta Psychiatr Scand 2001;104(6):469-72.

11. Stryjer R, Strous RD, Bar F, et al. Beneficial effect of donepezil augmentation for the management of comorbid schizophrenia and dementia. Clin Neuropharmacol 2003;26:12-7.

12. Aasen I, Kumari V, Sharma T. Effects of rivastigmine on sustained attention in schizophrenia: an fMRI study. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2005;25:311-7.

13. Arnold DS, Rosse RB, Dickinson D, et al. Adjuvant therapeutic effects of galantamine on apathy in a schizophrenia patient. J Clin Psychiatry 2004;65:1723-4.

14. Friedman JI, Adler DN, Howanitz E, et al. A double blind placebo controlled trial of donepezil adjunctive treatment to risperidone for the cognitive impairment of schizophrenia. Biol Psychiatry 2002;51:349-57.

15. Tugal O, Yazici KM, Anil Y, Gögüs A. A double-blind placebo controlled, cross-over trial of adjunctive donepezil for cognitive impairment in schizophrenia. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol 2004;7:117-23.

16. Freudenreich O, Herz L, Deckersbach T, et al. Added donepezil for stable schizophrenia: a double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Psychopharmacology. (Berl) 2005;181:358-63.

17. Sharma T, Reed C, Aasen I, Kumari V. Cognitive effects of adjunctive 24-weeks rivastigmine treatment to antipsychotics in schizophrenia: a randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind investigation. Schizophr Res 2006;85:73-83.

18. Fagerlund B, Soholm B, Fink-Jensen A, et al. Effects of donepezil adjunctive treatment ziprasidone on cognitive deficits in schizophrenia: a double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Clin Neuropharmacol 2007;30:3-12.

19. Chouinard S, Sepehry A, Amir A, et al. Oral cholinesterase inhibitor add-on therapy for cognitive enhancement in schizophrenia: a quantitative systematic review, part I. Clin Neuropharmacol 2007;30:169-82.

20. Keefe RS, Malhotra AK, Meltzer HY, et al. Efficacy and safety of donepezil in patients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder: significant placebo/practice effects in a 12-week, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Neuropharmacol 2007;July 11 [Epub ahead of print].

21. Maelicke A, Albuquerque EX. Allosteric modulation of nicotinic acetylcholine receptors as a treatment strategy for Alzheimer’s disease. Eur J Pharmacol 2000;393:165-70.

22. Miller AL. Combination treatments for schizophrenia. CNS. Spectr 2004;9(9):19-23.

References

1. Hans SL, Marcus J, Nuechterlein KH, et al. Neurobehavioral deficits at adolescence in children at risk for schizophrenia. The Jerusalem Infant Development Study. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1999;56:741-8.

2. Heaton R, Paulsen JS, McAdams LA, et al. Neuropsychological deficits in schizophrenia: relationship to age, chronicity and dementia. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1994;51(6):469-76.

3. Cummings JL. Cholinesterase inhibitors: a new class of psychotropic compounds. Am J Psychiatry 2000;157(1):4-15.

4. Lawrence AD, Sahakian BJ. Alzheimer disease, attention, and the cholinergic system. Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord 1995;9(suppl 2):43-9.

5. Green MF, Kern RS, Broff DL, et al. Neurocognitive deficits and functional outcome in schizophrenia: are we measuring the “right stuff”? Schizophr Bull 2000;26:119-36.

6. Powchick P, Davidson M, Haroutunian V, et al. Postmortem studies in schizophrenia. Schizophr Bull 1998;24(3):325-41.

7. Breese CR, Lee MJ, Adams CE, et al. Abnormal regulation of high affinity nicotinic receptors in subjects with schizophrenia. Neuropsychopharmacol 2000;23(4):351-64.

8. Crook JM, Tomaskovic-Crook E, Copolov DL, Dean B. Decreased muscarinic receptor binding in subjects with schizophrenia: a study of the human hippocampal formation. Biol Psychiatry 2000;48(5):381-8.

9. Holt DJ, Bachus SE, Hyde TM, et al. Reduced density of cholinergic interneurons in the ventral striatum in schizophrenia: an in situ hybridization study. Biol Psychiatry 2005;58:408-16.

10. MacEwan GW, Ehmann TS, Khanbhai I, Wrixon C. Donepezil in schizophrenia—is it helpful? An experimental design case study. Acta Psychiatr Scand 2001;104(6):469-72.

11. Stryjer R, Strous RD, Bar F, et al. Beneficial effect of donepezil augmentation for the management of comorbid schizophrenia and dementia. Clin Neuropharmacol 2003;26:12-7.

12. Aasen I, Kumari V, Sharma T. Effects of rivastigmine on sustained attention in schizophrenia: an fMRI study. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2005;25:311-7.

13. Arnold DS, Rosse RB, Dickinson D, et al. Adjuvant therapeutic effects of galantamine on apathy in a schizophrenia patient. J Clin Psychiatry 2004;65:1723-4.

14. Friedman JI, Adler DN, Howanitz E, et al. A double blind placebo controlled trial of donepezil adjunctive treatment to risperidone for the cognitive impairment of schizophrenia. Biol Psychiatry 2002;51:349-57.

15. Tugal O, Yazici KM, Anil Y, Gögüs A. A double-blind placebo controlled, cross-over trial of adjunctive donepezil for cognitive impairment in schizophrenia. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol 2004;7:117-23.

16. Freudenreich O, Herz L, Deckersbach T, et al. Added donepezil for stable schizophrenia: a double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Psychopharmacology. (Berl) 2005;181:358-63.

17. Sharma T, Reed C, Aasen I, Kumari V. Cognitive effects of adjunctive 24-weeks rivastigmine treatment to antipsychotics in schizophrenia: a randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind investigation. Schizophr Res 2006;85:73-83.

18. Fagerlund B, Soholm B, Fink-Jensen A, et al. Effects of donepezil adjunctive treatment ziprasidone on cognitive deficits in schizophrenia: a double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Clin Neuropharmacol 2007;30:3-12.

19. Chouinard S, Sepehry A, Amir A, et al. Oral cholinesterase inhibitor add-on therapy for cognitive enhancement in schizophrenia: a quantitative systematic review, part I. Clin Neuropharmacol 2007;30:169-82.

20. Keefe RS, Malhotra AK, Meltzer HY, et al. Efficacy and safety of donepezil in patients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder: significant placebo/practice effects in a 12-week, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Neuropharmacol 2007;July 11 [Epub ahead of print].

21. Maelicke A, Albuquerque EX. Allosteric modulation of nicotinic acetylcholine receptors as a treatment strategy for Alzheimer’s disease. Eur J Pharmacol 2000;393:165-70.

22. Miller AL. Combination treatments for schizophrenia. CNS. Spectr 2004;9(9):19-23.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(03)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(03)
Page Number
96-100
Page Number
96-100
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Do cholinesterase inhibitors enhance cognition in schizophrenia?
Display Headline
Do cholinesterase inhibitors enhance cognition in schizophrenia?
Legacy Keywords
cholinesterase inhibitors; schizophrenia; cognitive impairments; Samuel C. Risch MD; AChEIs; Alzheimer’s disease; cholinergic agents; psychotic symptoms; acetyltransferase activity; AChEI augmentation
Legacy Keywords
cholinesterase inhibitors; schizophrenia; cognitive impairments; Samuel C. Risch MD; AChEIs; Alzheimer’s disease; cholinergic agents; psychotic symptoms; acetyltransferase activity; AChEI augmentation
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Most effective, least worrisome therapies for late-life anxiety

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:07
Display Headline
Most effective, least worrisome therapies for late-life anxiety

Ms. W, a 73-year-old widow with no psychiatric history, visits her primary care physician because she is concerned about her memory. She denies impairment in other cognitive domains—such as executive function—or activities of daily living.

Ms. W relates prominent worries about her health and finances and those of her grandchildren. She describes daily restlessness, sleep-onset insomnia, difficulty concentrating, and mild episodic dysphoria. She says she’s always been a “worry wart” but her worry and other symptoms have become increasingly intrusive over the past 5 years with a series of deaths in her family. Ms. W’s medical history includes hypertension and type 2 diabetes. Unsure how to treat her, the physician refers Ms. W to a psychiatrist.

Older adults with anxiety symptoms often are dissatisfied with treatment because they believe they receive insufficient help. This complaint is probably valid because limited data support pharmacologic interventions for anxiety in older adults, and therapy is often based on inferences from studies in younger subjects. Moreover, many anxious older patients are treated with benzodiazepines, which increases their risk for cognitive impairment and injuries.1,2

Fortunately, growing evidence points to 2 treatment modalities for anxiety disorders in patients age ≥65:

  • pharmacotherapy with antidepressants, benzodiazepines, and (perhaps) buspirone
  • cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) for generalized anxiety disorder (GAD), panic disorder (PD), and mixed anxiety syndromes.

A common, debilitating problem

Anxious older adults report diminished perceived health, physical activities, and quality of life and increased loneliness compared with their nonanxious counterparts.1 The prevalence of anxiety disorders in older patients ranges from 0.4% for obsessive-compulsive disorder to 11.5% for GAD.3

Older adults with GAD present with a constellation of medical, psychiatric, psychological, and psychosocial features (Table 1).1,3-12 Anxiety disorders in older adults also may co-occur with major depressive disorder, other psychiatric conditions, or dementia, which can complicate diagnosis and treatment.

Table 1

Is it GAD? Common features in older adults

Demographics
More prevalent at age
More common in women
Medical
Frequent visits to primary care
Low satisfaction with medical care
≥2 chronic physical illnesses
≥1 adaptive behavior limitations
Cognitive impairment, particularly verbal memory
Psychiatric
History of GAD symptoms (5 to ≥20 years)
Physiologic anxiety symptoms: restlessness, fatigue, muscle tension
Depressive symptoms
Prescribed a benzodiazepine
Presence of anxiety disorders
Suicidal ideation, particularly if depressed
Psychological
External locus of control
Neuroticism
Psychosocial
Limited social network
Perceived low instrumental support
Recent losses and traumatic life events
Loss of partner
GAD: generalized anxiety disorder
Source: References 1,3-12

CASE CONTINUED: Anxious, not depressed

You screen Ms. W with the Geriatric Depression Scale (short form; GDS) and Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI). Her scores indicate no depression and moderate anxiousness. A neuropsychological screen finds no cognitive impairments. Based on the clinical interview and screening, Ms. W meets DSM-IV-TR criteria for GAD.

Psychopharmacologic interventions are first-line treatment for older adults with anxiety disorders, but you might consider other strategies because:

  • Older patients may have increased vulnerability to medication side effects.
  • Few randomized, placebo-controlled trials have examined psychopharmacologic interventions specifically for anxious older adults.
Evidence supports using psychotherapy as an alternative or adjunct to pharmacotherapy for treating anxiety symptoms. A meta-analysis of 15 studies that included 495 adults (mean age 69.5 years) with late-life anxiety symptoms and 20 psychotherapeutic interventions indicated that psychotherapy was reliably more effective than no treatment.13

First-line pharmacotherapies

When selecting pharmacotherapy for an older adult with anxiety, take into account:

  • physiologic changes in drug metabolism (older patients metabolize drugs more slowly than younger patients)
  • comorbid medical problems
  • polypharmacy (many older patients are taking multiple medications for multiple conditions, which increases the risk of drug-drug interactions).

Also consider prior treatment response and symptom severity when choosing the medication you feel will be most tolerable. “Start low and go slow” to avoid side effects while titrating the medication to the optimal dosage (Table 2).

Pharmacologic management of anxiety typically has included benzodiazepines, tricyclic antidepressants, barbiturates, and antihistamines. Newer antidepressants have emerged as first-line treatment for several anxiety disorders and mixed anxiety-depression syndromes, however, because of their more tolerable side-effect profiles, especially when used long-term.14 These antidepressants include:

  • selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs)
  • serotonin/norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs).
SSRIs are useful for treating anxiety disorders in young and middle-aged adults, as shown in randomized, placebo-controlled clinical trials. Much less evidence exists, however, on the use of SSRIs in anxious older adults.

Citalopram—started at 10 mg/d and titrated to 30 mg/d as tolerated—was used in the only prospective, double-blind, randomized, controlled trial of an SSRI in older patients with anxiety disorders. In this 8-week trial, Clinical Global Impression scale scores and Hamilton Anxiety scale scores improved.15 In other investigations:

 

 

  • Paroxetine, averaging approximately 28 mg/d, produced a similar response in older and younger adults with PD in terms of efficacy and tolerability in a naturalistic follow-up trial.16
  • Sertraline, started at 25 mg/d and titrated to 100 mg/d (maximum 150 mg/d), when combined with CBT was effective for treating older adults with anxiety disorders in a randomized, placebo-controlled trial17 and specifically for those with PD in an open-label trial.18
  • Fluvoxamine, median 200 mg/d, reduced anxiety symptoms in an open-label study of 12 older adults with various anxiety disorders. Most patients with GAD (57%) responded to fluvoxamine, but 3 patients with PD did not.19
  • We found no studies of fluoxetine for anxiety symptoms in older adults.
An important caveat to these findings is data suggesting older adults with mixed anxiety and depression (MAD) may take longer to respond to pharmacologic and psychotherapeutic interventions than older adults with anxiety or depression alone.20,21 On the other hand, Lenze et al22 found no evidence of a lower or slower response to paroxetine in depressed older adults with or without anxiety. In an open-label, flexible-dose study, escitalopram, 10 to 20 mg/ d, reduced comorbid anxiety and depression symptoms and improved social functioning in 17 older outpatients.23

SNRIs. In a retrospective, pooled analysis of 5 randomized, placebo-controlled trials24 venlafaxine ER, 37.5 to 225 mg/d, was significantly more effective than placebo in treating older adults with GAD. Several studies suggest duloxetine may be effective for treating GAD in adults, but none examined efficacy specifically for older adults.

Benzodiazepines’ primary benefits are rapid onset and minimal cardiovascular effects. They remain the mainstay of pharmacologic therapy for acute anxiety and can be useful as initial, short-term adjunctive therapy with SSRIs and SNRIs.

Using benzodiazepines for more than a few weeks in older adults is not recommended, however.14 Potential complications of long-term benzodiazepine use in these patients include:

  • excessive daytime drowsiness
  • cognitive and psychomotor impairment
  • confusion
  • risk of falls
  • depression
  • paradoxical reactions
  • amnesic syndromes
  • respiratory problems
  • potential for abuse/dependence
  • breakthrough withdrawal reactions.2,25,26
For older patients, short half-life benzodiazepines—such as lorazepam (maximum 1 to 3 mg/d divided bid or tid) or oxazepam (maximum 45 to 60 mg/d divided tid or qid)—are preferred because they require only phase II metabolism and are inactivated by direct conjugation in the liver, mechanisms minimally impacted by aging.27

Buspirone. Investigations of anxious older adults have suggested that buspirone is effective for addressing anxiety symptoms.28,29 Our experience, however, indicates that response to buspirone is inconsistent.

Recommendations. Based on this evidence and our clinical practice, we recommend using SSRIs or SNRIs as first-line treatment for most anxiety disorders in older adults (Table 3).

To minimize nonadherence associated with antidepressants’ delayed onset of action and initial transient “jitters”:

  • provide patient education about medication onset and side effects
  • add a short half-life benzodiazepine for the first few weeks of treatment only
  • start with small doses and increase gradually.
Table 2

Recommended dosages for treating anxiety in older adults

MedicationStarting dosageMaximum dosage
Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors
Citalopram10 mg/d30 mg/d
Escitalopram5 mg/d10 mg/d
Fluvoxamine25 mg/d100 mg/d
Paroxetine10 mg/d20 mg/d
Sertraline12.5 mg/d50 mg/d
Serotonin/norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors
Duloxetine30 mg/d60 mg/d
Venlafaxine37.5 mg/d150 mg/d
Benzodiazepines
Lorazepam0.5 mg/d divided bid1 to 3 mg/d, divided bid or tid
Oxazepam30 mg/d divided tid45 to 60 mg/d divided tid or qid
Azapirone
Buspirone10 to 15 mg/d, divided bid or tid30 to 60 mg/d divided bid or tid
Table 3

Anxiety in older adults: Recommended interventions

DisorderFirst-line treatment(s)Second-line treatment(s)
Generalized anxiety disorderSSRIs, SNRIs, buspirone, and/or CBTOther newer antidepressants*
Panic disorder, with or without agoraphobiaSSRIs, SNRIs, and/or CBTOther newer antidepressants*
Mixed anxiety and depressionSSRIs or SNRIsBuspirone, CBT
Anxiety and medical disordersIdentify and treat medical cause, use SSRIs or SNRIs for primary anxiety disorderBenzodiazepines
* Novel agents such as mirtazapine
CBT: cognitive-behavioral therapy; SNRIs: serotonin/norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors; SSRIs: selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors

Psychotherapy as an alternative or adjunct

Researchers have compared the efficacy of CBT—which is effective for depression in older adults30—with that of other psychotherapies for mixed and specific anxiety disorders, including GAD and PD.

For GAD. Multicomponent CBT for GAD typically includes:

  • psychoeducation
  • thought monitoring
  • cognitive restructuring
  • progressive muscle relaxation and similar techniques
  • breathing retraining
  • problem solving
  • exposure (imaginal, in vivo, worry)
  • time management
  • problem solving.
CBT treatment helps older adults with GAD improve on short-term measures of anxiety, worry, depression, and fear. In a clinical trial of 85 older patients with GAD who participated in 15 weekly CBT group sessions, Stanley et al31 rated 45% of CBT group patients as responders, compared with 8% of a control group that received minimal contact. Additionally, 55% of CBT participants met DSM-IV-TR diagnostic criteria for GAD, compared with 81% of control patients. CBT group patients maintained improvements across measures of worry, anxiety, depression, fears, and quality of life at 3-, 6-, and 12-month assessments.
 

 


Six months of group CBT or nondirective supportive psychotherapy have shown similar efficacy in reducing worry, anxiety, and depression scores in older adults with GAD.32 In a randomized trial,33 group CBT produced slightly greater improvements in anxiety, depression, and pathologic worry among 75 older adults with GAD, compared with a worry discussion group (DG). CBT’s only statistically significant advantage, however, was that patients spent less time worrying immediately after treatment, compared with DG patients. This difference disappeared at 6 months.

For PD. Evidence supports using CBT for older adults with PD. CBT for PD typically includes interventions used for GAD but also integrates interoceptive exposure and tailored psychoeducation regarding panic symptom onset and maintenance. Older adults with PD who received 10 sessions of CBT over 12 weeks improved significantly on all symptoms measured—cognitive, behavioral, physiologic, and depression—in a study by Swales et al.34 These improvements were seen immediately after treatment and at 3-month follow-up. In a separate study, a sample of 43 older adults—most of whom were diagnosed with PD—were randomly assigned to receive CBT or individual, in-home supportive therapy.35 The CBT group reported greater reductions in anxiety and depression.

For mixed anxiety disorders. Several investigations have assessed the efficacy of CBT for older adults with mixed anxiety diagnoses and symptoms.

In one randomized trial, 84 older adults with a principal anxiety disorder diagnosis—GAD, PD, agoraphobia, or social phobia—were assigned to CBT, sertraline (maximum dosage 150 mg/d), or a wait-list.17 Compared with patients assigned to the waitlist, those in the CBT and sertraline groups improved on measures of anxiety and worry immediately after treatment and at 3-month follow-up. Patients receiving sertraline worried slightly less than those who received CBT. The sertraline and CBT groups did not differ in percentage of subjects who responded to treatment or end-state functioning.

For withdrawal support. Gorenstein et al36 assessed withdrawal from anxiolytic medications among 42 patients age >60 with GAD, PD, comorbid GAD and PD, or anxiety disorder, not otherwise specified. Patients were randomly assigned to CBT plus medical management for medication taper or to medical management alone. Because of a high attrition rate, researchers used data only from subjects who completed the study. Compared with patients receiving medical management only, those who underwent CBT plus medical management had greater declines in anxiety and depressive symptoms from baseline. Many treatment gains were maintained at 6-month follow-up.

CASE CONTINUED: Combination pharmacotherapy CBT

You explain to Ms. W that depressed and anxious older adults frequently perceive memory difficulties. You further relate that it is possible that anxious older adults may experience memory changes because of medication side effects (particularly benzodiazepines) or interference of cognitive functioning by negative mood states. You prescribe sertraline, which is titrated to and maintained at 50 mg/d. Ms. W also participates in 10 psychotherapy sessions, which focus on psychoeducation about symptoms of GAD, relaxation strategies, sleep hygiene, grieving, and cognitive restructuring regarding her worries.

Modifying CBT for older adults. The quality of older adults’ cognitive functioning may affect their response to CBT,37 particularly if they exhibit impaired executive functioning.38 Modifying CBT to meet the needs of older adults has not been systematically investigated.

Mohlman et al39 evaluated the use of modified CBT in 8 older adults with GAD who were randomly assigned to enhanced individual CBT or a waiting list. Strategies used to enhance adherence with cognitive-behavioral procedures included:

  • weekly readings of psychoeducational materials that emphasized the relationship between cognitions, behaviors, physiological functioning, and emotions
  • graphing symptom changes
  • reminder/troubleshooting phone calls.
Using these strategies was associated with lower anxiety and worry symptoms as well as fewer symptoms of GAD or comorbid disorders. The enhanced CBT resulted in improvement on more measures and produced large effect sizes than standard CBT when each intervention was compared with a control group assigned to a waiting list.

CASE CONTINUED: Follow-up evaluation

You refer Ms. W to her primary care physician for follow-up. After 12 weeks of treatment, she reports declining anxiety symptoms. A repeat BAI indicates mild anxiousness, which she describes as minimally affecting her day-to-day activities. She continues sertraline and participation in individual psychotherapy with a particular focus on recent losses in her life.

 

 

Delivering CBT in primary care. Integrating CBT into anxious older patients’ primary care may be desirable because:

  • Older adults prefer to receive psychiatric care in this setting.40
  • Collaborative-care models for depressed and anxious older adults have been successful.41

In collaborative-care models, psychiatrists may supervise a specialized case manager who may identify patients with depression and provide assessment findings and antidepressant treatment support to the patient’s primary care physician. The specialized case manager also may provide psychoeducational information, support, and limited psychotherapy to patients.

A small pilot study that provided CBT in a primary care setting for older adults who met DSM-IV-TR criteria for GAD found statistically and clinically significant declines in self-reported worry, depression, and GAD symptom severity compared with patients receiving care as usual.42

Related resources

  • Anxiety Disorders Association of America. www.adaa.org.
  • Lauderdale SA, Kelly K, Sheikh JI. Anxious older adults: prevalence, assessment, and treatment. In: Anthony ME, Maletta GJ, eds. Principles and practice of geriatric psychiatry. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2006:429-48.
Drug brand names

  • Buspirone • BuSpar
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Duloxetine • Cymbalta
  • Escitalopram • Lexapro
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
  • Lorazepam • Ativan
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Oxazepam • Serax
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Venlafaxine • Effexor
Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. de Beurs E, Beekman AT, van Balkom AJ, et al. Consequences of anxiety in older persons: its effect on disability, well-being, and use of health services. Psychol Med 1999;29:583-93.

2. Wadsworth EJK, Moss SC, Simpson SA, Smith AP. Psychotropic medication use and accidents, injuries, and cognitive failures. Hum Psychopharmacol 2005;20:391-400.

3. Beekman AT, Bremmer MA, Deeg DJ, et al. Anxiety disorders in later life: a report from the Longitudinal Aging Study Amsterdam. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 1998;13:717-26.

4. Lindesay J, Briggs K, Murphy E. The Guy’s/Age Concern survey: prevalence rates of cognitive impairment, depression, and anxiety in an urban elderly community. Br J Psychiatry 1989;155:317-29.

5. Manela M, Katona C, Livingston G. How common are the anxiety disorders in old age? Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 1996;11:65-70.

6. Beekman AT, de Beurs E, van Balkom AJ, et al. Anxiety and depression in later life: co-occurrence and communality of risk factors. Am J Psychiatry 2000;157:89-95.

7. DeLuca AK, Lenze EJ, Mulsant BH, et al. Comorbid anxiety disorder in late life depression: association with memory decline over four years. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 2005;29:848-54.

8. Blazer D, George LK, Hughes D. The epidemiology of anxiety disorders: an age comparison. In: Salzman C, Lebowitz BD, eds. Anxiety in the elderly: treatment and research. New York, NY: Springer; 1991:17-30.

9. Wetherell JL, Le Roux H, Gatz M. DSM-IV criteria for generalized anxiety disorder in older adults: distinguishing the worried from the well. Psychol Aging 2003;18:622-7.

10. van Balkom AJ, Beekman AT, de Beurs E, et al. Comorbidity of the anxiety disorders in a community-based older population in the Netherlands. Acta Psychiatr Scand 2000;101:37-45.

11. Jeste ND, Hays JC, Steffens DC. Clinical correlates of anxious depression among elderly patients with depression. J Affect Disord 2006;90:37-41.

12. Schuurmans J, Comijs HC, Beekman AT, et al. The outcome of anxiety disorders in older people at 6-year follow-up: results from the Longitudinal Aging Study Amsterdam. Acta Psychiatr Scand 2005;111:420-8.

13. Nordhus IH, Pallesen S. Psychological treatment of late-life anxiety: an empirical review. J Consult Clin Psychol 2003;71:643-51.

14. Lenze E, Pollock BG, Shear MK, et al. Treatment considerations for anxiety in the elderly. CNS Spectr 2003;8 (suppl 3):6-13.

15. Lenze E, Mulsant BH, Shear MK, et al. Efficacy and tolerability of citalopram in the treatment of late-life anxiety disorders: results from an 8-week randomized, placebo-controlled trial. Am J Psychiatry 2005;162(1):146-50.

16. Dannon PN, Iancu I, Lowengrub K, et al. Pharmacotherapy of panic disorder in the elderly: a naturalistic 12-month follow-up outcome study. Therapy 2005;2:249-54.

17. Schuurmans J, Comijs H, Emmelkamp PM, et al. A randomized, controlled trial of the effectiveness of cognitive-behavioral therapy and sertraline versus a waitlist control group for anxiety disorders in older adults. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2006;14:255-63.

18. Sheikh JI, Lauderdale SA, Cassidy EL. Efficacy of sertraline for panic disorder in older adults: a preliminary open-label trial. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2004;12:230.-

19. Wylie ME, Miller MD, Shear MK, et al. Fluvoxamine pharmacotherapy of anxiety disorders in later life: preliminary open-trial data. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2000;13:43-8.

20. Andreescu C, Lenze EJ, Dew MA, et al. Effect of comorbid anxiety on treatment response and relapse risk in late-life depression: controlled study. Br J Psychiatry 2007;190:344-9.

21. Steffens DC, McQuoid DR. Impact of symptoms of generalized anxiety disorder on the course of late-life depression. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2005;13:40-7.

22. Lenze E, Mulsant BH, Dew MA, et al. Good treatment outcomes in late-life depression with comorbid anxiety. J Affect Disord 2003;77:247-54.

23. Mohamed S, Osatuke K, Aslam M, Kasckow J. Escitalopram for comorbid depression and anxiety in elderly patients: a 12-week, open-label, flexible-dose, pilot trial. Am J Geriatr Pharmacother 2006;4:201-9.

24. Katz IR, Reynolds CF, Alexopoulos GS, Hackett D. Venlafaxine ER as a treatment for generalized anxiety disorder in older adults: pooled analysis of five randomized placebo-controlled clinical trials. J Am Geriatr Soc 2002;50:18-25.

25. Hanlon JT, Schmader KE, Boult C, et al. Benzodiazepine use and cognitive function among community-dwelling elderly. Clin Pharmacol Ther 1998;64:684-92.

26. Leipzig RM, Cummings RG, Tinetti ME. Drugs and falls in older people: a systematic review and meta-analysis: I. psychotropic drugs. J Am Geriatr Soc 1999;47:30-9.

27. Sheikh JI. Anxiety in older adults. Assessment and management of three common presentations. Geriatrics 2003;58:44-5.

28. Böhm C, Robinson DS, Gammans RE. Buspirone therapy for elderly patients with anxiety or depressive neurosis. J Clin Psychiatry 1990;51:309.-

29. Napoliello MJ. An interim multicentre report on 677 anxious geriatric out-patients treated with buspirone. Br J Clin Pract 1986;40:71-3.

30. Scogin F, McElreath L. Efficacy of psychosocial treatments for geriatric depression: a quantitative review. J Consult Clin Psychol 1994;62:69-74.

31. Stanley MA, Beck JG, Novy DM, et al. Cognitive-behavioral treatment of late-life generalized anxiety disorder. J Consult Clin Psychol 2003;71:309-19.

32. Stanley MA, Beck JG, Glassco JD. Treatment of generalized anxiety in older adults: a preliminary comparison of cognitive-behavioral and supportive approaches. Behav Ther 1996;27:565-81.

33. Wetherell JL, Gatz M, Craske MG. Treatment of generalized anxiety disorder in older adults. J Consult Clin Psychol 2003;71:31-40.

34. Swales PJ, Solfvin JF, Sheikh JI. Cognitive-behavioral therapy in older panic disorder patients. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 1996;4:46-60.

35. Barrowclough C, King P, Colville J, et al. A randomized trial of the effectiveness of cognitive-behavioral therapy and supportive counseling for anxiety symptoms in older adults. J Consult Clin Psychol 2001;69:756-62.

36. Gorenstein EE, Kleber MS, Mohlman J, et al. Cognitive-behavioral therapy for management of anxiety and medication taper in older adults. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2005;13:901-9.

37. Doubleday EK, King P, Papageorgiou C. Relationship between fluid intelligence and ability to benefit from cognitive-behavioural therapy in older adults: a preliminary investigation. Br J Clin Psychol 2002;41:423-8.

38. Mohlman J, Gorman JM. The role of executive functioning in CBT: a pilot study with anxious older adults. Behav Res Ther 2005;43:447-65.

39. Mohlman J, Gorenstein EE, Kleber M, et al. Standard and enhanced cognitive-behavioral therapy for late-life generalized anxiety disorder: two pilot investigations. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2003;11:24-32.

40. Chen H, Coakley EH, Cheal K, et al. Satisfaction with mental health services in older primary care patients. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2006;14:371-9.

41. Hegel MT, Unützer J, Tang L, et al. Impact of comorbid panic and posttraumatic stress disorder in outcomes of collaborative care for late-life depression in primary care. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2005;13:48-58.

42. Stanley MA, Hopko DR, Diefenbach GJ, et al. Cognitive-behavior therapy for late-life generalized anxiety disorder in primary care. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2003;11:92-6.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Sean A. Lauderdale, PhD
Assistant professor, Department of psychology and counseling, Pittsburg State University, Pittsburg, KS

Erin L. Cassidy-Eagle, PhD
Senior researcher, program services division, ETR Associates, Scotts Valley, CA

Javaid Sheikh, MD
Professor of psychiatry and behavioral sciences, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, CA

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(03)
Publications
Page Number
83-93
Legacy Keywords
late-life anxiety; Sean A. Lauderdale PhD; Erin L. Cassidy-Eagle PhD; Javaid Sheikh MD; generalized anxiety disorder; GAD; panic disorder; antidepressants; benzodiazepines; buspirone; obsessive-compulsive disorder; major depressive disorder; dementia; Geriatric Depression Scale; Beck Anxiety Inventory; SSRIs; SNRIs; mixed anxiety and depression; cognitive-behavioral therapy; fluvoxamine; paroxetine; citalopram; sertraline
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Sean A. Lauderdale, PhD
Assistant professor, Department of psychology and counseling, Pittsburg State University, Pittsburg, KS

Erin L. Cassidy-Eagle, PhD
Senior researcher, program services division, ETR Associates, Scotts Valley, CA

Javaid Sheikh, MD
Professor of psychiatry and behavioral sciences, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, CA

Author and Disclosure Information

Sean A. Lauderdale, PhD
Assistant professor, Department of psychology and counseling, Pittsburg State University, Pittsburg, KS

Erin L. Cassidy-Eagle, PhD
Senior researcher, program services division, ETR Associates, Scotts Valley, CA

Javaid Sheikh, MD
Professor of psychiatry and behavioral sciences, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, CA

Article PDF
Article PDF

Ms. W, a 73-year-old widow with no psychiatric history, visits her primary care physician because she is concerned about her memory. She denies impairment in other cognitive domains—such as executive function—or activities of daily living.

Ms. W relates prominent worries about her health and finances and those of her grandchildren. She describes daily restlessness, sleep-onset insomnia, difficulty concentrating, and mild episodic dysphoria. She says she’s always been a “worry wart” but her worry and other symptoms have become increasingly intrusive over the past 5 years with a series of deaths in her family. Ms. W’s medical history includes hypertension and type 2 diabetes. Unsure how to treat her, the physician refers Ms. W to a psychiatrist.

Older adults with anxiety symptoms often are dissatisfied with treatment because they believe they receive insufficient help. This complaint is probably valid because limited data support pharmacologic interventions for anxiety in older adults, and therapy is often based on inferences from studies in younger subjects. Moreover, many anxious older patients are treated with benzodiazepines, which increases their risk for cognitive impairment and injuries.1,2

Fortunately, growing evidence points to 2 treatment modalities for anxiety disorders in patients age ≥65:

  • pharmacotherapy with antidepressants, benzodiazepines, and (perhaps) buspirone
  • cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) for generalized anxiety disorder (GAD), panic disorder (PD), and mixed anxiety syndromes.

A common, debilitating problem

Anxious older adults report diminished perceived health, physical activities, and quality of life and increased loneliness compared with their nonanxious counterparts.1 The prevalence of anxiety disorders in older patients ranges from 0.4% for obsessive-compulsive disorder to 11.5% for GAD.3

Older adults with GAD present with a constellation of medical, psychiatric, psychological, and psychosocial features (Table 1).1,3-12 Anxiety disorders in older adults also may co-occur with major depressive disorder, other psychiatric conditions, or dementia, which can complicate diagnosis and treatment.

Table 1

Is it GAD? Common features in older adults

Demographics
More prevalent at age
More common in women
Medical
Frequent visits to primary care
Low satisfaction with medical care
≥2 chronic physical illnesses
≥1 adaptive behavior limitations
Cognitive impairment, particularly verbal memory
Psychiatric
History of GAD symptoms (5 to ≥20 years)
Physiologic anxiety symptoms: restlessness, fatigue, muscle tension
Depressive symptoms
Prescribed a benzodiazepine
Presence of anxiety disorders
Suicidal ideation, particularly if depressed
Psychological
External locus of control
Neuroticism
Psychosocial
Limited social network
Perceived low instrumental support
Recent losses and traumatic life events
Loss of partner
GAD: generalized anxiety disorder
Source: References 1,3-12

CASE CONTINUED: Anxious, not depressed

You screen Ms. W with the Geriatric Depression Scale (short form; GDS) and Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI). Her scores indicate no depression and moderate anxiousness. A neuropsychological screen finds no cognitive impairments. Based on the clinical interview and screening, Ms. W meets DSM-IV-TR criteria for GAD.

Psychopharmacologic interventions are first-line treatment for older adults with anxiety disorders, but you might consider other strategies because:

  • Older patients may have increased vulnerability to medication side effects.
  • Few randomized, placebo-controlled trials have examined psychopharmacologic interventions specifically for anxious older adults.
Evidence supports using psychotherapy as an alternative or adjunct to pharmacotherapy for treating anxiety symptoms. A meta-analysis of 15 studies that included 495 adults (mean age 69.5 years) with late-life anxiety symptoms and 20 psychotherapeutic interventions indicated that psychotherapy was reliably more effective than no treatment.13

First-line pharmacotherapies

When selecting pharmacotherapy for an older adult with anxiety, take into account:

  • physiologic changes in drug metabolism (older patients metabolize drugs more slowly than younger patients)
  • comorbid medical problems
  • polypharmacy (many older patients are taking multiple medications for multiple conditions, which increases the risk of drug-drug interactions).

Also consider prior treatment response and symptom severity when choosing the medication you feel will be most tolerable. “Start low and go slow” to avoid side effects while titrating the medication to the optimal dosage (Table 2).

Pharmacologic management of anxiety typically has included benzodiazepines, tricyclic antidepressants, barbiturates, and antihistamines. Newer antidepressants have emerged as first-line treatment for several anxiety disorders and mixed anxiety-depression syndromes, however, because of their more tolerable side-effect profiles, especially when used long-term.14 These antidepressants include:

  • selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs)
  • serotonin/norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs).
SSRIs are useful for treating anxiety disorders in young and middle-aged adults, as shown in randomized, placebo-controlled clinical trials. Much less evidence exists, however, on the use of SSRIs in anxious older adults.

Citalopram—started at 10 mg/d and titrated to 30 mg/d as tolerated—was used in the only prospective, double-blind, randomized, controlled trial of an SSRI in older patients with anxiety disorders. In this 8-week trial, Clinical Global Impression scale scores and Hamilton Anxiety scale scores improved.15 In other investigations:

 

 

  • Paroxetine, averaging approximately 28 mg/d, produced a similar response in older and younger adults with PD in terms of efficacy and tolerability in a naturalistic follow-up trial.16
  • Sertraline, started at 25 mg/d and titrated to 100 mg/d (maximum 150 mg/d), when combined with CBT was effective for treating older adults with anxiety disorders in a randomized, placebo-controlled trial17 and specifically for those with PD in an open-label trial.18
  • Fluvoxamine, median 200 mg/d, reduced anxiety symptoms in an open-label study of 12 older adults with various anxiety disorders. Most patients with GAD (57%) responded to fluvoxamine, but 3 patients with PD did not.19
  • We found no studies of fluoxetine for anxiety symptoms in older adults.
An important caveat to these findings is data suggesting older adults with mixed anxiety and depression (MAD) may take longer to respond to pharmacologic and psychotherapeutic interventions than older adults with anxiety or depression alone.20,21 On the other hand, Lenze et al22 found no evidence of a lower or slower response to paroxetine in depressed older adults with or without anxiety. In an open-label, flexible-dose study, escitalopram, 10 to 20 mg/ d, reduced comorbid anxiety and depression symptoms and improved social functioning in 17 older outpatients.23

SNRIs. In a retrospective, pooled analysis of 5 randomized, placebo-controlled trials24 venlafaxine ER, 37.5 to 225 mg/d, was significantly more effective than placebo in treating older adults with GAD. Several studies suggest duloxetine may be effective for treating GAD in adults, but none examined efficacy specifically for older adults.

Benzodiazepines’ primary benefits are rapid onset and minimal cardiovascular effects. They remain the mainstay of pharmacologic therapy for acute anxiety and can be useful as initial, short-term adjunctive therapy with SSRIs and SNRIs.

Using benzodiazepines for more than a few weeks in older adults is not recommended, however.14 Potential complications of long-term benzodiazepine use in these patients include:

  • excessive daytime drowsiness
  • cognitive and psychomotor impairment
  • confusion
  • risk of falls
  • depression
  • paradoxical reactions
  • amnesic syndromes
  • respiratory problems
  • potential for abuse/dependence
  • breakthrough withdrawal reactions.2,25,26
For older patients, short half-life benzodiazepines—such as lorazepam (maximum 1 to 3 mg/d divided bid or tid) or oxazepam (maximum 45 to 60 mg/d divided tid or qid)—are preferred because they require only phase II metabolism and are inactivated by direct conjugation in the liver, mechanisms minimally impacted by aging.27

Buspirone. Investigations of anxious older adults have suggested that buspirone is effective for addressing anxiety symptoms.28,29 Our experience, however, indicates that response to buspirone is inconsistent.

Recommendations. Based on this evidence and our clinical practice, we recommend using SSRIs or SNRIs as first-line treatment for most anxiety disorders in older adults (Table 3).

To minimize nonadherence associated with antidepressants’ delayed onset of action and initial transient “jitters”:

  • provide patient education about medication onset and side effects
  • add a short half-life benzodiazepine for the first few weeks of treatment only
  • start with small doses and increase gradually.
Table 2

Recommended dosages for treating anxiety in older adults

MedicationStarting dosageMaximum dosage
Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors
Citalopram10 mg/d30 mg/d
Escitalopram5 mg/d10 mg/d
Fluvoxamine25 mg/d100 mg/d
Paroxetine10 mg/d20 mg/d
Sertraline12.5 mg/d50 mg/d
Serotonin/norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors
Duloxetine30 mg/d60 mg/d
Venlafaxine37.5 mg/d150 mg/d
Benzodiazepines
Lorazepam0.5 mg/d divided bid1 to 3 mg/d, divided bid or tid
Oxazepam30 mg/d divided tid45 to 60 mg/d divided tid or qid
Azapirone
Buspirone10 to 15 mg/d, divided bid or tid30 to 60 mg/d divided bid or tid
Table 3

Anxiety in older adults: Recommended interventions

DisorderFirst-line treatment(s)Second-line treatment(s)
Generalized anxiety disorderSSRIs, SNRIs, buspirone, and/or CBTOther newer antidepressants*
Panic disorder, with or without agoraphobiaSSRIs, SNRIs, and/or CBTOther newer antidepressants*
Mixed anxiety and depressionSSRIs or SNRIsBuspirone, CBT
Anxiety and medical disordersIdentify and treat medical cause, use SSRIs or SNRIs for primary anxiety disorderBenzodiazepines
* Novel agents such as mirtazapine
CBT: cognitive-behavioral therapy; SNRIs: serotonin/norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors; SSRIs: selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors

Psychotherapy as an alternative or adjunct

Researchers have compared the efficacy of CBT—which is effective for depression in older adults30—with that of other psychotherapies for mixed and specific anxiety disorders, including GAD and PD.

For GAD. Multicomponent CBT for GAD typically includes:

  • psychoeducation
  • thought monitoring
  • cognitive restructuring
  • progressive muscle relaxation and similar techniques
  • breathing retraining
  • problem solving
  • exposure (imaginal, in vivo, worry)
  • time management
  • problem solving.
CBT treatment helps older adults with GAD improve on short-term measures of anxiety, worry, depression, and fear. In a clinical trial of 85 older patients with GAD who participated in 15 weekly CBT group sessions, Stanley et al31 rated 45% of CBT group patients as responders, compared with 8% of a control group that received minimal contact. Additionally, 55% of CBT participants met DSM-IV-TR diagnostic criteria for GAD, compared with 81% of control patients. CBT group patients maintained improvements across measures of worry, anxiety, depression, fears, and quality of life at 3-, 6-, and 12-month assessments.
 

 


Six months of group CBT or nondirective supportive psychotherapy have shown similar efficacy in reducing worry, anxiety, and depression scores in older adults with GAD.32 In a randomized trial,33 group CBT produced slightly greater improvements in anxiety, depression, and pathologic worry among 75 older adults with GAD, compared with a worry discussion group (DG). CBT’s only statistically significant advantage, however, was that patients spent less time worrying immediately after treatment, compared with DG patients. This difference disappeared at 6 months.

For PD. Evidence supports using CBT for older adults with PD. CBT for PD typically includes interventions used for GAD but also integrates interoceptive exposure and tailored psychoeducation regarding panic symptom onset and maintenance. Older adults with PD who received 10 sessions of CBT over 12 weeks improved significantly on all symptoms measured—cognitive, behavioral, physiologic, and depression—in a study by Swales et al.34 These improvements were seen immediately after treatment and at 3-month follow-up. In a separate study, a sample of 43 older adults—most of whom were diagnosed with PD—were randomly assigned to receive CBT or individual, in-home supportive therapy.35 The CBT group reported greater reductions in anxiety and depression.

For mixed anxiety disorders. Several investigations have assessed the efficacy of CBT for older adults with mixed anxiety diagnoses and symptoms.

In one randomized trial, 84 older adults with a principal anxiety disorder diagnosis—GAD, PD, agoraphobia, or social phobia—were assigned to CBT, sertraline (maximum dosage 150 mg/d), or a wait-list.17 Compared with patients assigned to the waitlist, those in the CBT and sertraline groups improved on measures of anxiety and worry immediately after treatment and at 3-month follow-up. Patients receiving sertraline worried slightly less than those who received CBT. The sertraline and CBT groups did not differ in percentage of subjects who responded to treatment or end-state functioning.

For withdrawal support. Gorenstein et al36 assessed withdrawal from anxiolytic medications among 42 patients age >60 with GAD, PD, comorbid GAD and PD, or anxiety disorder, not otherwise specified. Patients were randomly assigned to CBT plus medical management for medication taper or to medical management alone. Because of a high attrition rate, researchers used data only from subjects who completed the study. Compared with patients receiving medical management only, those who underwent CBT plus medical management had greater declines in anxiety and depressive symptoms from baseline. Many treatment gains were maintained at 6-month follow-up.

CASE CONTINUED: Combination pharmacotherapy CBT

You explain to Ms. W that depressed and anxious older adults frequently perceive memory difficulties. You further relate that it is possible that anxious older adults may experience memory changes because of medication side effects (particularly benzodiazepines) or interference of cognitive functioning by negative mood states. You prescribe sertraline, which is titrated to and maintained at 50 mg/d. Ms. W also participates in 10 psychotherapy sessions, which focus on psychoeducation about symptoms of GAD, relaxation strategies, sleep hygiene, grieving, and cognitive restructuring regarding her worries.

Modifying CBT for older adults. The quality of older adults’ cognitive functioning may affect their response to CBT,37 particularly if they exhibit impaired executive functioning.38 Modifying CBT to meet the needs of older adults has not been systematically investigated.

Mohlman et al39 evaluated the use of modified CBT in 8 older adults with GAD who were randomly assigned to enhanced individual CBT or a waiting list. Strategies used to enhance adherence with cognitive-behavioral procedures included:

  • weekly readings of psychoeducational materials that emphasized the relationship between cognitions, behaviors, physiological functioning, and emotions
  • graphing symptom changes
  • reminder/troubleshooting phone calls.
Using these strategies was associated with lower anxiety and worry symptoms as well as fewer symptoms of GAD or comorbid disorders. The enhanced CBT resulted in improvement on more measures and produced large effect sizes than standard CBT when each intervention was compared with a control group assigned to a waiting list.

CASE CONTINUED: Follow-up evaluation

You refer Ms. W to her primary care physician for follow-up. After 12 weeks of treatment, she reports declining anxiety symptoms. A repeat BAI indicates mild anxiousness, which she describes as minimally affecting her day-to-day activities. She continues sertraline and participation in individual psychotherapy with a particular focus on recent losses in her life.

 

 

Delivering CBT in primary care. Integrating CBT into anxious older patients’ primary care may be desirable because:

  • Older adults prefer to receive psychiatric care in this setting.40
  • Collaborative-care models for depressed and anxious older adults have been successful.41

In collaborative-care models, psychiatrists may supervise a specialized case manager who may identify patients with depression and provide assessment findings and antidepressant treatment support to the patient’s primary care physician. The specialized case manager also may provide psychoeducational information, support, and limited psychotherapy to patients.

A small pilot study that provided CBT in a primary care setting for older adults who met DSM-IV-TR criteria for GAD found statistically and clinically significant declines in self-reported worry, depression, and GAD symptom severity compared with patients receiving care as usual.42

Related resources

  • Anxiety Disorders Association of America. www.adaa.org.
  • Lauderdale SA, Kelly K, Sheikh JI. Anxious older adults: prevalence, assessment, and treatment. In: Anthony ME, Maletta GJ, eds. Principles and practice of geriatric psychiatry. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2006:429-48.
Drug brand names

  • Buspirone • BuSpar
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Duloxetine • Cymbalta
  • Escitalopram • Lexapro
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
  • Lorazepam • Ativan
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Oxazepam • Serax
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Venlafaxine • Effexor
Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Ms. W, a 73-year-old widow with no psychiatric history, visits her primary care physician because she is concerned about her memory. She denies impairment in other cognitive domains—such as executive function—or activities of daily living.

Ms. W relates prominent worries about her health and finances and those of her grandchildren. She describes daily restlessness, sleep-onset insomnia, difficulty concentrating, and mild episodic dysphoria. She says she’s always been a “worry wart” but her worry and other symptoms have become increasingly intrusive over the past 5 years with a series of deaths in her family. Ms. W’s medical history includes hypertension and type 2 diabetes. Unsure how to treat her, the physician refers Ms. W to a psychiatrist.

Older adults with anxiety symptoms often are dissatisfied with treatment because they believe they receive insufficient help. This complaint is probably valid because limited data support pharmacologic interventions for anxiety in older adults, and therapy is often based on inferences from studies in younger subjects. Moreover, many anxious older patients are treated with benzodiazepines, which increases their risk for cognitive impairment and injuries.1,2

Fortunately, growing evidence points to 2 treatment modalities for anxiety disorders in patients age ≥65:

  • pharmacotherapy with antidepressants, benzodiazepines, and (perhaps) buspirone
  • cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) for generalized anxiety disorder (GAD), panic disorder (PD), and mixed anxiety syndromes.

A common, debilitating problem

Anxious older adults report diminished perceived health, physical activities, and quality of life and increased loneliness compared with their nonanxious counterparts.1 The prevalence of anxiety disorders in older patients ranges from 0.4% for obsessive-compulsive disorder to 11.5% for GAD.3

Older adults with GAD present with a constellation of medical, psychiatric, psychological, and psychosocial features (Table 1).1,3-12 Anxiety disorders in older adults also may co-occur with major depressive disorder, other psychiatric conditions, or dementia, which can complicate diagnosis and treatment.

Table 1

Is it GAD? Common features in older adults

Demographics
More prevalent at age
More common in women
Medical
Frequent visits to primary care
Low satisfaction with medical care
≥2 chronic physical illnesses
≥1 adaptive behavior limitations
Cognitive impairment, particularly verbal memory
Psychiatric
History of GAD symptoms (5 to ≥20 years)
Physiologic anxiety symptoms: restlessness, fatigue, muscle tension
Depressive symptoms
Prescribed a benzodiazepine
Presence of anxiety disorders
Suicidal ideation, particularly if depressed
Psychological
External locus of control
Neuroticism
Psychosocial
Limited social network
Perceived low instrumental support
Recent losses and traumatic life events
Loss of partner
GAD: generalized anxiety disorder
Source: References 1,3-12

CASE CONTINUED: Anxious, not depressed

You screen Ms. W with the Geriatric Depression Scale (short form; GDS) and Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI). Her scores indicate no depression and moderate anxiousness. A neuropsychological screen finds no cognitive impairments. Based on the clinical interview and screening, Ms. W meets DSM-IV-TR criteria for GAD.

Psychopharmacologic interventions are first-line treatment for older adults with anxiety disorders, but you might consider other strategies because:

  • Older patients may have increased vulnerability to medication side effects.
  • Few randomized, placebo-controlled trials have examined psychopharmacologic interventions specifically for anxious older adults.
Evidence supports using psychotherapy as an alternative or adjunct to pharmacotherapy for treating anxiety symptoms. A meta-analysis of 15 studies that included 495 adults (mean age 69.5 years) with late-life anxiety symptoms and 20 psychotherapeutic interventions indicated that psychotherapy was reliably more effective than no treatment.13

First-line pharmacotherapies

When selecting pharmacotherapy for an older adult with anxiety, take into account:

  • physiologic changes in drug metabolism (older patients metabolize drugs more slowly than younger patients)
  • comorbid medical problems
  • polypharmacy (many older patients are taking multiple medications for multiple conditions, which increases the risk of drug-drug interactions).

Also consider prior treatment response and symptom severity when choosing the medication you feel will be most tolerable. “Start low and go slow” to avoid side effects while titrating the medication to the optimal dosage (Table 2).

Pharmacologic management of anxiety typically has included benzodiazepines, tricyclic antidepressants, barbiturates, and antihistamines. Newer antidepressants have emerged as first-line treatment for several anxiety disorders and mixed anxiety-depression syndromes, however, because of their more tolerable side-effect profiles, especially when used long-term.14 These antidepressants include:

  • selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs)
  • serotonin/norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs).
SSRIs are useful for treating anxiety disorders in young and middle-aged adults, as shown in randomized, placebo-controlled clinical trials. Much less evidence exists, however, on the use of SSRIs in anxious older adults.

Citalopram—started at 10 mg/d and titrated to 30 mg/d as tolerated—was used in the only prospective, double-blind, randomized, controlled trial of an SSRI in older patients with anxiety disorders. In this 8-week trial, Clinical Global Impression scale scores and Hamilton Anxiety scale scores improved.15 In other investigations:

 

 

  • Paroxetine, averaging approximately 28 mg/d, produced a similar response in older and younger adults with PD in terms of efficacy and tolerability in a naturalistic follow-up trial.16
  • Sertraline, started at 25 mg/d and titrated to 100 mg/d (maximum 150 mg/d), when combined with CBT was effective for treating older adults with anxiety disorders in a randomized, placebo-controlled trial17 and specifically for those with PD in an open-label trial.18
  • Fluvoxamine, median 200 mg/d, reduced anxiety symptoms in an open-label study of 12 older adults with various anxiety disorders. Most patients with GAD (57%) responded to fluvoxamine, but 3 patients with PD did not.19
  • We found no studies of fluoxetine for anxiety symptoms in older adults.
An important caveat to these findings is data suggesting older adults with mixed anxiety and depression (MAD) may take longer to respond to pharmacologic and psychotherapeutic interventions than older adults with anxiety or depression alone.20,21 On the other hand, Lenze et al22 found no evidence of a lower or slower response to paroxetine in depressed older adults with or without anxiety. In an open-label, flexible-dose study, escitalopram, 10 to 20 mg/ d, reduced comorbid anxiety and depression symptoms and improved social functioning in 17 older outpatients.23

SNRIs. In a retrospective, pooled analysis of 5 randomized, placebo-controlled trials24 venlafaxine ER, 37.5 to 225 mg/d, was significantly more effective than placebo in treating older adults with GAD. Several studies suggest duloxetine may be effective for treating GAD in adults, but none examined efficacy specifically for older adults.

Benzodiazepines’ primary benefits are rapid onset and minimal cardiovascular effects. They remain the mainstay of pharmacologic therapy for acute anxiety and can be useful as initial, short-term adjunctive therapy with SSRIs and SNRIs.

Using benzodiazepines for more than a few weeks in older adults is not recommended, however.14 Potential complications of long-term benzodiazepine use in these patients include:

  • excessive daytime drowsiness
  • cognitive and psychomotor impairment
  • confusion
  • risk of falls
  • depression
  • paradoxical reactions
  • amnesic syndromes
  • respiratory problems
  • potential for abuse/dependence
  • breakthrough withdrawal reactions.2,25,26
For older patients, short half-life benzodiazepines—such as lorazepam (maximum 1 to 3 mg/d divided bid or tid) or oxazepam (maximum 45 to 60 mg/d divided tid or qid)—are preferred because they require only phase II metabolism and are inactivated by direct conjugation in the liver, mechanisms minimally impacted by aging.27

Buspirone. Investigations of anxious older adults have suggested that buspirone is effective for addressing anxiety symptoms.28,29 Our experience, however, indicates that response to buspirone is inconsistent.

Recommendations. Based on this evidence and our clinical practice, we recommend using SSRIs or SNRIs as first-line treatment for most anxiety disorders in older adults (Table 3).

To minimize nonadherence associated with antidepressants’ delayed onset of action and initial transient “jitters”:

  • provide patient education about medication onset and side effects
  • add a short half-life benzodiazepine for the first few weeks of treatment only
  • start with small doses and increase gradually.
Table 2

Recommended dosages for treating anxiety in older adults

MedicationStarting dosageMaximum dosage
Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors
Citalopram10 mg/d30 mg/d
Escitalopram5 mg/d10 mg/d
Fluvoxamine25 mg/d100 mg/d
Paroxetine10 mg/d20 mg/d
Sertraline12.5 mg/d50 mg/d
Serotonin/norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors
Duloxetine30 mg/d60 mg/d
Venlafaxine37.5 mg/d150 mg/d
Benzodiazepines
Lorazepam0.5 mg/d divided bid1 to 3 mg/d, divided bid or tid
Oxazepam30 mg/d divided tid45 to 60 mg/d divided tid or qid
Azapirone
Buspirone10 to 15 mg/d, divided bid or tid30 to 60 mg/d divided bid or tid
Table 3

Anxiety in older adults: Recommended interventions

DisorderFirst-line treatment(s)Second-line treatment(s)
Generalized anxiety disorderSSRIs, SNRIs, buspirone, and/or CBTOther newer antidepressants*
Panic disorder, with or without agoraphobiaSSRIs, SNRIs, and/or CBTOther newer antidepressants*
Mixed anxiety and depressionSSRIs or SNRIsBuspirone, CBT
Anxiety and medical disordersIdentify and treat medical cause, use SSRIs or SNRIs for primary anxiety disorderBenzodiazepines
* Novel agents such as mirtazapine
CBT: cognitive-behavioral therapy; SNRIs: serotonin/norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors; SSRIs: selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors

Psychotherapy as an alternative or adjunct

Researchers have compared the efficacy of CBT—which is effective for depression in older adults30—with that of other psychotherapies for mixed and specific anxiety disorders, including GAD and PD.

For GAD. Multicomponent CBT for GAD typically includes:

  • psychoeducation
  • thought monitoring
  • cognitive restructuring
  • progressive muscle relaxation and similar techniques
  • breathing retraining
  • problem solving
  • exposure (imaginal, in vivo, worry)
  • time management
  • problem solving.
CBT treatment helps older adults with GAD improve on short-term measures of anxiety, worry, depression, and fear. In a clinical trial of 85 older patients with GAD who participated in 15 weekly CBT group sessions, Stanley et al31 rated 45% of CBT group patients as responders, compared with 8% of a control group that received minimal contact. Additionally, 55% of CBT participants met DSM-IV-TR diagnostic criteria for GAD, compared with 81% of control patients. CBT group patients maintained improvements across measures of worry, anxiety, depression, fears, and quality of life at 3-, 6-, and 12-month assessments.
 

 


Six months of group CBT or nondirective supportive psychotherapy have shown similar efficacy in reducing worry, anxiety, and depression scores in older adults with GAD.32 In a randomized trial,33 group CBT produced slightly greater improvements in anxiety, depression, and pathologic worry among 75 older adults with GAD, compared with a worry discussion group (DG). CBT’s only statistically significant advantage, however, was that patients spent less time worrying immediately after treatment, compared with DG patients. This difference disappeared at 6 months.

For PD. Evidence supports using CBT for older adults with PD. CBT for PD typically includes interventions used for GAD but also integrates interoceptive exposure and tailored psychoeducation regarding panic symptom onset and maintenance. Older adults with PD who received 10 sessions of CBT over 12 weeks improved significantly on all symptoms measured—cognitive, behavioral, physiologic, and depression—in a study by Swales et al.34 These improvements were seen immediately after treatment and at 3-month follow-up. In a separate study, a sample of 43 older adults—most of whom were diagnosed with PD—were randomly assigned to receive CBT or individual, in-home supportive therapy.35 The CBT group reported greater reductions in anxiety and depression.

For mixed anxiety disorders. Several investigations have assessed the efficacy of CBT for older adults with mixed anxiety diagnoses and symptoms.

In one randomized trial, 84 older adults with a principal anxiety disorder diagnosis—GAD, PD, agoraphobia, or social phobia—were assigned to CBT, sertraline (maximum dosage 150 mg/d), or a wait-list.17 Compared with patients assigned to the waitlist, those in the CBT and sertraline groups improved on measures of anxiety and worry immediately after treatment and at 3-month follow-up. Patients receiving sertraline worried slightly less than those who received CBT. The sertraline and CBT groups did not differ in percentage of subjects who responded to treatment or end-state functioning.

For withdrawal support. Gorenstein et al36 assessed withdrawal from anxiolytic medications among 42 patients age >60 with GAD, PD, comorbid GAD and PD, or anxiety disorder, not otherwise specified. Patients were randomly assigned to CBT plus medical management for medication taper or to medical management alone. Because of a high attrition rate, researchers used data only from subjects who completed the study. Compared with patients receiving medical management only, those who underwent CBT plus medical management had greater declines in anxiety and depressive symptoms from baseline. Many treatment gains were maintained at 6-month follow-up.

CASE CONTINUED: Combination pharmacotherapy CBT

You explain to Ms. W that depressed and anxious older adults frequently perceive memory difficulties. You further relate that it is possible that anxious older adults may experience memory changes because of medication side effects (particularly benzodiazepines) or interference of cognitive functioning by negative mood states. You prescribe sertraline, which is titrated to and maintained at 50 mg/d. Ms. W also participates in 10 psychotherapy sessions, which focus on psychoeducation about symptoms of GAD, relaxation strategies, sleep hygiene, grieving, and cognitive restructuring regarding her worries.

Modifying CBT for older adults. The quality of older adults’ cognitive functioning may affect their response to CBT,37 particularly if they exhibit impaired executive functioning.38 Modifying CBT to meet the needs of older adults has not been systematically investigated.

Mohlman et al39 evaluated the use of modified CBT in 8 older adults with GAD who were randomly assigned to enhanced individual CBT or a waiting list. Strategies used to enhance adherence with cognitive-behavioral procedures included:

  • weekly readings of psychoeducational materials that emphasized the relationship between cognitions, behaviors, physiological functioning, and emotions
  • graphing symptom changes
  • reminder/troubleshooting phone calls.
Using these strategies was associated with lower anxiety and worry symptoms as well as fewer symptoms of GAD or comorbid disorders. The enhanced CBT resulted in improvement on more measures and produced large effect sizes than standard CBT when each intervention was compared with a control group assigned to a waiting list.

CASE CONTINUED: Follow-up evaluation

You refer Ms. W to her primary care physician for follow-up. After 12 weeks of treatment, she reports declining anxiety symptoms. A repeat BAI indicates mild anxiousness, which she describes as minimally affecting her day-to-day activities. She continues sertraline and participation in individual psychotherapy with a particular focus on recent losses in her life.

 

 

Delivering CBT in primary care. Integrating CBT into anxious older patients’ primary care may be desirable because:

  • Older adults prefer to receive psychiatric care in this setting.40
  • Collaborative-care models for depressed and anxious older adults have been successful.41

In collaborative-care models, psychiatrists may supervise a specialized case manager who may identify patients with depression and provide assessment findings and antidepressant treatment support to the patient’s primary care physician. The specialized case manager also may provide psychoeducational information, support, and limited psychotherapy to patients.

A small pilot study that provided CBT in a primary care setting for older adults who met DSM-IV-TR criteria for GAD found statistically and clinically significant declines in self-reported worry, depression, and GAD symptom severity compared with patients receiving care as usual.42

Related resources

  • Anxiety Disorders Association of America. www.adaa.org.
  • Lauderdale SA, Kelly K, Sheikh JI. Anxious older adults: prevalence, assessment, and treatment. In: Anthony ME, Maletta GJ, eds. Principles and practice of geriatric psychiatry. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins; 2006:429-48.
Drug brand names

  • Buspirone • BuSpar
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Duloxetine • Cymbalta
  • Escitalopram • Lexapro
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
  • Lorazepam • Ativan
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Oxazepam • Serax
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Venlafaxine • Effexor
Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. de Beurs E, Beekman AT, van Balkom AJ, et al. Consequences of anxiety in older persons: its effect on disability, well-being, and use of health services. Psychol Med 1999;29:583-93.

2. Wadsworth EJK, Moss SC, Simpson SA, Smith AP. Psychotropic medication use and accidents, injuries, and cognitive failures. Hum Psychopharmacol 2005;20:391-400.

3. Beekman AT, Bremmer MA, Deeg DJ, et al. Anxiety disorders in later life: a report from the Longitudinal Aging Study Amsterdam. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 1998;13:717-26.

4. Lindesay J, Briggs K, Murphy E. The Guy’s/Age Concern survey: prevalence rates of cognitive impairment, depression, and anxiety in an urban elderly community. Br J Psychiatry 1989;155:317-29.

5. Manela M, Katona C, Livingston G. How common are the anxiety disorders in old age? Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 1996;11:65-70.

6. Beekman AT, de Beurs E, van Balkom AJ, et al. Anxiety and depression in later life: co-occurrence and communality of risk factors. Am J Psychiatry 2000;157:89-95.

7. DeLuca AK, Lenze EJ, Mulsant BH, et al. Comorbid anxiety disorder in late life depression: association with memory decline over four years. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 2005;29:848-54.

8. Blazer D, George LK, Hughes D. The epidemiology of anxiety disorders: an age comparison. In: Salzman C, Lebowitz BD, eds. Anxiety in the elderly: treatment and research. New York, NY: Springer; 1991:17-30.

9. Wetherell JL, Le Roux H, Gatz M. DSM-IV criteria for generalized anxiety disorder in older adults: distinguishing the worried from the well. Psychol Aging 2003;18:622-7.

10. van Balkom AJ, Beekman AT, de Beurs E, et al. Comorbidity of the anxiety disorders in a community-based older population in the Netherlands. Acta Psychiatr Scand 2000;101:37-45.

11. Jeste ND, Hays JC, Steffens DC. Clinical correlates of anxious depression among elderly patients with depression. J Affect Disord 2006;90:37-41.

12. Schuurmans J, Comijs HC, Beekman AT, et al. The outcome of anxiety disorders in older people at 6-year follow-up: results from the Longitudinal Aging Study Amsterdam. Acta Psychiatr Scand 2005;111:420-8.

13. Nordhus IH, Pallesen S. Psychological treatment of late-life anxiety: an empirical review. J Consult Clin Psychol 2003;71:643-51.

14. Lenze E, Pollock BG, Shear MK, et al. Treatment considerations for anxiety in the elderly. CNS Spectr 2003;8 (suppl 3):6-13.

15. Lenze E, Mulsant BH, Shear MK, et al. Efficacy and tolerability of citalopram in the treatment of late-life anxiety disorders: results from an 8-week randomized, placebo-controlled trial. Am J Psychiatry 2005;162(1):146-50.

16. Dannon PN, Iancu I, Lowengrub K, et al. Pharmacotherapy of panic disorder in the elderly: a naturalistic 12-month follow-up outcome study. Therapy 2005;2:249-54.

17. Schuurmans J, Comijs H, Emmelkamp PM, et al. A randomized, controlled trial of the effectiveness of cognitive-behavioral therapy and sertraline versus a waitlist control group for anxiety disorders in older adults. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2006;14:255-63.

18. Sheikh JI, Lauderdale SA, Cassidy EL. Efficacy of sertraline for panic disorder in older adults: a preliminary open-label trial. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2004;12:230.-

19. Wylie ME, Miller MD, Shear MK, et al. Fluvoxamine pharmacotherapy of anxiety disorders in later life: preliminary open-trial data. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2000;13:43-8.

20. Andreescu C, Lenze EJ, Dew MA, et al. Effect of comorbid anxiety on treatment response and relapse risk in late-life depression: controlled study. Br J Psychiatry 2007;190:344-9.

21. Steffens DC, McQuoid DR. Impact of symptoms of generalized anxiety disorder on the course of late-life depression. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2005;13:40-7.

22. Lenze E, Mulsant BH, Dew MA, et al. Good treatment outcomes in late-life depression with comorbid anxiety. J Affect Disord 2003;77:247-54.

23. Mohamed S, Osatuke K, Aslam M, Kasckow J. Escitalopram for comorbid depression and anxiety in elderly patients: a 12-week, open-label, flexible-dose, pilot trial. Am J Geriatr Pharmacother 2006;4:201-9.

24. Katz IR, Reynolds CF, Alexopoulos GS, Hackett D. Venlafaxine ER as a treatment for generalized anxiety disorder in older adults: pooled analysis of five randomized placebo-controlled clinical trials. J Am Geriatr Soc 2002;50:18-25.

25. Hanlon JT, Schmader KE, Boult C, et al. Benzodiazepine use and cognitive function among community-dwelling elderly. Clin Pharmacol Ther 1998;64:684-92.

26. Leipzig RM, Cummings RG, Tinetti ME. Drugs and falls in older people: a systematic review and meta-analysis: I. psychotropic drugs. J Am Geriatr Soc 1999;47:30-9.

27. Sheikh JI. Anxiety in older adults. Assessment and management of three common presentations. Geriatrics 2003;58:44-5.

28. Böhm C, Robinson DS, Gammans RE. Buspirone therapy for elderly patients with anxiety or depressive neurosis. J Clin Psychiatry 1990;51:309.-

29. Napoliello MJ. An interim multicentre report on 677 anxious geriatric out-patients treated with buspirone. Br J Clin Pract 1986;40:71-3.

30. Scogin F, McElreath L. Efficacy of psychosocial treatments for geriatric depression: a quantitative review. J Consult Clin Psychol 1994;62:69-74.

31. Stanley MA, Beck JG, Novy DM, et al. Cognitive-behavioral treatment of late-life generalized anxiety disorder. J Consult Clin Psychol 2003;71:309-19.

32. Stanley MA, Beck JG, Glassco JD. Treatment of generalized anxiety in older adults: a preliminary comparison of cognitive-behavioral and supportive approaches. Behav Ther 1996;27:565-81.

33. Wetherell JL, Gatz M, Craske MG. Treatment of generalized anxiety disorder in older adults. J Consult Clin Psychol 2003;71:31-40.

34. Swales PJ, Solfvin JF, Sheikh JI. Cognitive-behavioral therapy in older panic disorder patients. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 1996;4:46-60.

35. Barrowclough C, King P, Colville J, et al. A randomized trial of the effectiveness of cognitive-behavioral therapy and supportive counseling for anxiety symptoms in older adults. J Consult Clin Psychol 2001;69:756-62.

36. Gorenstein EE, Kleber MS, Mohlman J, et al. Cognitive-behavioral therapy for management of anxiety and medication taper in older adults. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2005;13:901-9.

37. Doubleday EK, King P, Papageorgiou C. Relationship between fluid intelligence and ability to benefit from cognitive-behavioural therapy in older adults: a preliminary investigation. Br J Clin Psychol 2002;41:423-8.

38. Mohlman J, Gorman JM. The role of executive functioning in CBT: a pilot study with anxious older adults. Behav Res Ther 2005;43:447-65.

39. Mohlman J, Gorenstein EE, Kleber M, et al. Standard and enhanced cognitive-behavioral therapy for late-life generalized anxiety disorder: two pilot investigations. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2003;11:24-32.

40. Chen H, Coakley EH, Cheal K, et al. Satisfaction with mental health services in older primary care patients. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2006;14:371-9.

41. Hegel MT, Unützer J, Tang L, et al. Impact of comorbid panic and posttraumatic stress disorder in outcomes of collaborative care for late-life depression in primary care. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2005;13:48-58.

42. Stanley MA, Hopko DR, Diefenbach GJ, et al. Cognitive-behavior therapy for late-life generalized anxiety disorder in primary care. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2003;11:92-6.

References

1. de Beurs E, Beekman AT, van Balkom AJ, et al. Consequences of anxiety in older persons: its effect on disability, well-being, and use of health services. Psychol Med 1999;29:583-93.

2. Wadsworth EJK, Moss SC, Simpson SA, Smith AP. Psychotropic medication use and accidents, injuries, and cognitive failures. Hum Psychopharmacol 2005;20:391-400.

3. Beekman AT, Bremmer MA, Deeg DJ, et al. Anxiety disorders in later life: a report from the Longitudinal Aging Study Amsterdam. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 1998;13:717-26.

4. Lindesay J, Briggs K, Murphy E. The Guy’s/Age Concern survey: prevalence rates of cognitive impairment, depression, and anxiety in an urban elderly community. Br J Psychiatry 1989;155:317-29.

5. Manela M, Katona C, Livingston G. How common are the anxiety disorders in old age? Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 1996;11:65-70.

6. Beekman AT, de Beurs E, van Balkom AJ, et al. Anxiety and depression in later life: co-occurrence and communality of risk factors. Am J Psychiatry 2000;157:89-95.

7. DeLuca AK, Lenze EJ, Mulsant BH, et al. Comorbid anxiety disorder in late life depression: association with memory decline over four years. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 2005;29:848-54.

8. Blazer D, George LK, Hughes D. The epidemiology of anxiety disorders: an age comparison. In: Salzman C, Lebowitz BD, eds. Anxiety in the elderly: treatment and research. New York, NY: Springer; 1991:17-30.

9. Wetherell JL, Le Roux H, Gatz M. DSM-IV criteria for generalized anxiety disorder in older adults: distinguishing the worried from the well. Psychol Aging 2003;18:622-7.

10. van Balkom AJ, Beekman AT, de Beurs E, et al. Comorbidity of the anxiety disorders in a community-based older population in the Netherlands. Acta Psychiatr Scand 2000;101:37-45.

11. Jeste ND, Hays JC, Steffens DC. Clinical correlates of anxious depression among elderly patients with depression. J Affect Disord 2006;90:37-41.

12. Schuurmans J, Comijs HC, Beekman AT, et al. The outcome of anxiety disorders in older people at 6-year follow-up: results from the Longitudinal Aging Study Amsterdam. Acta Psychiatr Scand 2005;111:420-8.

13. Nordhus IH, Pallesen S. Psychological treatment of late-life anxiety: an empirical review. J Consult Clin Psychol 2003;71:643-51.

14. Lenze E, Pollock BG, Shear MK, et al. Treatment considerations for anxiety in the elderly. CNS Spectr 2003;8 (suppl 3):6-13.

15. Lenze E, Mulsant BH, Shear MK, et al. Efficacy and tolerability of citalopram in the treatment of late-life anxiety disorders: results from an 8-week randomized, placebo-controlled trial. Am J Psychiatry 2005;162(1):146-50.

16. Dannon PN, Iancu I, Lowengrub K, et al. Pharmacotherapy of panic disorder in the elderly: a naturalistic 12-month follow-up outcome study. Therapy 2005;2:249-54.

17. Schuurmans J, Comijs H, Emmelkamp PM, et al. A randomized, controlled trial of the effectiveness of cognitive-behavioral therapy and sertraline versus a waitlist control group for anxiety disorders in older adults. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2006;14:255-63.

18. Sheikh JI, Lauderdale SA, Cassidy EL. Efficacy of sertraline for panic disorder in older adults: a preliminary open-label trial. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2004;12:230.-

19. Wylie ME, Miller MD, Shear MK, et al. Fluvoxamine pharmacotherapy of anxiety disorders in later life: preliminary open-trial data. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2000;13:43-8.

20. Andreescu C, Lenze EJ, Dew MA, et al. Effect of comorbid anxiety on treatment response and relapse risk in late-life depression: controlled study. Br J Psychiatry 2007;190:344-9.

21. Steffens DC, McQuoid DR. Impact of symptoms of generalized anxiety disorder on the course of late-life depression. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2005;13:40-7.

22. Lenze E, Mulsant BH, Dew MA, et al. Good treatment outcomes in late-life depression with comorbid anxiety. J Affect Disord 2003;77:247-54.

23. Mohamed S, Osatuke K, Aslam M, Kasckow J. Escitalopram for comorbid depression and anxiety in elderly patients: a 12-week, open-label, flexible-dose, pilot trial. Am J Geriatr Pharmacother 2006;4:201-9.

24. Katz IR, Reynolds CF, Alexopoulos GS, Hackett D. Venlafaxine ER as a treatment for generalized anxiety disorder in older adults: pooled analysis of five randomized placebo-controlled clinical trials. J Am Geriatr Soc 2002;50:18-25.

25. Hanlon JT, Schmader KE, Boult C, et al. Benzodiazepine use and cognitive function among community-dwelling elderly. Clin Pharmacol Ther 1998;64:684-92.

26. Leipzig RM, Cummings RG, Tinetti ME. Drugs and falls in older people: a systematic review and meta-analysis: I. psychotropic drugs. J Am Geriatr Soc 1999;47:30-9.

27. Sheikh JI. Anxiety in older adults. Assessment and management of three common presentations. Geriatrics 2003;58:44-5.

28. Böhm C, Robinson DS, Gammans RE. Buspirone therapy for elderly patients with anxiety or depressive neurosis. J Clin Psychiatry 1990;51:309.-

29. Napoliello MJ. An interim multicentre report on 677 anxious geriatric out-patients treated with buspirone. Br J Clin Pract 1986;40:71-3.

30. Scogin F, McElreath L. Efficacy of psychosocial treatments for geriatric depression: a quantitative review. J Consult Clin Psychol 1994;62:69-74.

31. Stanley MA, Beck JG, Novy DM, et al. Cognitive-behavioral treatment of late-life generalized anxiety disorder. J Consult Clin Psychol 2003;71:309-19.

32. Stanley MA, Beck JG, Glassco JD. Treatment of generalized anxiety in older adults: a preliminary comparison of cognitive-behavioral and supportive approaches. Behav Ther 1996;27:565-81.

33. Wetherell JL, Gatz M, Craske MG. Treatment of generalized anxiety disorder in older adults. J Consult Clin Psychol 2003;71:31-40.

34. Swales PJ, Solfvin JF, Sheikh JI. Cognitive-behavioral therapy in older panic disorder patients. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 1996;4:46-60.

35. Barrowclough C, King P, Colville J, et al. A randomized trial of the effectiveness of cognitive-behavioral therapy and supportive counseling for anxiety symptoms in older adults. J Consult Clin Psychol 2001;69:756-62.

36. Gorenstein EE, Kleber MS, Mohlman J, et al. Cognitive-behavioral therapy for management of anxiety and medication taper in older adults. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2005;13:901-9.

37. Doubleday EK, King P, Papageorgiou C. Relationship between fluid intelligence and ability to benefit from cognitive-behavioural therapy in older adults: a preliminary investigation. Br J Clin Psychol 2002;41:423-8.

38. Mohlman J, Gorman JM. The role of executive functioning in CBT: a pilot study with anxious older adults. Behav Res Ther 2005;43:447-65.

39. Mohlman J, Gorenstein EE, Kleber M, et al. Standard and enhanced cognitive-behavioral therapy for late-life generalized anxiety disorder: two pilot investigations. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2003;11:24-32.

40. Chen H, Coakley EH, Cheal K, et al. Satisfaction with mental health services in older primary care patients. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2006;14:371-9.

41. Hegel MT, Unützer J, Tang L, et al. Impact of comorbid panic and posttraumatic stress disorder in outcomes of collaborative care for late-life depression in primary care. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2005;13:48-58.

42. Stanley MA, Hopko DR, Diefenbach GJ, et al. Cognitive-behavior therapy for late-life generalized anxiety disorder in primary care. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2003;11:92-6.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(03)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(03)
Page Number
83-93
Page Number
83-93
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Most effective, least worrisome therapies for late-life anxiety
Display Headline
Most effective, least worrisome therapies for late-life anxiety
Legacy Keywords
late-life anxiety; Sean A. Lauderdale PhD; Erin L. Cassidy-Eagle PhD; Javaid Sheikh MD; generalized anxiety disorder; GAD; panic disorder; antidepressants; benzodiazepines; buspirone; obsessive-compulsive disorder; major depressive disorder; dementia; Geriatric Depression Scale; Beck Anxiety Inventory; SSRIs; SNRIs; mixed anxiety and depression; cognitive-behavioral therapy; fluvoxamine; paroxetine; citalopram; sertraline
Legacy Keywords
late-life anxiety; Sean A. Lauderdale PhD; Erin L. Cassidy-Eagle PhD; Javaid Sheikh MD; generalized anxiety disorder; GAD; panic disorder; antidepressants; benzodiazepines; buspirone; obsessive-compulsive disorder; major depressive disorder; dementia; Geriatric Depression Scale; Beck Anxiety Inventory; SSRIs; SNRIs; mixed anxiety and depression; cognitive-behavioral therapy; fluvoxamine; paroxetine; citalopram; sertraline
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Can genetics predict risk for alcohol dependence?

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:07
Display Headline
Can genetics predict risk for alcohol dependence?

Children of alcoholics have a 40% to 60% increased risk of developing severe alcohol-related problems1—a harsh legacy recognized for >30 years. Now, as the result of rapidly growing evidence, we can explain in greater detail why alcoholism runs in families when discussing alcohol dependence with patients.

Individuals vary in response to medications and substances of abuse, and genetic research is revealing the heritable origins. Numerous genetic variations are known to influence response to alcohol, as well as alcoholism’s pathophysiology, clinical manifestations, and treatment. Pieces are still missing from this complex picture, but investigators are identifying possible risk factors for alcoholism and matching potential responders with treatments such as naltrexone and acamprosate.

This article provides a progress report on contemporary genetic research of alcoholism. Our goal is to inform your clinical practice by describing:

  • new understandings of the genetics of alcoholism
  • how researchers identify relationships between genetic variations and clinical/behavioral phenomena
  • practical implications of this knowledge.

Genetic variations and risk of addiction

No single gene appears to cause alcoholism. Many genetic variations that accumulated during evolution likely contribute to individual differences in response to alcohol and susceptibility to developing alcohol-related problems. A growing number of genetic variations have been associated with increased alcohol tolerance, consumption, and other related phenotypes.

Like other addictive substances, alcohol triggers pharmacodynamic effects by interacting with a variety of molecular targets (Figure 1).2 These target proteins in turn interact with specific signaling proteins and trigger responses in complex functional pathways. Genetic variations may affect the structure of genes coding for proteins that constitute pathways involved in alcohol’s effects on target proteins (pharmacodynamics) or its metabolism (pharmacokinetics). If such variations alter the production, function, or stability of these proteins, the pathway’s function also may be altered and produce behavioral phenotypes—such as high or low sensitivity to alcohol’s effects.

Alcoholism-related phenotypes. DSM-IV-TR diagnostic criteria include some but not all of the multiple phenotypes within alcoholism’s clinical presentation. Researchers in the Collaborative Studies on Genetics of Alcoholism (COGA)3 identified chromosome regions linked to alcoholism-related phenotypes, including:

  • alcohol dependence4
  • later age of drinking onset and increased harm avoidance5
  • alcoholism and depression6
  • alcohol sensitivity7
  • alcohol consumption.8

To identify genes of interest within these chromosome regions, researchers used transitional phenotypes (endophenotypes) that “lie on the pathway between genes and disease,”9,10 and allowed them to characterize the neural systems affected by gene risk variants.11 As a result, they found associations among variations in the GABRA2 gene, (encoding the alpha-2 subunit of the GABAA receptor), specific brain oscillations (electrophysiologic endophenotype), and predisposition to alcohol dependence.12,13 By this same strategy, researchers discovered an association between the endophenotype (low-level of response to alcohol) and some genotypes, including at least 1 short allele of the serotonin transporter gene SLC6A4.14

Figure 1
Known molecular targets for alcohol and other drugs of abuse


Effects of drugs of abuse (black arrows) influence intracellular signaling pathways (blue arrows) to produce immediate and long-term changes in cell function.
cAMP: cyclic adenosine monophosphate; GABAA: gamma-aminobutyric acid A receptor; Gi, Gs, Gq: G proteins (heterotrimeric guanine nucleotide-binding proteins) MAPK: mitogen-activated protein kinase; N-cholino receptor: nicotinic cholinoreceptor; NMDA: N-methyl-D-aspartate; PKA: protein kinase A
Source: Created for CURRENT PSYCHIATRY from information in reference 2

Alcohol metabolism

Alcohol is metabolized to acetic acid through primary and auxiliary pathways involving alcohol and acetaldehyde dehydrogenases (ADH/ALDH) and the microsomal ethanol oxidizing system (cytochrome P-450 [CYP] 2E1)15 (Figure 2). Auxiliary pathways become involved when the primary pathway is overwhelmed by the amount of alcohol needed to be metabolized. Catalase and fatty acid ethyl ester synthases play a minor role under normal conditions but may be implicated in alcohol-induced organ damage.16

ADH/ALDH pathway. From one individual to another, the ability to metabolize ethyl alcohol varies up to 3- to 4-fold.17 In European and Amerindian samples, a genetic link has been identified between alcoholism and the 4q21-23 region on chromosome 4.18 This region contains a cluster of 7 genes encoding for alcohol dehydrogenases (ADH), including 3 Class I genes—ADH1A, ADH1B, and ADH1C—coding for the corresponding proteins that play a major role in alcohol metabolism.19 In eastern Asian samples, alleles encoding high activity enzymes (ADH1B*47His and ADH1C*349Ile) are significantly less frequent in alcoholics compared with nonalcoholic controls.20

Mitochondrial ALDH2 protein plays the central role in acetaldehyde metabolism and is highly expressed in the liver, stomach, and other tissues—including the brain.21 The ALDH2*2 gene variant encodes for a catalytically inactive enzyme, thus inhibiting acetaldehyde metabolism and causing a facial flushing reaction.22 The ALDH2*2 allele has a relatively high frequency in Asians but also is found in other populations.23 Meta-analyses of published data indicate that possessing either of the variant alleles in the ADH1B and ALDH2 genes is protective against alcohol dependence in Asians.24

 

 

The ADH4 enzyme catalyzes oxidation or reduction of numerous substrates—including long-chain aliphatic alcohols and aromatic aldehydes—and becomes involved in alcohol metabolism at moderate to high concentrations. The -75A allele of the ADH4 gene has promoter activity more than twice that of the -75C allele and significantly affects its expression.25 This substitution in the promoter region, as well as A/G SNP (rs1042364)—a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP)—at exon 9, has been associated with an increased risk for alcohol and drug dependence in European Americans.26

Finally, variations in the ADH7 gene may play a protective role against alcoholism through epistatic effects.27

The CYP 2E1 pathway has low initial catalytic efficiency compared with the ADH/ALDH pathway, but it may metabolize alcohol up to 10 times faster after chronic alcohol consumption or cigarette smoking and accounts for metabolic tolerance.28 CYP 2E1 is involved in metabolizing both alcohol and acetaldehyde.29 The CYP 2E1*1D polymorphism has been associated with greater inducibility as well as alcohol and nicotine dependence.30

Thus, linkage and association studies support the association of phenotypes related to alcohol response and dependence with variations in genes that code for proteins involved in alcohol’s pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic effects. Each of these findings is important, but conceptual models organizing them all and explaining their role in alcohol’s effects and predisposition to alcoholism have yet to be constructed.

Figure 2
Genetic variations that affect alcohol metabolism pathways


Genetic variations affect the efficiency of primary and auxiliary pathways by which ethyl alcohol is metabolized to acetaldehyde and acetic acid. Auxiliary pathways become involved when the primary pathway is overwhelmed by the amount of alcohol to be metabolized.
ADH: alcohol dehydrogenase; ALDH: acetaldehyde dehydrogenase; P450CYP 2E1: cytochrome P450, family 2, subfamily E, polypeptide 1; A/G SNP: adenine/guanine single nucleotide polymorphism

Phenotype-genotype relationships

Alcohol—unlike most other addictive substances—does not have a specific receptor and is believed to act by disturbing the balance between excitatory and inhibitory neurotransmission in the neural system. Consequently, researchers explore relationships between genetics and alcohol-related problems using 2 approaches:

  • Forward genetics (discovering disease-related genes via genome-wide studies and then studying their function; examples include linkage and genome-wide association studies [GWAS]).
  • Reverse genetics (testing whether candidate genes and polymorphisms identified in animal studies as relevant for biological effects also exist in humans and are relevant to the phenotype).31

When searching for relationships between genotypes and phenotypes, both approaches must take into account a framework of functional anatomic and physiologic connections (Figure 3).

Linkage studies. The goal of linkage studies is to find a link between a phenotypic variation (ideally a measurable trait, such as number of drinks necessary for intoxication) and the chromosomal marker expected to be in the vicinity of the disease-specific gene variation. An advantage of linkage studies is that they can be started without knowing specific DNA sequences. Their limitations include:

  • limited power when applied to complex diseases such as alcoholism
  • they do not yield gene-specific information
  • their success is highly dependent on family members’ willingness to participate.

Association studies. Candidate gene-based association studies are designed to directly test a potential association between the phenotype of interest and a known genomic sequence variation. This approach provides adequate power to study variations with modest effects and allows use of DNA from unrelated individuals. The candidate gene approach has revealed associations between specific genomic variations and phenotypes related to alcohol misuse and alcoholism (Table).

Like linkage studies, association studies have their own challenges and limitations, such as:

  • historically high false-positive rates
  • confounding risks (allele frequencies may vary because of ethnic stratification rather than disease predisposition).

To address these challenges, researchers must carefully choose behavioral, physiologic, or intermediate phenotypes and genotype variations, as well as control subjects and sample sizes. Replication studies are necessary to rule out false-positive associations. In fact, only some of the findings depicted in the Table—those related to GABRA2 and GABRA6 and few other genes—have been replicated.

Genome-wide association studies are a powerful new method for studying relationships between genomic variability and behavior. With GWAS, thousands of DNA samples can be scanned for thousands of SNPs throughout the human genome, with the goal of identifying variations that modestly increase the risk of developing common diseases.

Unlike the candidate gene approach—which focuses on preselected genomic variations—GWAS scans the whole genome and may identify unexpected susceptibility factors. Unlike the family-based linkage approach, GWAS is not limited to specific families and can address all recombination events in a population.

 

 

Challenges are associated with GWAS, however, and include:

  • need for substantial numbers (2,000 to 5,000) of rigorously described cases and matched controls
  • need for accurate, high-throughput genotyping technologies and sophisticated algorithms for analyzing data
  • risk of high false-positive rates related to multiple testing
  • inability to scan 100% of the genome, which may lead to false-negative findings.

Table

Examples of gene variations related to alcohol misuse and alcoholism phenotypes

PhenotypeGene variation(s)
Related to alcohol misuse
Low response/high tolerance to alcoholL allele of serotonin transporter gene (SLC6A4) and Ser385 allele of alpha-6 subunit of GABAA receptor gene (GABRA6) in adolescents and healthy adult men;a,b 600G allele of alpha-2 subunit of GABAA receptor gene (GABRA2) in healthy social drinkersc
Cue-related craving for alcohol118G allele of opioid μ-receptor gene (OMPR) and L allele of dopamine receptor type 4 gene (DRD4) in young problem drinkersd,e
Binge drinkingS allele of serotonin transporter gene in college students; combination of SS genotype of serotonin transporter gene and HH genotype of MAOA gene in young womenf
Related to alcoholism
Alcohol dependenceTwo common haplotypes of GABRA2 geneg
Liver cirrhosis in alcoholics-238A allele of tumor necrosis factor gene (TNFA)h
Protects against withdrawal symptoms in alcoholics-141C Del variant of the dopamine receptor type 2 gene (DRD2)i
Associated with delirium tremens8 genetic polymorphisms in 3 candidate genes involved in the dopamine transmission (DRD2, DRD3, and SLC6A3), 1 gene involved in the glutamate pathway (GRIK3), 1 neuropeptide gene (BDNF), and 1 cannabinoid gene (CNR1)j
Associated with alcohol withdrawal seizures9 repeat allele of dopamine transporter (SLC6A3); 10 repeat allele of tyrosine hydroxylase gene (TH); Ser9 allele of dopamine receptor type 3 gene (DRD3); SS genotype of serotonin transporter gene; 2108A allele in NR1 subunit of NMDA receptor gene (GRIN1)k-m
GABAA: gamma-aminobutyric acid A; MAOA: monoamine oxidase A; NMDA: N-methyl-D-aspartate
Source: Click here to view references

Figure 3
2 ways to seek relationships between genes and behavior


Researchers use ‘forward’ and ‘reverse’ genetics to connect behavioral phenotypes with predisposing genotypes. Each approach must consider intermediary functional anatomic and physiologic levels (black box), as shown in this conceptual framework.
DA: dopamine; EEG: electroencephalography; 5-HT: serotonin; LTD: long-term depression; LTP: long-term potentiation; RNA: ribonucleic acid; SNPs: single nucleotide polymorphisms; VNTRs: variable number tandem (triplet) repeats

Clinical implications

Genomic research is increasing our understanding of alcohol’s pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic interactions and of potential genetic associations with alcoholic phenotypes. These insights may lead to discovery of new therapies to compensate for specific physiologic and behavioral dysfunctions. For example, medications with pharmacologic profiles complimentary to addiction-related physiologic/behavioral deficits might be designed in the future.

Likewise, new understandings about genetic variability may allow us to predict an individual’s ability to tolerate and respond to existing medications used to treat alcohol dependence. For example, in studies of alcoholic and nonalcoholic subjects:

  • Individuals with the 118G variant allele of the μ-opioid receptor may experience a stronger subjective response to alcohol and respond more robustly to naltrexone treatment than do carriers of the more common 118A allele.32
  • Persons with a functional variation in the DRD4 gene (7 repeat allele–DRD4L) coding for type 4 dopamine receptor reported greater euphoria and reward while drinking alcohol and reduced alcohol consumption during 12-week treatment with olanzapine, a DRD2/DRD4 blocker.33

Applying this approach to the study of acamprosate has been difficult because of uncertainty about which protein molecules it targets. Variation in the Per2 gene (coding for protein involved in the circadian cycle) has been shown to be associated with brain glutamate levels, alcohol consumption, and the effects of acamprosate, although these interactions require further investigation.34

Pharmacogenomics of alcoholism treatment is in a very early stage of development. Findings require replication in different clinical samples and functional analysis. At the same time, if the reported association between the μ-opioid receptor genetic variation and naltrexone’s treatment efficacy is confirmed, this finding could help to guide clinical practice. Studies of genomic predictors of other medications’ efficacy and tolerability for alcoholism treatment would be expected to follow.

Related resources

  • National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. Collaborative Studies on Genetics of Alcoholism (COGA). www.niaaa.nih.gov (search NIAAA-funded collaborative research programs).
  • Dick DM, Jones K, Saccone N, et al. Endophenotypes successfully lead to gene identification: results from the Collaborative Study on the Genetics of Alcoholism. Behav Genet 2006;36(1):112-26.

Drug brand names

  • Acamprosate • Campral
  • Naltrexone • ReVia, Vivitrol
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa

Disclosure

 

 

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Acknowledgments

This work has been supported by the S.C. Johnson Genomic of Addictions Program. The authors thank Ms. Barbara Hall for expert technical assistance in preparing this manuscript.

References

1. Schuckit MA, Goodwin DA, Winokur G. A study of alcoholism in half siblings. Am J Psychiatry 1972;128(9):1132-6.

2. Nestler E. Molecular basis of long-term plasticity underlying addiction. Nat Rev Neurosci 2001;2(2):119-28.

3. National Institute of Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. Collaborative Studies on Genetics of Alcoholism (COGA). Available at: http://zork.wustl.edu/niaaa. Accessed January 28, 2008.

4. Foroud T, Edenberg HJ, Goate A, et al. Alcoholism susceptibility loci: confirmation studies in a replicate sample and further mapping. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2000;24(7):933-45.

5. Dick DM, Nurnberger J, Jr, Edenberg HJ, et al. Suggestive linkage on chromosome 1 for a quantitative alcohol-related phenotype. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2002;26(10):1453-60.

6. Nurnberger JI, Jr, Foroud T, Flury L, et al. Evidence for a locus on chromosome 1 that influences vulnerability to alcoholism and affective disorder. Am J Psychiatry 2001;158(5):718-24.

7. Schuckit MA, Edenberg HJ, Kalmijn J, et al. A genome-wide search for genes that relate to a low level of response to alcohol. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2001;25(3):323-9.

8. Saccone NL, Kwon JM, Corbett J, et al. A genome screen of maximum number of drinks as an alcoholism phenotype. Am J Med Genet 2000;96(5):632-7.

9. Gottesman II, Shields J. Schizophrenia and genetics;a twin study vantage point. New York, NY: Academic Press;1972.

10. Rieder RO, Gershon ES. Genetic strategies in biological psychiatry. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1978;35(7):866-73.

11. Meyer-Lindenberg A, Weinberger DR. Intermediate phenotypes and genetic mechanisms of psychiatric disorders. Nat Rev Neurosci 2006;7(10):818-27.

12. Dick DM, Jones K, Saccone N, et al. Endophenotypes successfully lead to gene identification: results from the Collaborative Study on Genetics of Alcoholism. Behav Genet 2006;36(1):112-26.

13. Edenberg HJ, Dick DM, Xuei X, et al. Variations in GABRA2, encoding the alpha 2 subunit of the GABA(A) receptor, are associated with alcohol dependence and with brain oscillations. Am J Hum Genet 2004;74(4):705-14.

14. Hinckers AS, Laucht M, Schmidt MH, et al. Low level of response to alcohol as associated with serotonin transporter genotype and high alcohol intake in adolescents. Biol Psychiatry 2006;60(3):282-7.

15. Ramchandani VA, Bosron WF, Li TK. Research advances in ethanol metabolism. Pathol Biol (Paris) 2001;49(9):676-82.

16. Beckemeier ME, Bora PS. Fatty acid ethyl esters: potentially toxic products of myocardial ethanol metabolism. J Mol Cell Cardiol 1998;30(11):2487-94.

17. Li TK, Yin SJ, Crabb DW, et al. Genetic and environmental influences on alcohol metabolism in humans. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2001;25(1):136-44.

18. Long JC, Knowler WC, Hanson RL, et al. Evidence for genetic linkage to alcohol dependence on chromosomes 4 and 11 from an autosome-wide scan in an American Indian population. Am J Med Genet 1998;81(3):216-21.

19. Edenberg HJ. Regulation of the mammalian alcohol dehydrogenase genes. Prog Nucleic Acid Res Mol Biol 2000;64:295-341.

20. Osier M, Pakstis A, Soodyall H, et al. A global perspective on genetic variation at the ADH genes reveals unusual patterns of linkage disequilibrium and diversity. Am J Hum Genet 2002;71(1):84-99.

21. Yoshida A, Rzhetsky A, Hsu LC, Chang C. Human aldehyde dehydrogenase gene family. Eur J Biochem 1998;251(3):549-57.

22. Harada S, Agarwal DP, Goedde HW. Aldehyde dehydrogenase deficiency as a cause of facial flashing reaction to alcohol in Japanese. Lancet 1981;2(8253):982.-

23. Goedde HW, Agarwal DP, Fritze G, et al. Distribution of ADH2 and ALDH2 genotypes in different populations. Hum Genet 1992;88(3):344-6.

24. Luczak SE, Glatt SJ, Wall TJ. Meta-analyses of ALDH2 and ADH1B with alcohol dependence in Asians. Psychol Bull 2006;132(4):607-21.

25. Edenberg HJ, Jerome RE, Li M. Polymorphism of the human alcohol dehydrogenase 4 (ADH4) promoter affects gene expression. Pharmacogenetics 1999;9(1):25-30.

26. Luo X, Kranzler HR, Zuo L, et al. ADH4 gene variation is associated with alcohol dependence and drug dependence in European Americans: results from HWD tests and case-control association studies. Neuropsychopharmacology 2006;31(5):1085-95.

27. Osier MV, Lu RB, Pakstis AJ, et al. Possible epistatic role of ADH7 in the protection against alcoholism. Am J Med Genet B Neuropsychiatr Genet 2004;126(1):19-22.

28. Lieber CS. Microsomal ethanol-oxidizing system (MEOS): the first 30 years (1968-1998)—a review. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 1999;23(6):991-1007.

29. Kunitoh S, Imaoka S, Hiroi T, et al. Acetaldehyde as well as ethanol is metabolized by human CYP2E1. J Pharmacol Exp Ther 1997;280(2):527-32.

30. Howard LA, Ahluwalia JS, Lin SK, et al. CYP2E1*1D regulatory polymorphism: association with alcohol and nicotine dependence [erratum in Pharmacogenetics. 2003;13(7):441-2]. Pharmacogenetics 2003;13(6):321-8.

31. Risch NJ. Searching for genetic determinants in the new millennium. Nature 2000;405(6788):847-56.

32. Oslin DW, Berrettini W, Kranzler HR, et al. A functional polymorphism of the mu-opioid receptor gene is associated with naltrexone response in alcohol-dependent patients. Neuropsychopharmacology 2003;28:1546-52.

33. Hutchison KE, Ray L, Sandman E, et al. The effect of olanzapine on craving and alcohol consumption. Neuropsychopharmacology 2006;31(6):1310-7.

34. Spanagel R, Pendyala G, Abarca C, et al. The clock gene Per2 influences the glutamatergic system and modulates alcohol consumption. Nat Med 2005;11(1):35-42.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Victor M. Karpyak, MD, PhD
Assistant professor of psychiatry, Department of psychiatry and psychology

Mayo Clinic College of Medicine, Rochester, MN

Daniel K. Hall-Flavin, MD
Assistant professor of psychiatry, Department of psychiatry and psychology

Mayo Clinic College of Medicine, Rochester, MN

David A. Mrazek, MD, FRCPsych
Professor of psychiatry and pediatrics, Chair, Department of psychiatry and psychology

Mayo Clinic College of Medicine, Rochester, MN

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(03)
Publications
Page Number
57-73
Legacy Keywords
Victor M. Karpyak MD PhD; Daniel K. Hall-Flavin MD; David A. Mrazek MD; alcohol dependence; genetic research of alcoholism; genetics of alcoholism; Collaborative Studies on Genetics of Alcoholism; COGA; alcoholism and depression; age of drinking onset; binge drinking; liver cirrhosis; withdrawal symptoms in alcoholics; alcohol withdrawal seizures; delirium tremens
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Victor M. Karpyak, MD, PhD
Assistant professor of psychiatry, Department of psychiatry and psychology

Mayo Clinic College of Medicine, Rochester, MN

Daniel K. Hall-Flavin, MD
Assistant professor of psychiatry, Department of psychiatry and psychology

Mayo Clinic College of Medicine, Rochester, MN

David A. Mrazek, MD, FRCPsych
Professor of psychiatry and pediatrics, Chair, Department of psychiatry and psychology

Mayo Clinic College of Medicine, Rochester, MN

Author and Disclosure Information

Victor M. Karpyak, MD, PhD
Assistant professor of psychiatry, Department of psychiatry and psychology

Mayo Clinic College of Medicine, Rochester, MN

Daniel K. Hall-Flavin, MD
Assistant professor of psychiatry, Department of psychiatry and psychology

Mayo Clinic College of Medicine, Rochester, MN

David A. Mrazek, MD, FRCPsych
Professor of psychiatry and pediatrics, Chair, Department of psychiatry and psychology

Mayo Clinic College of Medicine, Rochester, MN

Article PDF
Article PDF

Children of alcoholics have a 40% to 60% increased risk of developing severe alcohol-related problems1—a harsh legacy recognized for >30 years. Now, as the result of rapidly growing evidence, we can explain in greater detail why alcoholism runs in families when discussing alcohol dependence with patients.

Individuals vary in response to medications and substances of abuse, and genetic research is revealing the heritable origins. Numerous genetic variations are known to influence response to alcohol, as well as alcoholism’s pathophysiology, clinical manifestations, and treatment. Pieces are still missing from this complex picture, but investigators are identifying possible risk factors for alcoholism and matching potential responders with treatments such as naltrexone and acamprosate.

This article provides a progress report on contemporary genetic research of alcoholism. Our goal is to inform your clinical practice by describing:

  • new understandings of the genetics of alcoholism
  • how researchers identify relationships between genetic variations and clinical/behavioral phenomena
  • practical implications of this knowledge.

Genetic variations and risk of addiction

No single gene appears to cause alcoholism. Many genetic variations that accumulated during evolution likely contribute to individual differences in response to alcohol and susceptibility to developing alcohol-related problems. A growing number of genetic variations have been associated with increased alcohol tolerance, consumption, and other related phenotypes.

Like other addictive substances, alcohol triggers pharmacodynamic effects by interacting with a variety of molecular targets (Figure 1).2 These target proteins in turn interact with specific signaling proteins and trigger responses in complex functional pathways. Genetic variations may affect the structure of genes coding for proteins that constitute pathways involved in alcohol’s effects on target proteins (pharmacodynamics) or its metabolism (pharmacokinetics). If such variations alter the production, function, or stability of these proteins, the pathway’s function also may be altered and produce behavioral phenotypes—such as high or low sensitivity to alcohol’s effects.

Alcoholism-related phenotypes. DSM-IV-TR diagnostic criteria include some but not all of the multiple phenotypes within alcoholism’s clinical presentation. Researchers in the Collaborative Studies on Genetics of Alcoholism (COGA)3 identified chromosome regions linked to alcoholism-related phenotypes, including:

  • alcohol dependence4
  • later age of drinking onset and increased harm avoidance5
  • alcoholism and depression6
  • alcohol sensitivity7
  • alcohol consumption.8

To identify genes of interest within these chromosome regions, researchers used transitional phenotypes (endophenotypes) that “lie on the pathway between genes and disease,”9,10 and allowed them to characterize the neural systems affected by gene risk variants.11 As a result, they found associations among variations in the GABRA2 gene, (encoding the alpha-2 subunit of the GABAA receptor), specific brain oscillations (electrophysiologic endophenotype), and predisposition to alcohol dependence.12,13 By this same strategy, researchers discovered an association between the endophenotype (low-level of response to alcohol) and some genotypes, including at least 1 short allele of the serotonin transporter gene SLC6A4.14

Figure 1
Known molecular targets for alcohol and other drugs of abuse


Effects of drugs of abuse (black arrows) influence intracellular signaling pathways (blue arrows) to produce immediate and long-term changes in cell function.
cAMP: cyclic adenosine monophosphate; GABAA: gamma-aminobutyric acid A receptor; Gi, Gs, Gq: G proteins (heterotrimeric guanine nucleotide-binding proteins) MAPK: mitogen-activated protein kinase; N-cholino receptor: nicotinic cholinoreceptor; NMDA: N-methyl-D-aspartate; PKA: protein kinase A
Source: Created for CURRENT PSYCHIATRY from information in reference 2

Alcohol metabolism

Alcohol is metabolized to acetic acid through primary and auxiliary pathways involving alcohol and acetaldehyde dehydrogenases (ADH/ALDH) and the microsomal ethanol oxidizing system (cytochrome P-450 [CYP] 2E1)15 (Figure 2). Auxiliary pathways become involved when the primary pathway is overwhelmed by the amount of alcohol needed to be metabolized. Catalase and fatty acid ethyl ester synthases play a minor role under normal conditions but may be implicated in alcohol-induced organ damage.16

ADH/ALDH pathway. From one individual to another, the ability to metabolize ethyl alcohol varies up to 3- to 4-fold.17 In European and Amerindian samples, a genetic link has been identified between alcoholism and the 4q21-23 region on chromosome 4.18 This region contains a cluster of 7 genes encoding for alcohol dehydrogenases (ADH), including 3 Class I genes—ADH1A, ADH1B, and ADH1C—coding for the corresponding proteins that play a major role in alcohol metabolism.19 In eastern Asian samples, alleles encoding high activity enzymes (ADH1B*47His and ADH1C*349Ile) are significantly less frequent in alcoholics compared with nonalcoholic controls.20

Mitochondrial ALDH2 protein plays the central role in acetaldehyde metabolism and is highly expressed in the liver, stomach, and other tissues—including the brain.21 The ALDH2*2 gene variant encodes for a catalytically inactive enzyme, thus inhibiting acetaldehyde metabolism and causing a facial flushing reaction.22 The ALDH2*2 allele has a relatively high frequency in Asians but also is found in other populations.23 Meta-analyses of published data indicate that possessing either of the variant alleles in the ADH1B and ALDH2 genes is protective against alcohol dependence in Asians.24

 

 

The ADH4 enzyme catalyzes oxidation or reduction of numerous substrates—including long-chain aliphatic alcohols and aromatic aldehydes—and becomes involved in alcohol metabolism at moderate to high concentrations. The -75A allele of the ADH4 gene has promoter activity more than twice that of the -75C allele and significantly affects its expression.25 This substitution in the promoter region, as well as A/G SNP (rs1042364)—a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP)—at exon 9, has been associated with an increased risk for alcohol and drug dependence in European Americans.26

Finally, variations in the ADH7 gene may play a protective role against alcoholism through epistatic effects.27

The CYP 2E1 pathway has low initial catalytic efficiency compared with the ADH/ALDH pathway, but it may metabolize alcohol up to 10 times faster after chronic alcohol consumption or cigarette smoking and accounts for metabolic tolerance.28 CYP 2E1 is involved in metabolizing both alcohol and acetaldehyde.29 The CYP 2E1*1D polymorphism has been associated with greater inducibility as well as alcohol and nicotine dependence.30

Thus, linkage and association studies support the association of phenotypes related to alcohol response and dependence with variations in genes that code for proteins involved in alcohol’s pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic effects. Each of these findings is important, but conceptual models organizing them all and explaining their role in alcohol’s effects and predisposition to alcoholism have yet to be constructed.

Figure 2
Genetic variations that affect alcohol metabolism pathways


Genetic variations affect the efficiency of primary and auxiliary pathways by which ethyl alcohol is metabolized to acetaldehyde and acetic acid. Auxiliary pathways become involved when the primary pathway is overwhelmed by the amount of alcohol to be metabolized.
ADH: alcohol dehydrogenase; ALDH: acetaldehyde dehydrogenase; P450CYP 2E1: cytochrome P450, family 2, subfamily E, polypeptide 1; A/G SNP: adenine/guanine single nucleotide polymorphism

Phenotype-genotype relationships

Alcohol—unlike most other addictive substances—does not have a specific receptor and is believed to act by disturbing the balance between excitatory and inhibitory neurotransmission in the neural system. Consequently, researchers explore relationships between genetics and alcohol-related problems using 2 approaches:

  • Forward genetics (discovering disease-related genes via genome-wide studies and then studying their function; examples include linkage and genome-wide association studies [GWAS]).
  • Reverse genetics (testing whether candidate genes and polymorphisms identified in animal studies as relevant for biological effects also exist in humans and are relevant to the phenotype).31

When searching for relationships between genotypes and phenotypes, both approaches must take into account a framework of functional anatomic and physiologic connections (Figure 3).

Linkage studies. The goal of linkage studies is to find a link between a phenotypic variation (ideally a measurable trait, such as number of drinks necessary for intoxication) and the chromosomal marker expected to be in the vicinity of the disease-specific gene variation. An advantage of linkage studies is that they can be started without knowing specific DNA sequences. Their limitations include:

  • limited power when applied to complex diseases such as alcoholism
  • they do not yield gene-specific information
  • their success is highly dependent on family members’ willingness to participate.

Association studies. Candidate gene-based association studies are designed to directly test a potential association between the phenotype of interest and a known genomic sequence variation. This approach provides adequate power to study variations with modest effects and allows use of DNA from unrelated individuals. The candidate gene approach has revealed associations between specific genomic variations and phenotypes related to alcohol misuse and alcoholism (Table).

Like linkage studies, association studies have their own challenges and limitations, such as:

  • historically high false-positive rates
  • confounding risks (allele frequencies may vary because of ethnic stratification rather than disease predisposition).

To address these challenges, researchers must carefully choose behavioral, physiologic, or intermediate phenotypes and genotype variations, as well as control subjects and sample sizes. Replication studies are necessary to rule out false-positive associations. In fact, only some of the findings depicted in the Table—those related to GABRA2 and GABRA6 and few other genes—have been replicated.

Genome-wide association studies are a powerful new method for studying relationships between genomic variability and behavior. With GWAS, thousands of DNA samples can be scanned for thousands of SNPs throughout the human genome, with the goal of identifying variations that modestly increase the risk of developing common diseases.

Unlike the candidate gene approach—which focuses on preselected genomic variations—GWAS scans the whole genome and may identify unexpected susceptibility factors. Unlike the family-based linkage approach, GWAS is not limited to specific families and can address all recombination events in a population.

 

 

Challenges are associated with GWAS, however, and include:

  • need for substantial numbers (2,000 to 5,000) of rigorously described cases and matched controls
  • need for accurate, high-throughput genotyping technologies and sophisticated algorithms for analyzing data
  • risk of high false-positive rates related to multiple testing
  • inability to scan 100% of the genome, which may lead to false-negative findings.

Table

Examples of gene variations related to alcohol misuse and alcoholism phenotypes

PhenotypeGene variation(s)
Related to alcohol misuse
Low response/high tolerance to alcoholL allele of serotonin transporter gene (SLC6A4) and Ser385 allele of alpha-6 subunit of GABAA receptor gene (GABRA6) in adolescents and healthy adult men;a,b 600G allele of alpha-2 subunit of GABAA receptor gene (GABRA2) in healthy social drinkersc
Cue-related craving for alcohol118G allele of opioid μ-receptor gene (OMPR) and L allele of dopamine receptor type 4 gene (DRD4) in young problem drinkersd,e
Binge drinkingS allele of serotonin transporter gene in college students; combination of SS genotype of serotonin transporter gene and HH genotype of MAOA gene in young womenf
Related to alcoholism
Alcohol dependenceTwo common haplotypes of GABRA2 geneg
Liver cirrhosis in alcoholics-238A allele of tumor necrosis factor gene (TNFA)h
Protects against withdrawal symptoms in alcoholics-141C Del variant of the dopamine receptor type 2 gene (DRD2)i
Associated with delirium tremens8 genetic polymorphisms in 3 candidate genes involved in the dopamine transmission (DRD2, DRD3, and SLC6A3), 1 gene involved in the glutamate pathway (GRIK3), 1 neuropeptide gene (BDNF), and 1 cannabinoid gene (CNR1)j
Associated with alcohol withdrawal seizures9 repeat allele of dopamine transporter (SLC6A3); 10 repeat allele of tyrosine hydroxylase gene (TH); Ser9 allele of dopamine receptor type 3 gene (DRD3); SS genotype of serotonin transporter gene; 2108A allele in NR1 subunit of NMDA receptor gene (GRIN1)k-m
GABAA: gamma-aminobutyric acid A; MAOA: monoamine oxidase A; NMDA: N-methyl-D-aspartate
Source: Click here to view references

Figure 3
2 ways to seek relationships between genes and behavior


Researchers use ‘forward’ and ‘reverse’ genetics to connect behavioral phenotypes with predisposing genotypes. Each approach must consider intermediary functional anatomic and physiologic levels (black box), as shown in this conceptual framework.
DA: dopamine; EEG: electroencephalography; 5-HT: serotonin; LTD: long-term depression; LTP: long-term potentiation; RNA: ribonucleic acid; SNPs: single nucleotide polymorphisms; VNTRs: variable number tandem (triplet) repeats

Clinical implications

Genomic research is increasing our understanding of alcohol’s pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic interactions and of potential genetic associations with alcoholic phenotypes. These insights may lead to discovery of new therapies to compensate for specific physiologic and behavioral dysfunctions. For example, medications with pharmacologic profiles complimentary to addiction-related physiologic/behavioral deficits might be designed in the future.

Likewise, new understandings about genetic variability may allow us to predict an individual’s ability to tolerate and respond to existing medications used to treat alcohol dependence. For example, in studies of alcoholic and nonalcoholic subjects:

  • Individuals with the 118G variant allele of the μ-opioid receptor may experience a stronger subjective response to alcohol and respond more robustly to naltrexone treatment than do carriers of the more common 118A allele.32
  • Persons with a functional variation in the DRD4 gene (7 repeat allele–DRD4L) coding for type 4 dopamine receptor reported greater euphoria and reward while drinking alcohol and reduced alcohol consumption during 12-week treatment with olanzapine, a DRD2/DRD4 blocker.33

Applying this approach to the study of acamprosate has been difficult because of uncertainty about which protein molecules it targets. Variation in the Per2 gene (coding for protein involved in the circadian cycle) has been shown to be associated with brain glutamate levels, alcohol consumption, and the effects of acamprosate, although these interactions require further investigation.34

Pharmacogenomics of alcoholism treatment is in a very early stage of development. Findings require replication in different clinical samples and functional analysis. At the same time, if the reported association between the μ-opioid receptor genetic variation and naltrexone’s treatment efficacy is confirmed, this finding could help to guide clinical practice. Studies of genomic predictors of other medications’ efficacy and tolerability for alcoholism treatment would be expected to follow.

Related resources

  • National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. Collaborative Studies on Genetics of Alcoholism (COGA). www.niaaa.nih.gov (search NIAAA-funded collaborative research programs).
  • Dick DM, Jones K, Saccone N, et al. Endophenotypes successfully lead to gene identification: results from the Collaborative Study on the Genetics of Alcoholism. Behav Genet 2006;36(1):112-26.

Drug brand names

  • Acamprosate • Campral
  • Naltrexone • ReVia, Vivitrol
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa

Disclosure

 

 

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Acknowledgments

This work has been supported by the S.C. Johnson Genomic of Addictions Program. The authors thank Ms. Barbara Hall for expert technical assistance in preparing this manuscript.

Children of alcoholics have a 40% to 60% increased risk of developing severe alcohol-related problems1—a harsh legacy recognized for >30 years. Now, as the result of rapidly growing evidence, we can explain in greater detail why alcoholism runs in families when discussing alcohol dependence with patients.

Individuals vary in response to medications and substances of abuse, and genetic research is revealing the heritable origins. Numerous genetic variations are known to influence response to alcohol, as well as alcoholism’s pathophysiology, clinical manifestations, and treatment. Pieces are still missing from this complex picture, but investigators are identifying possible risk factors for alcoholism and matching potential responders with treatments such as naltrexone and acamprosate.

This article provides a progress report on contemporary genetic research of alcoholism. Our goal is to inform your clinical practice by describing:

  • new understandings of the genetics of alcoholism
  • how researchers identify relationships between genetic variations and clinical/behavioral phenomena
  • practical implications of this knowledge.

Genetic variations and risk of addiction

No single gene appears to cause alcoholism. Many genetic variations that accumulated during evolution likely contribute to individual differences in response to alcohol and susceptibility to developing alcohol-related problems. A growing number of genetic variations have been associated with increased alcohol tolerance, consumption, and other related phenotypes.

Like other addictive substances, alcohol triggers pharmacodynamic effects by interacting with a variety of molecular targets (Figure 1).2 These target proteins in turn interact with specific signaling proteins and trigger responses in complex functional pathways. Genetic variations may affect the structure of genes coding for proteins that constitute pathways involved in alcohol’s effects on target proteins (pharmacodynamics) or its metabolism (pharmacokinetics). If such variations alter the production, function, or stability of these proteins, the pathway’s function also may be altered and produce behavioral phenotypes—such as high or low sensitivity to alcohol’s effects.

Alcoholism-related phenotypes. DSM-IV-TR diagnostic criteria include some but not all of the multiple phenotypes within alcoholism’s clinical presentation. Researchers in the Collaborative Studies on Genetics of Alcoholism (COGA)3 identified chromosome regions linked to alcoholism-related phenotypes, including:

  • alcohol dependence4
  • later age of drinking onset and increased harm avoidance5
  • alcoholism and depression6
  • alcohol sensitivity7
  • alcohol consumption.8

To identify genes of interest within these chromosome regions, researchers used transitional phenotypes (endophenotypes) that “lie on the pathway between genes and disease,”9,10 and allowed them to characterize the neural systems affected by gene risk variants.11 As a result, they found associations among variations in the GABRA2 gene, (encoding the alpha-2 subunit of the GABAA receptor), specific brain oscillations (electrophysiologic endophenotype), and predisposition to alcohol dependence.12,13 By this same strategy, researchers discovered an association between the endophenotype (low-level of response to alcohol) and some genotypes, including at least 1 short allele of the serotonin transporter gene SLC6A4.14

Figure 1
Known molecular targets for alcohol and other drugs of abuse


Effects of drugs of abuse (black arrows) influence intracellular signaling pathways (blue arrows) to produce immediate and long-term changes in cell function.
cAMP: cyclic adenosine monophosphate; GABAA: gamma-aminobutyric acid A receptor; Gi, Gs, Gq: G proteins (heterotrimeric guanine nucleotide-binding proteins) MAPK: mitogen-activated protein kinase; N-cholino receptor: nicotinic cholinoreceptor; NMDA: N-methyl-D-aspartate; PKA: protein kinase A
Source: Created for CURRENT PSYCHIATRY from information in reference 2

Alcohol metabolism

Alcohol is metabolized to acetic acid through primary and auxiliary pathways involving alcohol and acetaldehyde dehydrogenases (ADH/ALDH) and the microsomal ethanol oxidizing system (cytochrome P-450 [CYP] 2E1)15 (Figure 2). Auxiliary pathways become involved when the primary pathway is overwhelmed by the amount of alcohol needed to be metabolized. Catalase and fatty acid ethyl ester synthases play a minor role under normal conditions but may be implicated in alcohol-induced organ damage.16

ADH/ALDH pathway. From one individual to another, the ability to metabolize ethyl alcohol varies up to 3- to 4-fold.17 In European and Amerindian samples, a genetic link has been identified between alcoholism and the 4q21-23 region on chromosome 4.18 This region contains a cluster of 7 genes encoding for alcohol dehydrogenases (ADH), including 3 Class I genes—ADH1A, ADH1B, and ADH1C—coding for the corresponding proteins that play a major role in alcohol metabolism.19 In eastern Asian samples, alleles encoding high activity enzymes (ADH1B*47His and ADH1C*349Ile) are significantly less frequent in alcoholics compared with nonalcoholic controls.20

Mitochondrial ALDH2 protein plays the central role in acetaldehyde metabolism and is highly expressed in the liver, stomach, and other tissues—including the brain.21 The ALDH2*2 gene variant encodes for a catalytically inactive enzyme, thus inhibiting acetaldehyde metabolism and causing a facial flushing reaction.22 The ALDH2*2 allele has a relatively high frequency in Asians but also is found in other populations.23 Meta-analyses of published data indicate that possessing either of the variant alleles in the ADH1B and ALDH2 genes is protective against alcohol dependence in Asians.24

 

 

The ADH4 enzyme catalyzes oxidation or reduction of numerous substrates—including long-chain aliphatic alcohols and aromatic aldehydes—and becomes involved in alcohol metabolism at moderate to high concentrations. The -75A allele of the ADH4 gene has promoter activity more than twice that of the -75C allele and significantly affects its expression.25 This substitution in the promoter region, as well as A/G SNP (rs1042364)—a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP)—at exon 9, has been associated with an increased risk for alcohol and drug dependence in European Americans.26

Finally, variations in the ADH7 gene may play a protective role against alcoholism through epistatic effects.27

The CYP 2E1 pathway has low initial catalytic efficiency compared with the ADH/ALDH pathway, but it may metabolize alcohol up to 10 times faster after chronic alcohol consumption or cigarette smoking and accounts for metabolic tolerance.28 CYP 2E1 is involved in metabolizing both alcohol and acetaldehyde.29 The CYP 2E1*1D polymorphism has been associated with greater inducibility as well as alcohol and nicotine dependence.30

Thus, linkage and association studies support the association of phenotypes related to alcohol response and dependence with variations in genes that code for proteins involved in alcohol’s pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic effects. Each of these findings is important, but conceptual models organizing them all and explaining their role in alcohol’s effects and predisposition to alcoholism have yet to be constructed.

Figure 2
Genetic variations that affect alcohol metabolism pathways


Genetic variations affect the efficiency of primary and auxiliary pathways by which ethyl alcohol is metabolized to acetaldehyde and acetic acid. Auxiliary pathways become involved when the primary pathway is overwhelmed by the amount of alcohol to be metabolized.
ADH: alcohol dehydrogenase; ALDH: acetaldehyde dehydrogenase; P450CYP 2E1: cytochrome P450, family 2, subfamily E, polypeptide 1; A/G SNP: adenine/guanine single nucleotide polymorphism

Phenotype-genotype relationships

Alcohol—unlike most other addictive substances—does not have a specific receptor and is believed to act by disturbing the balance between excitatory and inhibitory neurotransmission in the neural system. Consequently, researchers explore relationships between genetics and alcohol-related problems using 2 approaches:

  • Forward genetics (discovering disease-related genes via genome-wide studies and then studying their function; examples include linkage and genome-wide association studies [GWAS]).
  • Reverse genetics (testing whether candidate genes and polymorphisms identified in animal studies as relevant for biological effects also exist in humans and are relevant to the phenotype).31

When searching for relationships between genotypes and phenotypes, both approaches must take into account a framework of functional anatomic and physiologic connections (Figure 3).

Linkage studies. The goal of linkage studies is to find a link between a phenotypic variation (ideally a measurable trait, such as number of drinks necessary for intoxication) and the chromosomal marker expected to be in the vicinity of the disease-specific gene variation. An advantage of linkage studies is that they can be started without knowing specific DNA sequences. Their limitations include:

  • limited power when applied to complex diseases such as alcoholism
  • they do not yield gene-specific information
  • their success is highly dependent on family members’ willingness to participate.

Association studies. Candidate gene-based association studies are designed to directly test a potential association between the phenotype of interest and a known genomic sequence variation. This approach provides adequate power to study variations with modest effects and allows use of DNA from unrelated individuals. The candidate gene approach has revealed associations between specific genomic variations and phenotypes related to alcohol misuse and alcoholism (Table).

Like linkage studies, association studies have their own challenges and limitations, such as:

  • historically high false-positive rates
  • confounding risks (allele frequencies may vary because of ethnic stratification rather than disease predisposition).

To address these challenges, researchers must carefully choose behavioral, physiologic, or intermediate phenotypes and genotype variations, as well as control subjects and sample sizes. Replication studies are necessary to rule out false-positive associations. In fact, only some of the findings depicted in the Table—those related to GABRA2 and GABRA6 and few other genes—have been replicated.

Genome-wide association studies are a powerful new method for studying relationships between genomic variability and behavior. With GWAS, thousands of DNA samples can be scanned for thousands of SNPs throughout the human genome, with the goal of identifying variations that modestly increase the risk of developing common diseases.

Unlike the candidate gene approach—which focuses on preselected genomic variations—GWAS scans the whole genome and may identify unexpected susceptibility factors. Unlike the family-based linkage approach, GWAS is not limited to specific families and can address all recombination events in a population.

 

 

Challenges are associated with GWAS, however, and include:

  • need for substantial numbers (2,000 to 5,000) of rigorously described cases and matched controls
  • need for accurate, high-throughput genotyping technologies and sophisticated algorithms for analyzing data
  • risk of high false-positive rates related to multiple testing
  • inability to scan 100% of the genome, which may lead to false-negative findings.

Table

Examples of gene variations related to alcohol misuse and alcoholism phenotypes

PhenotypeGene variation(s)
Related to alcohol misuse
Low response/high tolerance to alcoholL allele of serotonin transporter gene (SLC6A4) and Ser385 allele of alpha-6 subunit of GABAA receptor gene (GABRA6) in adolescents and healthy adult men;a,b 600G allele of alpha-2 subunit of GABAA receptor gene (GABRA2) in healthy social drinkersc
Cue-related craving for alcohol118G allele of opioid μ-receptor gene (OMPR) and L allele of dopamine receptor type 4 gene (DRD4) in young problem drinkersd,e
Binge drinkingS allele of serotonin transporter gene in college students; combination of SS genotype of serotonin transporter gene and HH genotype of MAOA gene in young womenf
Related to alcoholism
Alcohol dependenceTwo common haplotypes of GABRA2 geneg
Liver cirrhosis in alcoholics-238A allele of tumor necrosis factor gene (TNFA)h
Protects against withdrawal symptoms in alcoholics-141C Del variant of the dopamine receptor type 2 gene (DRD2)i
Associated with delirium tremens8 genetic polymorphisms in 3 candidate genes involved in the dopamine transmission (DRD2, DRD3, and SLC6A3), 1 gene involved in the glutamate pathway (GRIK3), 1 neuropeptide gene (BDNF), and 1 cannabinoid gene (CNR1)j
Associated with alcohol withdrawal seizures9 repeat allele of dopamine transporter (SLC6A3); 10 repeat allele of tyrosine hydroxylase gene (TH); Ser9 allele of dopamine receptor type 3 gene (DRD3); SS genotype of serotonin transporter gene; 2108A allele in NR1 subunit of NMDA receptor gene (GRIN1)k-m
GABAA: gamma-aminobutyric acid A; MAOA: monoamine oxidase A; NMDA: N-methyl-D-aspartate
Source: Click here to view references

Figure 3
2 ways to seek relationships between genes and behavior


Researchers use ‘forward’ and ‘reverse’ genetics to connect behavioral phenotypes with predisposing genotypes. Each approach must consider intermediary functional anatomic and physiologic levels (black box), as shown in this conceptual framework.
DA: dopamine; EEG: electroencephalography; 5-HT: serotonin; LTD: long-term depression; LTP: long-term potentiation; RNA: ribonucleic acid; SNPs: single nucleotide polymorphisms; VNTRs: variable number tandem (triplet) repeats

Clinical implications

Genomic research is increasing our understanding of alcohol’s pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic interactions and of potential genetic associations with alcoholic phenotypes. These insights may lead to discovery of new therapies to compensate for specific physiologic and behavioral dysfunctions. For example, medications with pharmacologic profiles complimentary to addiction-related physiologic/behavioral deficits might be designed in the future.

Likewise, new understandings about genetic variability may allow us to predict an individual’s ability to tolerate and respond to existing medications used to treat alcohol dependence. For example, in studies of alcoholic and nonalcoholic subjects:

  • Individuals with the 118G variant allele of the μ-opioid receptor may experience a stronger subjective response to alcohol and respond more robustly to naltrexone treatment than do carriers of the more common 118A allele.32
  • Persons with a functional variation in the DRD4 gene (7 repeat allele–DRD4L) coding for type 4 dopamine receptor reported greater euphoria and reward while drinking alcohol and reduced alcohol consumption during 12-week treatment with olanzapine, a DRD2/DRD4 blocker.33

Applying this approach to the study of acamprosate has been difficult because of uncertainty about which protein molecules it targets. Variation in the Per2 gene (coding for protein involved in the circadian cycle) has been shown to be associated with brain glutamate levels, alcohol consumption, and the effects of acamprosate, although these interactions require further investigation.34

Pharmacogenomics of alcoholism treatment is in a very early stage of development. Findings require replication in different clinical samples and functional analysis. At the same time, if the reported association between the μ-opioid receptor genetic variation and naltrexone’s treatment efficacy is confirmed, this finding could help to guide clinical practice. Studies of genomic predictors of other medications’ efficacy and tolerability for alcoholism treatment would be expected to follow.

Related resources

  • National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. Collaborative Studies on Genetics of Alcoholism (COGA). www.niaaa.nih.gov (search NIAAA-funded collaborative research programs).
  • Dick DM, Jones K, Saccone N, et al. Endophenotypes successfully lead to gene identification: results from the Collaborative Study on the Genetics of Alcoholism. Behav Genet 2006;36(1):112-26.

Drug brand names

  • Acamprosate • Campral
  • Naltrexone • ReVia, Vivitrol
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa

Disclosure

 

 

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Acknowledgments

This work has been supported by the S.C. Johnson Genomic of Addictions Program. The authors thank Ms. Barbara Hall for expert technical assistance in preparing this manuscript.

References

1. Schuckit MA, Goodwin DA, Winokur G. A study of alcoholism in half siblings. Am J Psychiatry 1972;128(9):1132-6.

2. Nestler E. Molecular basis of long-term plasticity underlying addiction. Nat Rev Neurosci 2001;2(2):119-28.

3. National Institute of Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. Collaborative Studies on Genetics of Alcoholism (COGA). Available at: http://zork.wustl.edu/niaaa. Accessed January 28, 2008.

4. Foroud T, Edenberg HJ, Goate A, et al. Alcoholism susceptibility loci: confirmation studies in a replicate sample and further mapping. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2000;24(7):933-45.

5. Dick DM, Nurnberger J, Jr, Edenberg HJ, et al. Suggestive linkage on chromosome 1 for a quantitative alcohol-related phenotype. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2002;26(10):1453-60.

6. Nurnberger JI, Jr, Foroud T, Flury L, et al. Evidence for a locus on chromosome 1 that influences vulnerability to alcoholism and affective disorder. Am J Psychiatry 2001;158(5):718-24.

7. Schuckit MA, Edenberg HJ, Kalmijn J, et al. A genome-wide search for genes that relate to a low level of response to alcohol. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2001;25(3):323-9.

8. Saccone NL, Kwon JM, Corbett J, et al. A genome screen of maximum number of drinks as an alcoholism phenotype. Am J Med Genet 2000;96(5):632-7.

9. Gottesman II, Shields J. Schizophrenia and genetics;a twin study vantage point. New York, NY: Academic Press;1972.

10. Rieder RO, Gershon ES. Genetic strategies in biological psychiatry. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1978;35(7):866-73.

11. Meyer-Lindenberg A, Weinberger DR. Intermediate phenotypes and genetic mechanisms of psychiatric disorders. Nat Rev Neurosci 2006;7(10):818-27.

12. Dick DM, Jones K, Saccone N, et al. Endophenotypes successfully lead to gene identification: results from the Collaborative Study on Genetics of Alcoholism. Behav Genet 2006;36(1):112-26.

13. Edenberg HJ, Dick DM, Xuei X, et al. Variations in GABRA2, encoding the alpha 2 subunit of the GABA(A) receptor, are associated with alcohol dependence and with brain oscillations. Am J Hum Genet 2004;74(4):705-14.

14. Hinckers AS, Laucht M, Schmidt MH, et al. Low level of response to alcohol as associated with serotonin transporter genotype and high alcohol intake in adolescents. Biol Psychiatry 2006;60(3):282-7.

15. Ramchandani VA, Bosron WF, Li TK. Research advances in ethanol metabolism. Pathol Biol (Paris) 2001;49(9):676-82.

16. Beckemeier ME, Bora PS. Fatty acid ethyl esters: potentially toxic products of myocardial ethanol metabolism. J Mol Cell Cardiol 1998;30(11):2487-94.

17. Li TK, Yin SJ, Crabb DW, et al. Genetic and environmental influences on alcohol metabolism in humans. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2001;25(1):136-44.

18. Long JC, Knowler WC, Hanson RL, et al. Evidence for genetic linkage to alcohol dependence on chromosomes 4 and 11 from an autosome-wide scan in an American Indian population. Am J Med Genet 1998;81(3):216-21.

19. Edenberg HJ. Regulation of the mammalian alcohol dehydrogenase genes. Prog Nucleic Acid Res Mol Biol 2000;64:295-341.

20. Osier M, Pakstis A, Soodyall H, et al. A global perspective on genetic variation at the ADH genes reveals unusual patterns of linkage disequilibrium and diversity. Am J Hum Genet 2002;71(1):84-99.

21. Yoshida A, Rzhetsky A, Hsu LC, Chang C. Human aldehyde dehydrogenase gene family. Eur J Biochem 1998;251(3):549-57.

22. Harada S, Agarwal DP, Goedde HW. Aldehyde dehydrogenase deficiency as a cause of facial flashing reaction to alcohol in Japanese. Lancet 1981;2(8253):982.-

23. Goedde HW, Agarwal DP, Fritze G, et al. Distribution of ADH2 and ALDH2 genotypes in different populations. Hum Genet 1992;88(3):344-6.

24. Luczak SE, Glatt SJ, Wall TJ. Meta-analyses of ALDH2 and ADH1B with alcohol dependence in Asians. Psychol Bull 2006;132(4):607-21.

25. Edenberg HJ, Jerome RE, Li M. Polymorphism of the human alcohol dehydrogenase 4 (ADH4) promoter affects gene expression. Pharmacogenetics 1999;9(1):25-30.

26. Luo X, Kranzler HR, Zuo L, et al. ADH4 gene variation is associated with alcohol dependence and drug dependence in European Americans: results from HWD tests and case-control association studies. Neuropsychopharmacology 2006;31(5):1085-95.

27. Osier MV, Lu RB, Pakstis AJ, et al. Possible epistatic role of ADH7 in the protection against alcoholism. Am J Med Genet B Neuropsychiatr Genet 2004;126(1):19-22.

28. Lieber CS. Microsomal ethanol-oxidizing system (MEOS): the first 30 years (1968-1998)—a review. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 1999;23(6):991-1007.

29. Kunitoh S, Imaoka S, Hiroi T, et al. Acetaldehyde as well as ethanol is metabolized by human CYP2E1. J Pharmacol Exp Ther 1997;280(2):527-32.

30. Howard LA, Ahluwalia JS, Lin SK, et al. CYP2E1*1D regulatory polymorphism: association with alcohol and nicotine dependence [erratum in Pharmacogenetics. 2003;13(7):441-2]. Pharmacogenetics 2003;13(6):321-8.

31. Risch NJ. Searching for genetic determinants in the new millennium. Nature 2000;405(6788):847-56.

32. Oslin DW, Berrettini W, Kranzler HR, et al. A functional polymorphism of the mu-opioid receptor gene is associated with naltrexone response in alcohol-dependent patients. Neuropsychopharmacology 2003;28:1546-52.

33. Hutchison KE, Ray L, Sandman E, et al. The effect of olanzapine on craving and alcohol consumption. Neuropsychopharmacology 2006;31(6):1310-7.

34. Spanagel R, Pendyala G, Abarca C, et al. The clock gene Per2 influences the glutamatergic system and modulates alcohol consumption. Nat Med 2005;11(1):35-42.

References

1. Schuckit MA, Goodwin DA, Winokur G. A study of alcoholism in half siblings. Am J Psychiatry 1972;128(9):1132-6.

2. Nestler E. Molecular basis of long-term plasticity underlying addiction. Nat Rev Neurosci 2001;2(2):119-28.

3. National Institute of Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. Collaborative Studies on Genetics of Alcoholism (COGA). Available at: http://zork.wustl.edu/niaaa. Accessed January 28, 2008.

4. Foroud T, Edenberg HJ, Goate A, et al. Alcoholism susceptibility loci: confirmation studies in a replicate sample and further mapping. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2000;24(7):933-45.

5. Dick DM, Nurnberger J, Jr, Edenberg HJ, et al. Suggestive linkage on chromosome 1 for a quantitative alcohol-related phenotype. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2002;26(10):1453-60.

6. Nurnberger JI, Jr, Foroud T, Flury L, et al. Evidence for a locus on chromosome 1 that influences vulnerability to alcoholism and affective disorder. Am J Psychiatry 2001;158(5):718-24.

7. Schuckit MA, Edenberg HJ, Kalmijn J, et al. A genome-wide search for genes that relate to a low level of response to alcohol. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2001;25(3):323-9.

8. Saccone NL, Kwon JM, Corbett J, et al. A genome screen of maximum number of drinks as an alcoholism phenotype. Am J Med Genet 2000;96(5):632-7.

9. Gottesman II, Shields J. Schizophrenia and genetics;a twin study vantage point. New York, NY: Academic Press;1972.

10. Rieder RO, Gershon ES. Genetic strategies in biological psychiatry. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1978;35(7):866-73.

11. Meyer-Lindenberg A, Weinberger DR. Intermediate phenotypes and genetic mechanisms of psychiatric disorders. Nat Rev Neurosci 2006;7(10):818-27.

12. Dick DM, Jones K, Saccone N, et al. Endophenotypes successfully lead to gene identification: results from the Collaborative Study on Genetics of Alcoholism. Behav Genet 2006;36(1):112-26.

13. Edenberg HJ, Dick DM, Xuei X, et al. Variations in GABRA2, encoding the alpha 2 subunit of the GABA(A) receptor, are associated with alcohol dependence and with brain oscillations. Am J Hum Genet 2004;74(4):705-14.

14. Hinckers AS, Laucht M, Schmidt MH, et al. Low level of response to alcohol as associated with serotonin transporter genotype and high alcohol intake in adolescents. Biol Psychiatry 2006;60(3):282-7.

15. Ramchandani VA, Bosron WF, Li TK. Research advances in ethanol metabolism. Pathol Biol (Paris) 2001;49(9):676-82.

16. Beckemeier ME, Bora PS. Fatty acid ethyl esters: potentially toxic products of myocardial ethanol metabolism. J Mol Cell Cardiol 1998;30(11):2487-94.

17. Li TK, Yin SJ, Crabb DW, et al. Genetic and environmental influences on alcohol metabolism in humans. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2001;25(1):136-44.

18. Long JC, Knowler WC, Hanson RL, et al. Evidence for genetic linkage to alcohol dependence on chromosomes 4 and 11 from an autosome-wide scan in an American Indian population. Am J Med Genet 1998;81(3):216-21.

19. Edenberg HJ. Regulation of the mammalian alcohol dehydrogenase genes. Prog Nucleic Acid Res Mol Biol 2000;64:295-341.

20. Osier M, Pakstis A, Soodyall H, et al. A global perspective on genetic variation at the ADH genes reveals unusual patterns of linkage disequilibrium and diversity. Am J Hum Genet 2002;71(1):84-99.

21. Yoshida A, Rzhetsky A, Hsu LC, Chang C. Human aldehyde dehydrogenase gene family. Eur J Biochem 1998;251(3):549-57.

22. Harada S, Agarwal DP, Goedde HW. Aldehyde dehydrogenase deficiency as a cause of facial flashing reaction to alcohol in Japanese. Lancet 1981;2(8253):982.-

23. Goedde HW, Agarwal DP, Fritze G, et al. Distribution of ADH2 and ALDH2 genotypes in different populations. Hum Genet 1992;88(3):344-6.

24. Luczak SE, Glatt SJ, Wall TJ. Meta-analyses of ALDH2 and ADH1B with alcohol dependence in Asians. Psychol Bull 2006;132(4):607-21.

25. Edenberg HJ, Jerome RE, Li M. Polymorphism of the human alcohol dehydrogenase 4 (ADH4) promoter affects gene expression. Pharmacogenetics 1999;9(1):25-30.

26. Luo X, Kranzler HR, Zuo L, et al. ADH4 gene variation is associated with alcohol dependence and drug dependence in European Americans: results from HWD tests and case-control association studies. Neuropsychopharmacology 2006;31(5):1085-95.

27. Osier MV, Lu RB, Pakstis AJ, et al. Possible epistatic role of ADH7 in the protection against alcoholism. Am J Med Genet B Neuropsychiatr Genet 2004;126(1):19-22.

28. Lieber CS. Microsomal ethanol-oxidizing system (MEOS): the first 30 years (1968-1998)—a review. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 1999;23(6):991-1007.

29. Kunitoh S, Imaoka S, Hiroi T, et al. Acetaldehyde as well as ethanol is metabolized by human CYP2E1. J Pharmacol Exp Ther 1997;280(2):527-32.

30. Howard LA, Ahluwalia JS, Lin SK, et al. CYP2E1*1D regulatory polymorphism: association with alcohol and nicotine dependence [erratum in Pharmacogenetics. 2003;13(7):441-2]. Pharmacogenetics 2003;13(6):321-8.

31. Risch NJ. Searching for genetic determinants in the new millennium. Nature 2000;405(6788):847-56.

32. Oslin DW, Berrettini W, Kranzler HR, et al. A functional polymorphism of the mu-opioid receptor gene is associated with naltrexone response in alcohol-dependent patients. Neuropsychopharmacology 2003;28:1546-52.

33. Hutchison KE, Ray L, Sandman E, et al. The effect of olanzapine on craving and alcohol consumption. Neuropsychopharmacology 2006;31(6):1310-7.

34. Spanagel R, Pendyala G, Abarca C, et al. The clock gene Per2 influences the glutamatergic system and modulates alcohol consumption. Nat Med 2005;11(1):35-42.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(03)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(03)
Page Number
57-73
Page Number
57-73
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Can genetics predict risk for alcohol dependence?
Display Headline
Can genetics predict risk for alcohol dependence?
Legacy Keywords
Victor M. Karpyak MD PhD; Daniel K. Hall-Flavin MD; David A. Mrazek MD; alcohol dependence; genetic research of alcoholism; genetics of alcoholism; Collaborative Studies on Genetics of Alcoholism; COGA; alcoholism and depression; age of drinking onset; binge drinking; liver cirrhosis; withdrawal symptoms in alcoholics; alcohol withdrawal seizures; delirium tremens
Legacy Keywords
Victor M. Karpyak MD PhD; Daniel K. Hall-Flavin MD; David A. Mrazek MD; alcohol dependence; genetic research of alcoholism; genetics of alcoholism; Collaborative Studies on Genetics of Alcoholism; COGA; alcoholism and depression; age of drinking onset; binge drinking; liver cirrhosis; withdrawal symptoms in alcoholics; alcohol withdrawal seizures; delirium tremens
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Drug eruptions: Is your patient’s rash dangerous or benign?

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:07
Display Headline
Drug eruptions: Is your patient’s rash dangerous or benign?

Your patient who is taking psychotropics suddenly develops a rash. Rapidly identifying the cause is crucial to your decision to either stop the drug and risk decompensation or continue it and deal with the rash.

Adverse cutaneous drug reactions (ACDRs) develop in 2% to 5% of patients taking psychotropics1 and can occur with all drug classes.2 Most “drug eruptions” are benign and easily treated, but they can distress patients and lead to medication nonadherence. Other ACDRs can be disfiguring or life-threatening and require emergent medical treatment.

In this first installment of a 2-part article, we explain how to identify and manage benign ACDRs associated with psychotropics. In part 2, we’ll cover serious ACDRs—those that result in persistent or significant disability or are life-threatening3—as well as risk-reduction strategies.

Overall strategy

A psychiatric patient with a suspected drug eruption needs to be examined by you and, if necessary, another physician. Identify the lesion by taking a history and performing a physical examination (Box 1).4,5 If you are unable to perform this examination, promptly refer the patient to a primary care provider or dermatologist.

Once a rash is identified, determine its cause. Consider nonpharmacologic origins such as:

  • infections
  • insect bites
  • collagen vascular disease
  • neoplasms
  • exposure to sun, toxins, etc.

If a medication is the prime suspect, search the literature to determine if the drug has been associated with the observed event. Table 1 provides examples of psychotropic drugs and classes associated with 8 common benign rashes. Consider any drug as a possible cause of any reaction, however, even if no published reports have associated a specific drug with a particular reaction.6

Look for red flags that may indicate a serious reaction (Table 2).5,7 Treatment of a serious drug reaction may require care by physicians with training and clinical expertise likely to be beyond the scope of psychiatric practice. However, your responsibility is to ensure that the patient gets a timely—emergent, if indicated—referral so that treatment is not delayed. If an ACDR clearly is benign, follow the guidelines outlined below; otherwise, consult with a dermatologist, infectious diseases clinician, or other appropriate specialist.

Table 1

Benign rashes associated with psychotropics*

RashSuspect drugs/classes
Exanthematous reactionsAny druga
UrticariaAny druga
Fixed drug eruptionAny druga
PhotosensitivityAlprazolam,b antipsychotics,c bupropion,d carbamazepine,e citalopram,e eszopiclone,d fluoxetine,d oxcarbazepine,e paroxetine,e sertraline,e topiramate,e TCAs,d valproic acid,e zaleplon,d zolpideme
Acneiform eruptionsAntidepressants (most),d,e,f aripiprazole,e clonazepam,e eszopiclone,e lamotrigine,e lithium,g oxcarbazepine,e quetiapine,e risperidone,e topiramate,e zaleplon,e zolpideme
Pigmentation changesAmitriptyline,h carbamazepine,e citalopram,e clomipramine,i desipramine,j,k eszopiclone,e fluoxetine,e lamotrigine,e paroxetine,e phenothiazines,a,c,d sertraline,e SGAs (most)e, thioridazine,l thiothixene,d topiramate,e venlafaxine,e zaleplone
AlopeciaAripiprazole,e carbamazepine,e citalopram,e clonazepam,e dexmethylphenidate,e duloxetine,e escitalopram,e eszopiclone,e fluoxetine,a,e fluvoxamine,e haloperidol,d lamotrigine,e lithium,g,l methylphenidate,e mirtazapine,d olanzapine,e oxcarbazepine,e paroxetine,e risperidone,e sertraline,n trazodone,d TCAs,d valproic acid,e venlafaxine,e zaleplon,d ziprasidonee
Psoriaform eruptionsCarbamazepine,d fluoxetine,o lithium,b olanzapine,p oxcarbazepine,d paroxetine,q valproic acidd,r
* Suspect any drug with any reaction
SGAs: second-generation antipsychotics; TCAs: tricyclic antidepressants
Source: Click here to view references
Table 2

Red flags: Warning signs of a serious drug rash

Constitutional symptoms: fever, sore throat, malaise, arthralgia, lymphadenopathy, cough
Erythroderma
Facial or mucous membrane involvement
Skin tenderness or blistering, particularly if there is full-thickness epidermal detachment
Purpura
Source: References 5,7
Box 1

Is your patient’s rash drug-related?

When a patient presents with a suspected adverse cutaneous drug reaction, take a history to determine the rash onset, timing, relationship between symptoms and drug ingestion, associated symptoms, and history of previous drug reactions.

Ask your patient:

  • What are your symptoms?
  • How did the rash look initially?
  • How has it changed?
  • Have you used any new soaps, perfumes, cosmetics, medications, or supplements, or been exposed to insects, foliage, or someone with an illness?

Next, perform a physical examination. In addition to the photos and descriptions in this article (Table 3), review up-to-date textbooks, journal articles, and online resources to aid identification. Look for rashes that affect the mucosa and for lymphadenopathy or signs of internal organ involvement. Seek laboratory abnormalities, including elevated creatinine, positive fecal occult blood test, or hematuria. These and other red flags may indicate a serious rash that requires urgent treatment (Table 2). Consultation with a dermatologist may be indicated.

Table 3

Dermatologic glossary

Angioedema: a vascular reaction involving the deep dermis or subcutaneous or sub-mucosal tissue that results in localized swelling
Comedones: noninflammatory acne lesions; also called ‘blackheads’
Effluvium, anagen: hair shedding during the growth phase of the hair cycle
Effluvium, telogen: hair shedding during the resting phase of the hair cycle
Erythema: skin redness
Macule: a discolored skin lesion that is not elevated above the surface
Papule: a small, circumscribed, superficial, solid elevation of the skin
Purpura: red or purple skin discolorations caused by bleeding underneath the skin
Pustule: a visible collection of pus within or beneath the epidermis
Wheal: a smooth, slightly elevated area that appears redder or paler than surrounding skin, is often accompanied by severe itching, and usually disappears within a few hours
Source: Dorland’s illustrated medical dictionary, 30th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Saunders; 2003
 

 

Benign rashes




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Exanthematous reactions are the most common ACDR.1 Erythematous macules and papules may initially present on the trunk and spread peripherally within 1 to 2 weeks of a patient’s starting psychotropic therapy (Photo 1). Lesions may become confluent and involve the mucosa, hands, and feet. Differential diagnosis includes infections, collagen vascular diseases, and more serious drug rashes.1,5,6

Exanthems usually resolve within 2 weeks after the offending drug is discontinued.1,6 Because exanthems may resolve without drug discontinuation,1,8 you could continue treatment with the offending agent if other options are not feasible.9 Keep in mind, however, that exanthematous reactions may be the presenting symptom of a more serious condition, especially if associated with any of the red flags described in Table 2. If the suspect drug has been associated with a severe reaction, discontinue it permanently.4 Additional treatments for exanthems include corticosteroids, emollients, and oral antihistamines.6-8




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Urticaria present as pruritic, blanching erythematous wheals of varying size (Photo 2). A single lesion will typically last 1,5-7,10

Urticaria usually is treated with antihistamines.6,7 A histamine-1 blocker such as hydroxyzine or diphenhydramine—used exclusively or, for severe cases, in combination with a histamine-2 blocker such as ranitidine or cimetidine—may bring relief.1 Dosage guidelines are based on the severity and distribution of the eruption. If these treatments are not effective, discontinuing the offending drug should resolve the condition.1,4,11 Resuming the drug can result in anaphylaxis, so warn the patient to never take the offending drug again.4

If a patient has unstable vital signs or a rash that affects the airway—or if you believe he or she is at risk for anaphylaxis—emergent treatment is indicated.1,6 This may include the use of epinephrine and corticosteroids.




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Fixed drug eruptions can appear anywhere on the body as single or multiple sharply demarcated, pruritic erythematous macules (Photo 3). They may blister or cause a burning sensation; rarely, a patient may present with constitutional symptoms. Lesions might erupt hours to days after drug exposure. Although this condition usually is benign, consult a dermatologist if the patient exhibits constitutional symptoms or other red flags that may indicate a serious reaction.

After you discontinue the offending drug, lesions should resolve within several weeks, although there may be residual hyperpigmentation.6 Depending on the severity of the eruptions, topical corticosteroids or wound care may be indicated.6,12 Resuming the drug typically will cause the eruptions to reoccur at the same site, potentially with more lesions.1,5-7




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Photosensitivity describes phototoxic and photoallergic reactions. A phototoxic response resembles sunburn and is distributed in areas exposed to the sun. This can present as erythema, edema, and skin tenderness (Photo 4).

Delayed hypersensitivity response is a photoallergic reaction. This reaction may be pruritic and appear after sunlight exposure as eczematous, bullous, vesicular, or urticarial lesions 1 to 2 weeks after the drug is started. Photoallergic lesions may extend beyond sun-exposed areas. Phototesting can confirm this diagnosis.1,5,13,14

Treat a phototoxic reaction as you would sunburn. Topical soothing agents should bring relief in 1 to 2 days.15 Instruct patients to use sunscreen and avoid the sun while taking the psychotropic.1,15 You may need to discontinue the medication if lesions persist.1

Managing a photoallergic response entails avoiding the sun or discontinuing the offending agent.14,16 For both phototoxic and photoallergic reactions, consider consulting a dermatologist if the above measures do not resolve the rash.1




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Acne lesions present as papules or pustules, typically on the arms, legs, face, chest, or back (Photo 5).1 Comedones generally are not present.

Treatment options include benzoyl peroxide, antibiotics, and topical retinoids.1,12,17 If these measures are insufficient, or if your patient finds the eruption distressing, discontinuing the offending drug usually resolves the condition.12




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Pigmentation changes. Blue, gray, or brown discoloration resulting from changes in melanin deposition can affect skin, hair, and nails, particularly in sun-exposed areas (Photo 6). Consider in the differential diagnosis other conditions that causes skin pigmentation changes such as:

  • hematochromatosis
  • Addison’s disease.1,2,7,12,18-20
Drug-related pigmentation changes usually resolve once the drug is discontinued, but resolution may take years.1 Cosmetics may help mask skin discoloration. A dermatologic consultation may not be necessary.
 

 

1

Laser treatment has successfully improved pigmentation changes associated with imipramine without the patient discontinuing the offending drug.21 Pigmentation changes associated with chlorpromazine have resolved when the drug was replaced by haloperidol22 or phenothiazines, used individually or in combination.23




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Alopecia is diffuse nonscarring hair loss (Photo 7). Anagen effluvium results in rapid hair loss, as seen with chemotherapeutic agents. Telogen effluvium may not occur until months after a drug is started. Frequently, patients experience only partial hair thinning.

Differential diagnosis includes:

  • infection
  • collagen vascular disease
  • iron deficiency.1,24
Although alopecia is usually considered benign, patients may find it distressing. Improvement usually occurs within several months after the offending medication is discontinued.1,25 The benefits of continuing a medication associated with alopecia may outweigh the risks; discuss this with the patient.




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Psoriasis presents as pruritic erythematous patches with scale (Photo 8). Psoriasis may appear at the beginning of drug therapy, or pharmacotherapy may worsen preexisting disease.2,26

You can treat psoriasis by withdrawing the offending drug. Ultraviolet light has been used to treat drug-related psoriasis;27 other treatments include topical corticosteroids and antipsoriatics. Consultation with a dermatologist is recommended.1

Restarting a medication

By accurately identifying a rash and quickly determining its cause, you may avoid unnecessarily discontinuing a patient’s stabilizing medication (Box 2). If you need to discontinue a drug that is causing an ACDR, try to wait 2 weeks before initiating another drug. If this is not possible, cross-tapering a different medication from another class may diminish the risk of drug-rash relapse. To decrease the risk of drug-related rash, follow the manufacturer’s dosing recommendations28 and use the lowest effective dose.

Explain to patients the potential risks of new medications. Teach them how to identify the red flags that indicate a serious rash and what to do if they appear.3

Educate office and hospital staff about specifics pertaining to drug rashes to help ensure that:

  • vital information gets to you immediately
  • evaluation and treatment can start promptly.
Box 2

Case study: Is anticonvulsant to blame for painful red lesions?

While visiting the psychiatry clinic to complete paperwork, a patient receiving lamotrigine for bipolar disorder asks the office staff to tell her doctor she has a new rash on her face and in her mouth. Mrs. L, age 52, has been on the same lamotrigine dose (200 mg/d) for >1 year and was also taking lansoprazole (dosage unknown); loratadine, 10 mg/d; bupropion, 300 mg/d; quetiapine, 200 mg/d; clonazepam, 0.5 mg bid; atorvastatin, 10 mg/d; valsartan, 160 mg/d; and gabapentin, 300 mg/d. She has had no recent medication changes. Mrs. L leaves the office after finishing the paperwork.

Because lamotrigine carries an FDA “black-box” warning about serious, potentially life-threatening rashes, the psychiatrist attempts to contact Mrs. L immediately as soon as she learns of her symptoms. By phone, Mrs. L describes painful red lesions on her face and sores in her mouth that began the day before. She says she isn’t sure if these lesions have gotten worse. She denies having fever, chills, muscle aches, arthralgia, cough, neck stiffness, shortness of breath, or any other constitutional symptoms.

The psychiatrist tells Mrs. L she may be having a serious skin reaction to lamotrigine and instructs her to stop taking the drug and visit the ER immediately. She also explains that abruptly stopping lamotrigine might cause a relapse of Mrs. L’s bipolar disorder.

The ER physician examines Mrs. L, diagnoses herpes zoster, and prescribes the antiviral famciclovir, 500 mg tid for 7 days, and hydrocodone/acetaminophen, 7.5 mg/500 mg, as needed for pain. Three days later, Mrs. L sees the psychiatrist for a follow-up visit and resumes taking lamotrigine. She has no further complications.

Related resources

Drug brand name

  • Alprazolam • Xanax
  • Amitriptyline • Elavil
  • Aripiprazole • Abilify
  • Atorvastatin • Lipitor
  • Bupropion • Wellbutrin
  • Carbamazepine • Tegretol
  • Chlorpromazine • Thorazine
  • Cimetidine • Tagamet
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Clomipramine • Anafranil
  • Clonazepam • Klonopin
  • Desipramine • Norpramin
  • Dexmethylphenidate • Focalin
  • Diphenhydramine • Benadryl
  • Duloxetine • Cymbalta
  • Escitalopram • Lexapro
  • Eszopiclone • Lunesta
  • Famciclovir • Famvir
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
  • Gabapentin • Neurontin
  • Haloperidol • Haldol
  • Hydrocodone/acetaminophen • Vicodin
  • Hydroxyzine • Atarax
  • Imipramine • Tofranil
  • Lamotrigine • Lamictal
  • Lansoprazole • Prevacid
  • Loratadine • Claritin
  • Methylphenidate • Ritalin
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Oxcarbazepine • Trileptal
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel
  • Ranitidine • Zantac
  • Risperidone • Risperdal
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Thioridazine • Mellaril
  • Thiothixene • Navane
  • Topiramate • Topamax
  • Trazodone • Desyrel
  • Valproic acid • Depakote
  • Valsartan • Diovan
  • Venlafaxine • Effexor
  • Zaleplon • Sonata
  • Ziprasidone • Geodon
  • Zolpidem • Ambien
 

 

Disclosure

Dr. Skonicki reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Dr. Warnock receives research/grant support from Boehringer Ingelheim, Forest Pharmaceuticals, and Wyeth Pharmaceuticals.

References

1. Kimyai-Asadi A, Harris JC, Nousari HC. Critical overview: adverse cutaneous reactions to psychotropic medications. J Clin Psychiatry 1999;60(10):714-25.

2. MacMorran WS, Krahn LE. Adverse cutaneous reactions to psychotropic drugs. Psychosomatics 1997;38(5):413-22.

3. Edwards IR, Aronson JK. Adverse drug reactions: definitions, diagnosis, and management. Lancet 2000;356(9237):1255-9.

4. Babu KS, Belgi G. Management of cutaneous drug reactions. Curr Allergy Asthma Rep 2002;2(1):26-33.

5. Shear NH, Knowles SR, Sullivan JR, Shapiro L. Cutaneous reactions to drugs. In: Freedburg IM, Eisen AZ, Wolff K, et al, eds. Fitzpatrick’s dermatology in general medicine. 6th ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 2003:1330-7.

6. Nigen S, Knowles SR, Shear NH. Drug eruptions: approaching the diagnosis of drug-induced skin diseases. J Drugs Dermatol 2003;3:278-99.

7. Chosidow OM, Stern RS, Wintroub BU. Cutaneous drug reactions. In: Kasper DL, Braunwald E, Fauci AS, et al, eds. Harrisons’s principles of internal medicine. 16th ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 2005:318-24.

8. Odom RB, James WD, Berger TG. Contact dermatitis and drug eruptions. In: Andrew’s diseases of the skin: clinical dermatology. 9th ed. Philadelphia, PA: W.B. Saunders Co.; 2000:95-145.

9. Rojeau JC, Stern RS. Medical progress: severe adverse cutaneous reactions to drugs. N Engl J Med 1994;331(19):1272-85.

10. Breathnach SM. Adverse cutaneous reactions to drugs. Clin Med 2002;2(1):15-9.

11. du Vivier A, McKee PH, Stoughton RB. Drug and toxic eruptions of the skin. In: du Vivier A, McKee PH, Stoughton RB. Atlas of clinical dermatology. Philadelphia, PA: W.B. Saunders Co.; 1986:14.1-14.18.

12. Warnock JK, Morris DW. Adverse cutaneous reactions to mood stabilizers. Am J Clin Dermatol 2003;4(1):21-30.

13. Mann SC, Walker MM. Leukocytoclastic vasculitis secondary to trazodone treatment. J Am Acad Dermatol 1984;10(4):669-70.

14. Hearn R. Recognition and management of cutaneous photosensitivity. Practitioner 2005;249(1671):418-32.

15. Moore DE. Drug-induced cutaneous photosensitivity: incidence, mechanism, prevention, and management. Drug Saf 2002;25(5):345-72.

16. Crowson AN, Brown TJ, Magro CM. Progress in the understanding of the pathology and pathogenesis of cutaneous drug eruptions. Am J Clin Dermatol 2003;4(6):407-28.

17. Remmer HI. Successful treatment of lithium-induced acne. J Clin Psychiatry 1986;47(1):48.-

18. Warnock JK, Morris DW. Adverse cutaneous reactions to antidepressants. Am J Clin Dermatol 2002;3(5):329-39.

19. Warnock JK, Morris DW. Adverse cutaneous reactions to antipsychotics. Am J Clin Dermatol 2002;3(9):629-36.

20. Physicians desk reference. 61st ed. Montvale, NJ: Thomson PDR; 2007.

21. Atkin DH, Fitzpatrick RE. Laser treatment of imipramine-induced hyperpigmentation. J Am Acad Dermatol 2000;43(1 Pt 1):77-80.

22. Thompson TR, Lal S, Yassa R, Gerstein W. Resolution of chlorpromazine-induced pigmentation with haloperidol substitution. Acta Psychiatr Scand 1988;78(6):763-5.

23. Bloom D, Krishnan B, Thavundayil JX, Lal S. Resolution of chlorpromazine-induced cutaneous pigmentation following substitution with levomepromazine or other neuroleptics. Acta Psychiatr Scand 1993;87(3):223-4.

24. Mercke Y, Sheng H, Khan T, Lippmann S. Hair loss in psychopharmacology. Ann Clin Psychiatry 2000;12(1):35-42.

25. Warnock JK. Psychotropic medication and drug-related alopecia. Psychosomatics 1999;32(2):149-52.

26. Gupta AK, Knowles SR, Gupta MA, et al. Lithium therapy associated with hidradenitis suppurativa: case report and review of the dermatologic side effects of lithium. J Am Acad Dermatol 1995;32(2 part 2):382-6.

27. Osborne SF, Stafford L, Orr KD. Paroxetine-associated psoriasis. Am J Psychiatry 2002;59(12):2113.-

28. Wong IC, Mawer GE, Sander JW. Factors influencing the incidence of lamotrigine-related skin rash. Ann Pharmacother 1999;33(10):1037-42.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

J.J. Skonicki, MD
Resident, department of psychiatry, University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Tulsa

Julia K. Warnock, MD, PhD
Professor of psychiatry, director, clinical research, department of psychiatry, University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Tulsa

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(03)
Publications
Page Number
43-56
Legacy Keywords
JJ Skonicki MD; Julia K. Warnock MD PhD; drug eruptions; adverse cutaneous drug reactions; exanthematous reactions; urticaria; fixed drug eruption; photosensitivity; acneiform eruptions; pigmentation changes; alopecia; psoriaform eruptions; erythroderma; purpura; hyperpigmentation; phototoxic response; photoallergic reaction; acne; lesions; papules; pustules; psoriasis; anticonvulsant
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

J.J. Skonicki, MD
Resident, department of psychiatry, University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Tulsa

Julia K. Warnock, MD, PhD
Professor of psychiatry, director, clinical research, department of psychiatry, University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Tulsa

Author and Disclosure Information

J.J. Skonicki, MD
Resident, department of psychiatry, University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Tulsa

Julia K. Warnock, MD, PhD
Professor of psychiatry, director, clinical research, department of psychiatry, University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Tulsa

Article PDF
Article PDF

Your patient who is taking psychotropics suddenly develops a rash. Rapidly identifying the cause is crucial to your decision to either stop the drug and risk decompensation or continue it and deal with the rash.

Adverse cutaneous drug reactions (ACDRs) develop in 2% to 5% of patients taking psychotropics1 and can occur with all drug classes.2 Most “drug eruptions” are benign and easily treated, but they can distress patients and lead to medication nonadherence. Other ACDRs can be disfiguring or life-threatening and require emergent medical treatment.

In this first installment of a 2-part article, we explain how to identify and manage benign ACDRs associated with psychotropics. In part 2, we’ll cover serious ACDRs—those that result in persistent or significant disability or are life-threatening3—as well as risk-reduction strategies.

Overall strategy

A psychiatric patient with a suspected drug eruption needs to be examined by you and, if necessary, another physician. Identify the lesion by taking a history and performing a physical examination (Box 1).4,5 If you are unable to perform this examination, promptly refer the patient to a primary care provider or dermatologist.

Once a rash is identified, determine its cause. Consider nonpharmacologic origins such as:

  • infections
  • insect bites
  • collagen vascular disease
  • neoplasms
  • exposure to sun, toxins, etc.

If a medication is the prime suspect, search the literature to determine if the drug has been associated with the observed event. Table 1 provides examples of psychotropic drugs and classes associated with 8 common benign rashes. Consider any drug as a possible cause of any reaction, however, even if no published reports have associated a specific drug with a particular reaction.6

Look for red flags that may indicate a serious reaction (Table 2).5,7 Treatment of a serious drug reaction may require care by physicians with training and clinical expertise likely to be beyond the scope of psychiatric practice. However, your responsibility is to ensure that the patient gets a timely—emergent, if indicated—referral so that treatment is not delayed. If an ACDR clearly is benign, follow the guidelines outlined below; otherwise, consult with a dermatologist, infectious diseases clinician, or other appropriate specialist.

Table 1

Benign rashes associated with psychotropics*

RashSuspect drugs/classes
Exanthematous reactionsAny druga
UrticariaAny druga
Fixed drug eruptionAny druga
PhotosensitivityAlprazolam,b antipsychotics,c bupropion,d carbamazepine,e citalopram,e eszopiclone,d fluoxetine,d oxcarbazepine,e paroxetine,e sertraline,e topiramate,e TCAs,d valproic acid,e zaleplon,d zolpideme
Acneiform eruptionsAntidepressants (most),d,e,f aripiprazole,e clonazepam,e eszopiclone,e lamotrigine,e lithium,g oxcarbazepine,e quetiapine,e risperidone,e topiramate,e zaleplon,e zolpideme
Pigmentation changesAmitriptyline,h carbamazepine,e citalopram,e clomipramine,i desipramine,j,k eszopiclone,e fluoxetine,e lamotrigine,e paroxetine,e phenothiazines,a,c,d sertraline,e SGAs (most)e, thioridazine,l thiothixene,d topiramate,e venlafaxine,e zaleplone
AlopeciaAripiprazole,e carbamazepine,e citalopram,e clonazepam,e dexmethylphenidate,e duloxetine,e escitalopram,e eszopiclone,e fluoxetine,a,e fluvoxamine,e haloperidol,d lamotrigine,e lithium,g,l methylphenidate,e mirtazapine,d olanzapine,e oxcarbazepine,e paroxetine,e risperidone,e sertraline,n trazodone,d TCAs,d valproic acid,e venlafaxine,e zaleplon,d ziprasidonee
Psoriaform eruptionsCarbamazepine,d fluoxetine,o lithium,b olanzapine,p oxcarbazepine,d paroxetine,q valproic acidd,r
* Suspect any drug with any reaction
SGAs: second-generation antipsychotics; TCAs: tricyclic antidepressants
Source: Click here to view references
Table 2

Red flags: Warning signs of a serious drug rash

Constitutional symptoms: fever, sore throat, malaise, arthralgia, lymphadenopathy, cough
Erythroderma
Facial or mucous membrane involvement
Skin tenderness or blistering, particularly if there is full-thickness epidermal detachment
Purpura
Source: References 5,7
Box 1

Is your patient’s rash drug-related?

When a patient presents with a suspected adverse cutaneous drug reaction, take a history to determine the rash onset, timing, relationship between symptoms and drug ingestion, associated symptoms, and history of previous drug reactions.

Ask your patient:

  • What are your symptoms?
  • How did the rash look initially?
  • How has it changed?
  • Have you used any new soaps, perfumes, cosmetics, medications, or supplements, or been exposed to insects, foliage, or someone with an illness?

Next, perform a physical examination. In addition to the photos and descriptions in this article (Table 3), review up-to-date textbooks, journal articles, and online resources to aid identification. Look for rashes that affect the mucosa and for lymphadenopathy or signs of internal organ involvement. Seek laboratory abnormalities, including elevated creatinine, positive fecal occult blood test, or hematuria. These and other red flags may indicate a serious rash that requires urgent treatment (Table 2). Consultation with a dermatologist may be indicated.

Table 3

Dermatologic glossary

Angioedema: a vascular reaction involving the deep dermis or subcutaneous or sub-mucosal tissue that results in localized swelling
Comedones: noninflammatory acne lesions; also called ‘blackheads’
Effluvium, anagen: hair shedding during the growth phase of the hair cycle
Effluvium, telogen: hair shedding during the resting phase of the hair cycle
Erythema: skin redness
Macule: a discolored skin lesion that is not elevated above the surface
Papule: a small, circumscribed, superficial, solid elevation of the skin
Purpura: red or purple skin discolorations caused by bleeding underneath the skin
Pustule: a visible collection of pus within or beneath the epidermis
Wheal: a smooth, slightly elevated area that appears redder or paler than surrounding skin, is often accompanied by severe itching, and usually disappears within a few hours
Source: Dorland’s illustrated medical dictionary, 30th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Saunders; 2003
 

 

Benign rashes




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Exanthematous reactions are the most common ACDR.1 Erythematous macules and papules may initially present on the trunk and spread peripherally within 1 to 2 weeks of a patient’s starting psychotropic therapy (Photo 1). Lesions may become confluent and involve the mucosa, hands, and feet. Differential diagnosis includes infections, collagen vascular diseases, and more serious drug rashes.1,5,6

Exanthems usually resolve within 2 weeks after the offending drug is discontinued.1,6 Because exanthems may resolve without drug discontinuation,1,8 you could continue treatment with the offending agent if other options are not feasible.9 Keep in mind, however, that exanthematous reactions may be the presenting symptom of a more serious condition, especially if associated with any of the red flags described in Table 2. If the suspect drug has been associated with a severe reaction, discontinue it permanently.4 Additional treatments for exanthems include corticosteroids, emollients, and oral antihistamines.6-8




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Urticaria present as pruritic, blanching erythematous wheals of varying size (Photo 2). A single lesion will typically last 1,5-7,10

Urticaria usually is treated with antihistamines.6,7 A histamine-1 blocker such as hydroxyzine or diphenhydramine—used exclusively or, for severe cases, in combination with a histamine-2 blocker such as ranitidine or cimetidine—may bring relief.1 Dosage guidelines are based on the severity and distribution of the eruption. If these treatments are not effective, discontinuing the offending drug should resolve the condition.1,4,11 Resuming the drug can result in anaphylaxis, so warn the patient to never take the offending drug again.4

If a patient has unstable vital signs or a rash that affects the airway—or if you believe he or she is at risk for anaphylaxis—emergent treatment is indicated.1,6 This may include the use of epinephrine and corticosteroids.




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Fixed drug eruptions can appear anywhere on the body as single or multiple sharply demarcated, pruritic erythematous macules (Photo 3). They may blister or cause a burning sensation; rarely, a patient may present with constitutional symptoms. Lesions might erupt hours to days after drug exposure. Although this condition usually is benign, consult a dermatologist if the patient exhibits constitutional symptoms or other red flags that may indicate a serious reaction.

After you discontinue the offending drug, lesions should resolve within several weeks, although there may be residual hyperpigmentation.6 Depending on the severity of the eruptions, topical corticosteroids or wound care may be indicated.6,12 Resuming the drug typically will cause the eruptions to reoccur at the same site, potentially with more lesions.1,5-7




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Photosensitivity describes phototoxic and photoallergic reactions. A phototoxic response resembles sunburn and is distributed in areas exposed to the sun. This can present as erythema, edema, and skin tenderness (Photo 4).

Delayed hypersensitivity response is a photoallergic reaction. This reaction may be pruritic and appear after sunlight exposure as eczematous, bullous, vesicular, or urticarial lesions 1 to 2 weeks after the drug is started. Photoallergic lesions may extend beyond sun-exposed areas. Phototesting can confirm this diagnosis.1,5,13,14

Treat a phototoxic reaction as you would sunburn. Topical soothing agents should bring relief in 1 to 2 days.15 Instruct patients to use sunscreen and avoid the sun while taking the psychotropic.1,15 You may need to discontinue the medication if lesions persist.1

Managing a photoallergic response entails avoiding the sun or discontinuing the offending agent.14,16 For both phototoxic and photoallergic reactions, consider consulting a dermatologist if the above measures do not resolve the rash.1




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Acne lesions present as papules or pustules, typically on the arms, legs, face, chest, or back (Photo 5).1 Comedones generally are not present.

Treatment options include benzoyl peroxide, antibiotics, and topical retinoids.1,12,17 If these measures are insufficient, or if your patient finds the eruption distressing, discontinuing the offending drug usually resolves the condition.12




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Pigmentation changes. Blue, gray, or brown discoloration resulting from changes in melanin deposition can affect skin, hair, and nails, particularly in sun-exposed areas (Photo 6). Consider in the differential diagnosis other conditions that causes skin pigmentation changes such as:

  • hematochromatosis
  • Addison’s disease.1,2,7,12,18-20
Drug-related pigmentation changes usually resolve once the drug is discontinued, but resolution may take years.1 Cosmetics may help mask skin discoloration. A dermatologic consultation may not be necessary.
 

 

1

Laser treatment has successfully improved pigmentation changes associated with imipramine without the patient discontinuing the offending drug.21 Pigmentation changes associated with chlorpromazine have resolved when the drug was replaced by haloperidol22 or phenothiazines, used individually or in combination.23




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Alopecia is diffuse nonscarring hair loss (Photo 7). Anagen effluvium results in rapid hair loss, as seen with chemotherapeutic agents. Telogen effluvium may not occur until months after a drug is started. Frequently, patients experience only partial hair thinning.

Differential diagnosis includes:

  • infection
  • collagen vascular disease
  • iron deficiency.1,24
Although alopecia is usually considered benign, patients may find it distressing. Improvement usually occurs within several months after the offending medication is discontinued.1,25 The benefits of continuing a medication associated with alopecia may outweigh the risks; discuss this with the patient.




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Psoriasis presents as pruritic erythematous patches with scale (Photo 8). Psoriasis may appear at the beginning of drug therapy, or pharmacotherapy may worsen preexisting disease.2,26

You can treat psoriasis by withdrawing the offending drug. Ultraviolet light has been used to treat drug-related psoriasis;27 other treatments include topical corticosteroids and antipsoriatics. Consultation with a dermatologist is recommended.1

Restarting a medication

By accurately identifying a rash and quickly determining its cause, you may avoid unnecessarily discontinuing a patient’s stabilizing medication (Box 2). If you need to discontinue a drug that is causing an ACDR, try to wait 2 weeks before initiating another drug. If this is not possible, cross-tapering a different medication from another class may diminish the risk of drug-rash relapse. To decrease the risk of drug-related rash, follow the manufacturer’s dosing recommendations28 and use the lowest effective dose.

Explain to patients the potential risks of new medications. Teach them how to identify the red flags that indicate a serious rash and what to do if they appear.3

Educate office and hospital staff about specifics pertaining to drug rashes to help ensure that:

  • vital information gets to you immediately
  • evaluation and treatment can start promptly.
Box 2

Case study: Is anticonvulsant to blame for painful red lesions?

While visiting the psychiatry clinic to complete paperwork, a patient receiving lamotrigine for bipolar disorder asks the office staff to tell her doctor she has a new rash on her face and in her mouth. Mrs. L, age 52, has been on the same lamotrigine dose (200 mg/d) for >1 year and was also taking lansoprazole (dosage unknown); loratadine, 10 mg/d; bupropion, 300 mg/d; quetiapine, 200 mg/d; clonazepam, 0.5 mg bid; atorvastatin, 10 mg/d; valsartan, 160 mg/d; and gabapentin, 300 mg/d. She has had no recent medication changes. Mrs. L leaves the office after finishing the paperwork.

Because lamotrigine carries an FDA “black-box” warning about serious, potentially life-threatening rashes, the psychiatrist attempts to contact Mrs. L immediately as soon as she learns of her symptoms. By phone, Mrs. L describes painful red lesions on her face and sores in her mouth that began the day before. She says she isn’t sure if these lesions have gotten worse. She denies having fever, chills, muscle aches, arthralgia, cough, neck stiffness, shortness of breath, or any other constitutional symptoms.

The psychiatrist tells Mrs. L she may be having a serious skin reaction to lamotrigine and instructs her to stop taking the drug and visit the ER immediately. She also explains that abruptly stopping lamotrigine might cause a relapse of Mrs. L’s bipolar disorder.

The ER physician examines Mrs. L, diagnoses herpes zoster, and prescribes the antiviral famciclovir, 500 mg tid for 7 days, and hydrocodone/acetaminophen, 7.5 mg/500 mg, as needed for pain. Three days later, Mrs. L sees the psychiatrist for a follow-up visit and resumes taking lamotrigine. She has no further complications.

Related resources

Drug brand name

  • Alprazolam • Xanax
  • Amitriptyline • Elavil
  • Aripiprazole • Abilify
  • Atorvastatin • Lipitor
  • Bupropion • Wellbutrin
  • Carbamazepine • Tegretol
  • Chlorpromazine • Thorazine
  • Cimetidine • Tagamet
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Clomipramine • Anafranil
  • Clonazepam • Klonopin
  • Desipramine • Norpramin
  • Dexmethylphenidate • Focalin
  • Diphenhydramine • Benadryl
  • Duloxetine • Cymbalta
  • Escitalopram • Lexapro
  • Eszopiclone • Lunesta
  • Famciclovir • Famvir
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
  • Gabapentin • Neurontin
  • Haloperidol • Haldol
  • Hydrocodone/acetaminophen • Vicodin
  • Hydroxyzine • Atarax
  • Imipramine • Tofranil
  • Lamotrigine • Lamictal
  • Lansoprazole • Prevacid
  • Loratadine • Claritin
  • Methylphenidate • Ritalin
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Oxcarbazepine • Trileptal
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel
  • Ranitidine • Zantac
  • Risperidone • Risperdal
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Thioridazine • Mellaril
  • Thiothixene • Navane
  • Topiramate • Topamax
  • Trazodone • Desyrel
  • Valproic acid • Depakote
  • Valsartan • Diovan
  • Venlafaxine • Effexor
  • Zaleplon • Sonata
  • Ziprasidone • Geodon
  • Zolpidem • Ambien
 

 

Disclosure

Dr. Skonicki reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Dr. Warnock receives research/grant support from Boehringer Ingelheim, Forest Pharmaceuticals, and Wyeth Pharmaceuticals.

Your patient who is taking psychotropics suddenly develops a rash. Rapidly identifying the cause is crucial to your decision to either stop the drug and risk decompensation or continue it and deal with the rash.

Adverse cutaneous drug reactions (ACDRs) develop in 2% to 5% of patients taking psychotropics1 and can occur with all drug classes.2 Most “drug eruptions” are benign and easily treated, but they can distress patients and lead to medication nonadherence. Other ACDRs can be disfiguring or life-threatening and require emergent medical treatment.

In this first installment of a 2-part article, we explain how to identify and manage benign ACDRs associated with psychotropics. In part 2, we’ll cover serious ACDRs—those that result in persistent or significant disability or are life-threatening3—as well as risk-reduction strategies.

Overall strategy

A psychiatric patient with a suspected drug eruption needs to be examined by you and, if necessary, another physician. Identify the lesion by taking a history and performing a physical examination (Box 1).4,5 If you are unable to perform this examination, promptly refer the patient to a primary care provider or dermatologist.

Once a rash is identified, determine its cause. Consider nonpharmacologic origins such as:

  • infections
  • insect bites
  • collagen vascular disease
  • neoplasms
  • exposure to sun, toxins, etc.

If a medication is the prime suspect, search the literature to determine if the drug has been associated with the observed event. Table 1 provides examples of psychotropic drugs and classes associated with 8 common benign rashes. Consider any drug as a possible cause of any reaction, however, even if no published reports have associated a specific drug with a particular reaction.6

Look for red flags that may indicate a serious reaction (Table 2).5,7 Treatment of a serious drug reaction may require care by physicians with training and clinical expertise likely to be beyond the scope of psychiatric practice. However, your responsibility is to ensure that the patient gets a timely—emergent, if indicated—referral so that treatment is not delayed. If an ACDR clearly is benign, follow the guidelines outlined below; otherwise, consult with a dermatologist, infectious diseases clinician, or other appropriate specialist.

Table 1

Benign rashes associated with psychotropics*

RashSuspect drugs/classes
Exanthematous reactionsAny druga
UrticariaAny druga
Fixed drug eruptionAny druga
PhotosensitivityAlprazolam,b antipsychotics,c bupropion,d carbamazepine,e citalopram,e eszopiclone,d fluoxetine,d oxcarbazepine,e paroxetine,e sertraline,e topiramate,e TCAs,d valproic acid,e zaleplon,d zolpideme
Acneiform eruptionsAntidepressants (most),d,e,f aripiprazole,e clonazepam,e eszopiclone,e lamotrigine,e lithium,g oxcarbazepine,e quetiapine,e risperidone,e topiramate,e zaleplon,e zolpideme
Pigmentation changesAmitriptyline,h carbamazepine,e citalopram,e clomipramine,i desipramine,j,k eszopiclone,e fluoxetine,e lamotrigine,e paroxetine,e phenothiazines,a,c,d sertraline,e SGAs (most)e, thioridazine,l thiothixene,d topiramate,e venlafaxine,e zaleplone
AlopeciaAripiprazole,e carbamazepine,e citalopram,e clonazepam,e dexmethylphenidate,e duloxetine,e escitalopram,e eszopiclone,e fluoxetine,a,e fluvoxamine,e haloperidol,d lamotrigine,e lithium,g,l methylphenidate,e mirtazapine,d olanzapine,e oxcarbazepine,e paroxetine,e risperidone,e sertraline,n trazodone,d TCAs,d valproic acid,e venlafaxine,e zaleplon,d ziprasidonee
Psoriaform eruptionsCarbamazepine,d fluoxetine,o lithium,b olanzapine,p oxcarbazepine,d paroxetine,q valproic acidd,r
* Suspect any drug with any reaction
SGAs: second-generation antipsychotics; TCAs: tricyclic antidepressants
Source: Click here to view references
Table 2

Red flags: Warning signs of a serious drug rash

Constitutional symptoms: fever, sore throat, malaise, arthralgia, lymphadenopathy, cough
Erythroderma
Facial or mucous membrane involvement
Skin tenderness or blistering, particularly if there is full-thickness epidermal detachment
Purpura
Source: References 5,7
Box 1

Is your patient’s rash drug-related?

When a patient presents with a suspected adverse cutaneous drug reaction, take a history to determine the rash onset, timing, relationship between symptoms and drug ingestion, associated symptoms, and history of previous drug reactions.

Ask your patient:

  • What are your symptoms?
  • How did the rash look initially?
  • How has it changed?
  • Have you used any new soaps, perfumes, cosmetics, medications, or supplements, or been exposed to insects, foliage, or someone with an illness?

Next, perform a physical examination. In addition to the photos and descriptions in this article (Table 3), review up-to-date textbooks, journal articles, and online resources to aid identification. Look for rashes that affect the mucosa and for lymphadenopathy or signs of internal organ involvement. Seek laboratory abnormalities, including elevated creatinine, positive fecal occult blood test, or hematuria. These and other red flags may indicate a serious rash that requires urgent treatment (Table 2). Consultation with a dermatologist may be indicated.

Table 3

Dermatologic glossary

Angioedema: a vascular reaction involving the deep dermis or subcutaneous or sub-mucosal tissue that results in localized swelling
Comedones: noninflammatory acne lesions; also called ‘blackheads’
Effluvium, anagen: hair shedding during the growth phase of the hair cycle
Effluvium, telogen: hair shedding during the resting phase of the hair cycle
Erythema: skin redness
Macule: a discolored skin lesion that is not elevated above the surface
Papule: a small, circumscribed, superficial, solid elevation of the skin
Purpura: red or purple skin discolorations caused by bleeding underneath the skin
Pustule: a visible collection of pus within or beneath the epidermis
Wheal: a smooth, slightly elevated area that appears redder or paler than surrounding skin, is often accompanied by severe itching, and usually disappears within a few hours
Source: Dorland’s illustrated medical dictionary, 30th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Saunders; 2003
 

 

Benign rashes




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Exanthematous reactions are the most common ACDR.1 Erythematous macules and papules may initially present on the trunk and spread peripherally within 1 to 2 weeks of a patient’s starting psychotropic therapy (Photo 1). Lesions may become confluent and involve the mucosa, hands, and feet. Differential diagnosis includes infections, collagen vascular diseases, and more serious drug rashes.1,5,6

Exanthems usually resolve within 2 weeks after the offending drug is discontinued.1,6 Because exanthems may resolve without drug discontinuation,1,8 you could continue treatment with the offending agent if other options are not feasible.9 Keep in mind, however, that exanthematous reactions may be the presenting symptom of a more serious condition, especially if associated with any of the red flags described in Table 2. If the suspect drug has been associated with a severe reaction, discontinue it permanently.4 Additional treatments for exanthems include corticosteroids, emollients, and oral antihistamines.6-8




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Urticaria present as pruritic, blanching erythematous wheals of varying size (Photo 2). A single lesion will typically last 1,5-7,10

Urticaria usually is treated with antihistamines.6,7 A histamine-1 blocker such as hydroxyzine or diphenhydramine—used exclusively or, for severe cases, in combination with a histamine-2 blocker such as ranitidine or cimetidine—may bring relief.1 Dosage guidelines are based on the severity and distribution of the eruption. If these treatments are not effective, discontinuing the offending drug should resolve the condition.1,4,11 Resuming the drug can result in anaphylaxis, so warn the patient to never take the offending drug again.4

If a patient has unstable vital signs or a rash that affects the airway—or if you believe he or she is at risk for anaphylaxis—emergent treatment is indicated.1,6 This may include the use of epinephrine and corticosteroids.




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Fixed drug eruptions can appear anywhere on the body as single or multiple sharply demarcated, pruritic erythematous macules (Photo 3). They may blister or cause a burning sensation; rarely, a patient may present with constitutional symptoms. Lesions might erupt hours to days after drug exposure. Although this condition usually is benign, consult a dermatologist if the patient exhibits constitutional symptoms or other red flags that may indicate a serious reaction.

After you discontinue the offending drug, lesions should resolve within several weeks, although there may be residual hyperpigmentation.6 Depending on the severity of the eruptions, topical corticosteroids or wound care may be indicated.6,12 Resuming the drug typically will cause the eruptions to reoccur at the same site, potentially with more lesions.1,5-7




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Photosensitivity describes phototoxic and photoallergic reactions. A phototoxic response resembles sunburn and is distributed in areas exposed to the sun. This can present as erythema, edema, and skin tenderness (Photo 4).

Delayed hypersensitivity response is a photoallergic reaction. This reaction may be pruritic and appear after sunlight exposure as eczematous, bullous, vesicular, or urticarial lesions 1 to 2 weeks after the drug is started. Photoallergic lesions may extend beyond sun-exposed areas. Phototesting can confirm this diagnosis.1,5,13,14

Treat a phototoxic reaction as you would sunburn. Topical soothing agents should bring relief in 1 to 2 days.15 Instruct patients to use sunscreen and avoid the sun while taking the psychotropic.1,15 You may need to discontinue the medication if lesions persist.1

Managing a photoallergic response entails avoiding the sun or discontinuing the offending agent.14,16 For both phototoxic and photoallergic reactions, consider consulting a dermatologist if the above measures do not resolve the rash.1




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Acne lesions present as papules or pustules, typically on the arms, legs, face, chest, or back (Photo 5).1 Comedones generally are not present.

Treatment options include benzoyl peroxide, antibiotics, and topical retinoids.1,12,17 If these measures are insufficient, or if your patient finds the eruption distressing, discontinuing the offending drug usually resolves the condition.12




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Pigmentation changes. Blue, gray, or brown discoloration resulting from changes in melanin deposition can affect skin, hair, and nails, particularly in sun-exposed areas (Photo 6). Consider in the differential diagnosis other conditions that causes skin pigmentation changes such as:

  • hematochromatosis
  • Addison’s disease.1,2,7,12,18-20
Drug-related pigmentation changes usually resolve once the drug is discontinued, but resolution may take years.1 Cosmetics may help mask skin discoloration. A dermatologic consultation may not be necessary.
 

 

1

Laser treatment has successfully improved pigmentation changes associated with imipramine without the patient discontinuing the offending drug.21 Pigmentation changes associated with chlorpromazine have resolved when the drug was replaced by haloperidol22 or phenothiazines, used individually or in combination.23




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Alopecia is diffuse nonscarring hair loss (Photo 7). Anagen effluvium results in rapid hair loss, as seen with chemotherapeutic agents. Telogen effluvium may not occur until months after a drug is started. Frequently, patients experience only partial hair thinning.

Differential diagnosis includes:

  • infection
  • collagen vascular disease
  • iron deficiency.1,24
Although alopecia is usually considered benign, patients may find it distressing. Improvement usually occurs within several months after the offending medication is discontinued.1,25 The benefits of continuing a medication associated with alopecia may outweigh the risks; discuss this with the patient.




© 2001-2008, DermAtlas Psoriasis presents as pruritic erythematous patches with scale (Photo 8). Psoriasis may appear at the beginning of drug therapy, or pharmacotherapy may worsen preexisting disease.2,26

You can treat psoriasis by withdrawing the offending drug. Ultraviolet light has been used to treat drug-related psoriasis;27 other treatments include topical corticosteroids and antipsoriatics. Consultation with a dermatologist is recommended.1

Restarting a medication

By accurately identifying a rash and quickly determining its cause, you may avoid unnecessarily discontinuing a patient’s stabilizing medication (Box 2). If you need to discontinue a drug that is causing an ACDR, try to wait 2 weeks before initiating another drug. If this is not possible, cross-tapering a different medication from another class may diminish the risk of drug-rash relapse. To decrease the risk of drug-related rash, follow the manufacturer’s dosing recommendations28 and use the lowest effective dose.

Explain to patients the potential risks of new medications. Teach them how to identify the red flags that indicate a serious rash and what to do if they appear.3

Educate office and hospital staff about specifics pertaining to drug rashes to help ensure that:

  • vital information gets to you immediately
  • evaluation and treatment can start promptly.
Box 2

Case study: Is anticonvulsant to blame for painful red lesions?

While visiting the psychiatry clinic to complete paperwork, a patient receiving lamotrigine for bipolar disorder asks the office staff to tell her doctor she has a new rash on her face and in her mouth. Mrs. L, age 52, has been on the same lamotrigine dose (200 mg/d) for >1 year and was also taking lansoprazole (dosage unknown); loratadine, 10 mg/d; bupropion, 300 mg/d; quetiapine, 200 mg/d; clonazepam, 0.5 mg bid; atorvastatin, 10 mg/d; valsartan, 160 mg/d; and gabapentin, 300 mg/d. She has had no recent medication changes. Mrs. L leaves the office after finishing the paperwork.

Because lamotrigine carries an FDA “black-box” warning about serious, potentially life-threatening rashes, the psychiatrist attempts to contact Mrs. L immediately as soon as she learns of her symptoms. By phone, Mrs. L describes painful red lesions on her face and sores in her mouth that began the day before. She says she isn’t sure if these lesions have gotten worse. She denies having fever, chills, muscle aches, arthralgia, cough, neck stiffness, shortness of breath, or any other constitutional symptoms.

The psychiatrist tells Mrs. L she may be having a serious skin reaction to lamotrigine and instructs her to stop taking the drug and visit the ER immediately. She also explains that abruptly stopping lamotrigine might cause a relapse of Mrs. L’s bipolar disorder.

The ER physician examines Mrs. L, diagnoses herpes zoster, and prescribes the antiviral famciclovir, 500 mg tid for 7 days, and hydrocodone/acetaminophen, 7.5 mg/500 mg, as needed for pain. Three days later, Mrs. L sees the psychiatrist for a follow-up visit and resumes taking lamotrigine. She has no further complications.

Related resources

Drug brand name

  • Alprazolam • Xanax
  • Amitriptyline • Elavil
  • Aripiprazole • Abilify
  • Atorvastatin • Lipitor
  • Bupropion • Wellbutrin
  • Carbamazepine • Tegretol
  • Chlorpromazine • Thorazine
  • Cimetidine • Tagamet
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Clomipramine • Anafranil
  • Clonazepam • Klonopin
  • Desipramine • Norpramin
  • Dexmethylphenidate • Focalin
  • Diphenhydramine • Benadryl
  • Duloxetine • Cymbalta
  • Escitalopram • Lexapro
  • Eszopiclone • Lunesta
  • Famciclovir • Famvir
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
  • Gabapentin • Neurontin
  • Haloperidol • Haldol
  • Hydrocodone/acetaminophen • Vicodin
  • Hydroxyzine • Atarax
  • Imipramine • Tofranil
  • Lamotrigine • Lamictal
  • Lansoprazole • Prevacid
  • Loratadine • Claritin
  • Methylphenidate • Ritalin
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Oxcarbazepine • Trileptal
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel
  • Ranitidine • Zantac
  • Risperidone • Risperdal
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Thioridazine • Mellaril
  • Thiothixene • Navane
  • Topiramate • Topamax
  • Trazodone • Desyrel
  • Valproic acid • Depakote
  • Valsartan • Diovan
  • Venlafaxine • Effexor
  • Zaleplon • Sonata
  • Ziprasidone • Geodon
  • Zolpidem • Ambien
 

 

Disclosure

Dr. Skonicki reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Dr. Warnock receives research/grant support from Boehringer Ingelheim, Forest Pharmaceuticals, and Wyeth Pharmaceuticals.

References

1. Kimyai-Asadi A, Harris JC, Nousari HC. Critical overview: adverse cutaneous reactions to psychotropic medications. J Clin Psychiatry 1999;60(10):714-25.

2. MacMorran WS, Krahn LE. Adverse cutaneous reactions to psychotropic drugs. Psychosomatics 1997;38(5):413-22.

3. Edwards IR, Aronson JK. Adverse drug reactions: definitions, diagnosis, and management. Lancet 2000;356(9237):1255-9.

4. Babu KS, Belgi G. Management of cutaneous drug reactions. Curr Allergy Asthma Rep 2002;2(1):26-33.

5. Shear NH, Knowles SR, Sullivan JR, Shapiro L. Cutaneous reactions to drugs. In: Freedburg IM, Eisen AZ, Wolff K, et al, eds. Fitzpatrick’s dermatology in general medicine. 6th ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 2003:1330-7.

6. Nigen S, Knowles SR, Shear NH. Drug eruptions: approaching the diagnosis of drug-induced skin diseases. J Drugs Dermatol 2003;3:278-99.

7. Chosidow OM, Stern RS, Wintroub BU. Cutaneous drug reactions. In: Kasper DL, Braunwald E, Fauci AS, et al, eds. Harrisons’s principles of internal medicine. 16th ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 2005:318-24.

8. Odom RB, James WD, Berger TG. Contact dermatitis and drug eruptions. In: Andrew’s diseases of the skin: clinical dermatology. 9th ed. Philadelphia, PA: W.B. Saunders Co.; 2000:95-145.

9. Rojeau JC, Stern RS. Medical progress: severe adverse cutaneous reactions to drugs. N Engl J Med 1994;331(19):1272-85.

10. Breathnach SM. Adverse cutaneous reactions to drugs. Clin Med 2002;2(1):15-9.

11. du Vivier A, McKee PH, Stoughton RB. Drug and toxic eruptions of the skin. In: du Vivier A, McKee PH, Stoughton RB. Atlas of clinical dermatology. Philadelphia, PA: W.B. Saunders Co.; 1986:14.1-14.18.

12. Warnock JK, Morris DW. Adverse cutaneous reactions to mood stabilizers. Am J Clin Dermatol 2003;4(1):21-30.

13. Mann SC, Walker MM. Leukocytoclastic vasculitis secondary to trazodone treatment. J Am Acad Dermatol 1984;10(4):669-70.

14. Hearn R. Recognition and management of cutaneous photosensitivity. Practitioner 2005;249(1671):418-32.

15. Moore DE. Drug-induced cutaneous photosensitivity: incidence, mechanism, prevention, and management. Drug Saf 2002;25(5):345-72.

16. Crowson AN, Brown TJ, Magro CM. Progress in the understanding of the pathology and pathogenesis of cutaneous drug eruptions. Am J Clin Dermatol 2003;4(6):407-28.

17. Remmer HI. Successful treatment of lithium-induced acne. J Clin Psychiatry 1986;47(1):48.-

18. Warnock JK, Morris DW. Adverse cutaneous reactions to antidepressants. Am J Clin Dermatol 2002;3(5):329-39.

19. Warnock JK, Morris DW. Adverse cutaneous reactions to antipsychotics. Am J Clin Dermatol 2002;3(9):629-36.

20. Physicians desk reference. 61st ed. Montvale, NJ: Thomson PDR; 2007.

21. Atkin DH, Fitzpatrick RE. Laser treatment of imipramine-induced hyperpigmentation. J Am Acad Dermatol 2000;43(1 Pt 1):77-80.

22. Thompson TR, Lal S, Yassa R, Gerstein W. Resolution of chlorpromazine-induced pigmentation with haloperidol substitution. Acta Psychiatr Scand 1988;78(6):763-5.

23. Bloom D, Krishnan B, Thavundayil JX, Lal S. Resolution of chlorpromazine-induced cutaneous pigmentation following substitution with levomepromazine or other neuroleptics. Acta Psychiatr Scand 1993;87(3):223-4.

24. Mercke Y, Sheng H, Khan T, Lippmann S. Hair loss in psychopharmacology. Ann Clin Psychiatry 2000;12(1):35-42.

25. Warnock JK. Psychotropic medication and drug-related alopecia. Psychosomatics 1999;32(2):149-52.

26. Gupta AK, Knowles SR, Gupta MA, et al. Lithium therapy associated with hidradenitis suppurativa: case report and review of the dermatologic side effects of lithium. J Am Acad Dermatol 1995;32(2 part 2):382-6.

27. Osborne SF, Stafford L, Orr KD. Paroxetine-associated psoriasis. Am J Psychiatry 2002;59(12):2113.-

28. Wong IC, Mawer GE, Sander JW. Factors influencing the incidence of lamotrigine-related skin rash. Ann Pharmacother 1999;33(10):1037-42.

References

1. Kimyai-Asadi A, Harris JC, Nousari HC. Critical overview: adverse cutaneous reactions to psychotropic medications. J Clin Psychiatry 1999;60(10):714-25.

2. MacMorran WS, Krahn LE. Adverse cutaneous reactions to psychotropic drugs. Psychosomatics 1997;38(5):413-22.

3. Edwards IR, Aronson JK. Adverse drug reactions: definitions, diagnosis, and management. Lancet 2000;356(9237):1255-9.

4. Babu KS, Belgi G. Management of cutaneous drug reactions. Curr Allergy Asthma Rep 2002;2(1):26-33.

5. Shear NH, Knowles SR, Sullivan JR, Shapiro L. Cutaneous reactions to drugs. In: Freedburg IM, Eisen AZ, Wolff K, et al, eds. Fitzpatrick’s dermatology in general medicine. 6th ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 2003:1330-7.

6. Nigen S, Knowles SR, Shear NH. Drug eruptions: approaching the diagnosis of drug-induced skin diseases. J Drugs Dermatol 2003;3:278-99.

7. Chosidow OM, Stern RS, Wintroub BU. Cutaneous drug reactions. In: Kasper DL, Braunwald E, Fauci AS, et al, eds. Harrisons’s principles of internal medicine. 16th ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 2005:318-24.

8. Odom RB, James WD, Berger TG. Contact dermatitis and drug eruptions. In: Andrew’s diseases of the skin: clinical dermatology. 9th ed. Philadelphia, PA: W.B. Saunders Co.; 2000:95-145.

9. Rojeau JC, Stern RS. Medical progress: severe adverse cutaneous reactions to drugs. N Engl J Med 1994;331(19):1272-85.

10. Breathnach SM. Adverse cutaneous reactions to drugs. Clin Med 2002;2(1):15-9.

11. du Vivier A, McKee PH, Stoughton RB. Drug and toxic eruptions of the skin. In: du Vivier A, McKee PH, Stoughton RB. Atlas of clinical dermatology. Philadelphia, PA: W.B. Saunders Co.; 1986:14.1-14.18.

12. Warnock JK, Morris DW. Adverse cutaneous reactions to mood stabilizers. Am J Clin Dermatol 2003;4(1):21-30.

13. Mann SC, Walker MM. Leukocytoclastic vasculitis secondary to trazodone treatment. J Am Acad Dermatol 1984;10(4):669-70.

14. Hearn R. Recognition and management of cutaneous photosensitivity. Practitioner 2005;249(1671):418-32.

15. Moore DE. Drug-induced cutaneous photosensitivity: incidence, mechanism, prevention, and management. Drug Saf 2002;25(5):345-72.

16. Crowson AN, Brown TJ, Magro CM. Progress in the understanding of the pathology and pathogenesis of cutaneous drug eruptions. Am J Clin Dermatol 2003;4(6):407-28.

17. Remmer HI. Successful treatment of lithium-induced acne. J Clin Psychiatry 1986;47(1):48.-

18. Warnock JK, Morris DW. Adverse cutaneous reactions to antidepressants. Am J Clin Dermatol 2002;3(5):329-39.

19. Warnock JK, Morris DW. Adverse cutaneous reactions to antipsychotics. Am J Clin Dermatol 2002;3(9):629-36.

20. Physicians desk reference. 61st ed. Montvale, NJ: Thomson PDR; 2007.

21. Atkin DH, Fitzpatrick RE. Laser treatment of imipramine-induced hyperpigmentation. J Am Acad Dermatol 2000;43(1 Pt 1):77-80.

22. Thompson TR, Lal S, Yassa R, Gerstein W. Resolution of chlorpromazine-induced pigmentation with haloperidol substitution. Acta Psychiatr Scand 1988;78(6):763-5.

23. Bloom D, Krishnan B, Thavundayil JX, Lal S. Resolution of chlorpromazine-induced cutaneous pigmentation following substitution with levomepromazine or other neuroleptics. Acta Psychiatr Scand 1993;87(3):223-4.

24. Mercke Y, Sheng H, Khan T, Lippmann S. Hair loss in psychopharmacology. Ann Clin Psychiatry 2000;12(1):35-42.

25. Warnock JK. Psychotropic medication and drug-related alopecia. Psychosomatics 1999;32(2):149-52.

26. Gupta AK, Knowles SR, Gupta MA, et al. Lithium therapy associated with hidradenitis suppurativa: case report and review of the dermatologic side effects of lithium. J Am Acad Dermatol 1995;32(2 part 2):382-6.

27. Osborne SF, Stafford L, Orr KD. Paroxetine-associated psoriasis. Am J Psychiatry 2002;59(12):2113.-

28. Wong IC, Mawer GE, Sander JW. Factors influencing the incidence of lamotrigine-related skin rash. Ann Pharmacother 1999;33(10):1037-42.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(03)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(03)
Page Number
43-56
Page Number
43-56
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Drug eruptions: Is your patient’s rash dangerous or benign?
Display Headline
Drug eruptions: Is your patient’s rash dangerous or benign?
Legacy Keywords
JJ Skonicki MD; Julia K. Warnock MD PhD; drug eruptions; adverse cutaneous drug reactions; exanthematous reactions; urticaria; fixed drug eruption; photosensitivity; acneiform eruptions; pigmentation changes; alopecia; psoriaform eruptions; erythroderma; purpura; hyperpigmentation; phototoxic response; photoallergic reaction; acne; lesions; papules; pustules; psoriasis; anticonvulsant
Legacy Keywords
JJ Skonicki MD; Julia K. Warnock MD PhD; drug eruptions; adverse cutaneous drug reactions; exanthematous reactions; urticaria; fixed drug eruption; photosensitivity; acneiform eruptions; pigmentation changes; alopecia; psoriaform eruptions; erythroderma; purpura; hyperpigmentation; phototoxic response; photoallergic reaction; acne; lesions; papules; pustules; psoriasis; anticonvulsant
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Deposition dos and don’ts: How to answer 8 tricky questions

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 01/03/2020 - 12:26
Display Headline
Deposition dos and don’ts: How to answer 8 tricky questions

During your deposition in a malpractice suit, would you know how to answer if the plaintiff’s counsel asked you: “Doctor, are you saying it was impossible to foresee Mr. Jones’ suicide?”

Ninety percent of malpractice cases are settled before trial, and the deposition often is the turning point.1-3 Your answer to tricky questions such as this could favorably affect a critical stage of litigation—or spur the plaintiff’s attorney to pursue the case more vigorously. Even if a case is settled in the plaintiff’s favor before trial, the deposition’s effectiveness may determine whether the settlement is $300,000 or $1 million.

Don’t go to a deposition unprepared. This article offers guidelines to help you anticipate many different scenarios and includes examples of honest, skillful answers to 8 difficult questions (Box 1).3-7

Digging for pay dirt

Discovery begins after a formal complaint alleges malpractice. The parties to a lawsuit gather information through written interrogatories, requests for documents, and witness depositions—out-of-court testimony to be used later in court or for discovery purposes.8 Discovery’s rationale is to reduce surprises at trial and encourage pretrial settlement. The witness being deposed is the “deponent,” and testimony is given under oath.9

A discovery deposition is designed to gather information, with almost all questions asked by opposing counsel. If you are sued for malpractice, this is the type of deposition you probably will encounter.

 

Rules of engagement. The plaintiff’s attorney initiates the discovery deposition. Ground rules vary by jurisdiction, but in general the Rules of Civil Procedure give deposing counsel substantial latitude in the questions that can be asked.10 The deponent and defending counsel, opposing counsel, and transcriptionist typically attend the deposition. To help you prepare appropriately, confirm with your defense counsel if other attorneys or the plaintiff will be present.

 

Not-so-hidden agendas. The plaintiff’s attorney’s primary goal is to gather as much information as possible about your side’s case4 (Table 1). No matter how accurate the medical records may be, they require interpretation and follow-up questioning of key players to get the full story. Opposing counsel also wants to:

 

  • “lock down” your testimony for use at trial (testimony captured at a deposition can be used to impeach a witness who gives inconsistent testimony at trial)9
  • “size up” your potential impact on a jury by assessing your strengths and weaknesses as a witness.11

The impression you make may influence the opposing attorney’s decision about how far to pursue the case. Plaintiffs’ attorney Bruce Fagel once told an interviewer that defense attorneys, too, may consider settling a case “if their client shows such arrogance in our deposition that they’re afraid to let him appear in front of a jury.”12

 

Honest, skillful answers to 8 tricky deposition questions

 

  1. The Impossible Dream
  2. The Hypothetical
  3. Invitation to Speculate
  4. Did I Say That?
  5. The Authoritative Treatise
  6. The Tyranny of Yes or No
  7. Convoluted Compounds
  8. Give Me More

Source: References 3-7

Choosing a site. Most depositions take place in a conference room in one of the attorney’s law offices or at a neutral site. Avoid the temptation to schedule the de-position in your office, even though meeting there might seem more expedient and comfortable for you.9 Scheduling the deposition at your site:

 

 

 

  • might make you feel it is “just another day at the office” and dissuade you from preparing sufficiently or taking the deposition seriously
  • allows opposing counsel to scrutinize diplomas, books, journals, and other materials in your office.

Questioning you about these materials during the deposition is not off limits for the plaintiff’s attorney. You might find it difficult to explain why a book on your bookshelf is not “authoritative.”

Table 1

5 goals of the plaintiff’s attorney at a deposition

 

Lock down testimony for trial
Scrutinize defendant’s qualifications
Size up defendant’s effectiveness as a witness
Probe defendant for bias, arrogance, or hostility
Learn as much as possible (‘fishing’)

Prepare, prepare, prepare

Your emotional stress will probably wax and wane during the lengthy litigation process.13,14 Knowing what to expect and being well-prepared for the deposition may relieve some anxiety.

 

Review the case. At least twice, carefully review the entire database—including medical records and other fact witness discovery depositions. Perform 1 of these reviews just before the deposition.3 Having the details fresh in mind will help you if opposing counsel mischaracterizes information when questioning you.

 

Meet with your attorney. Insist on at least 2 predeposition conferences with defense counsel.

 

 

 

At the first conference, volunteer all pertinent information about the case as well as any noteworthy medical inconsistencies.2 Find out what documents to bring to the deposition, who will be present, and the expected duration. You might wish to prepare mentally by inquiring about the style and personality of opposing counsel.

Defense counsel does not control how long a deposition lasts but might be able to give a rough estimate. Plan accordingly, and allow for sufficient scheduling flexibility. Depositions typically last half a day, but they can last more than 1 day.

 

At a later predeposition conference, defense counsel might walk you through a mock deposition that involves difficult or anticipated questions. This is a good opportunity to master your anxiety and improve your effectiveness as a witness.

You also may wish to go over your curriculum vitae with defense counsel and check it for mistakes or other content that might raise problematic questions during the deposition (Table 2). Make sure your c.v. is up-to-date, and refresh your memory if it lists lectures given or articles written—no matter how long ago—on topics related to the litigation.

Table 2

Malpractice: How to prepare for your deposition

 

Thoroughly review case records
Master the case (memorize key names, dates, facts)
Meet with defense counsel at least twice to:
  • find out deposition’s location, who will be present, and expected duration
  • learn what documents to bring
  • understand opposing counsel’s style and personality
  • prepare for difficult questions
  • consider having a mock deposition
Double-check your curriculum vitae for accuracy and updating
Come to the deposition well-rested

On deposition day

Don’t open Pandora’s box. Keep your answers to deposition questions brief and clear. Opposing counsel may ask broad questions, hoping to encourage rambling answers that reveal new facts. Answering questions briefly provides the least information to opposing counsel and is best under most circumstances.

One exception may involve scenarios in which the defense attorney instructs you, for various reasons, to provide information beyond the question asked. For example, when a case is close to settling, your attorney might instruct you to lay out all evidence that supports your professional judgment and clinical decisions in the case. Do not use this approach, however, unless your attorney specifically instructs you to do so.

You are under no obligation to make op-posing counsel’s job easier. In a discovery deposition, volunteering information may:

 

  • open up new areas for questioning
  • equip the deposing attorney with more ammunition
  • eliminate opportunities for your attorney to use surprise as a strategy, should the case go to trial.

Consider, for example, a scenario in which you and a hospital are sued in regard to an inpatient suicide case. At deposition, you might be asked whether you can identify written evidence anywhere in the patient’s chart that the decedent was checked every 15 minutes.

 

The correct answer would be “no,” even though you know 15-minute checks are documented in a log kept at the nursing station in this hospital. You might be tempted to reveal this information, but leave the timing of its disclosure to the defense attorney. Your attorney’s strategy may be to reveal this critical piece of information at trial, when the plaintiff’s attorney has less opportunity to strategize ways to discredit the evidence.

Keep your cool. Attorneys have different styles of questioning, depending on their personalities. Some may be excessively polite or friendly to get you to let down your guard—only to set you up for a devastating blow at the deposition’s end (or save this for trial). Other attorneys might employ a “bullying” style that seeks to intimidate. In responding to questions, always remain composed and resist the urge to counterattack.

In all circumstances, strive for humility and dignified confidence. Opposing counsel gains the advantage when defendants lose composure or become angry, defensive, or arrogant. Indeed, experienced plaintiff’s attorneys may be testing for precisely this reaction in the hope that a defendant will “demonstrate his arrogance” during the deposition or later on the witness stand.12

In working as expert witnesses in malpractice cases, we have observed many instances in which a defendant psychiatrist’s arrogant or hostile remarks at deposition played a key role in causing the case to be prematurely settled in the plaintiff’s favor.

Avoid making jokes or sarcastic comments. Even a well-timed, self-deprecating joke may backfire should opposing counsel take the opportunity to point out that the case is a “serious matter.”

 

 

Listen carefully to each question during the deposition. Pause for a moment to consider the question and allow time for other attorneys to object.5 Your attorney’s objection may suggest the best way for you to respond to the question. Refrain from answering any questions when defense counsel advises you to do so (Table 3).

Don’t answer questions you don’t understand. Rather, ask for clarification. Avoid using adjectives and superlatives such as “never” and “always,” which may be used to distort or mischaracterize your testimony at trial.

Don’t guess. No rule prevents opposing counsel from asking a witness to speculate, but generally avoid doing so. You are required to tell the truth—not to speculate or volunteer guesses. The best way to cause a jury to disbelieve your testimony is to make inaccurate or unfounded statements, which opposing counsel will surely point out at trial.

Don’t be tempted to “plumb the depths” of your memory for a forgotten piece of information, however. If asked, for example, if a patient displayed a specific symptom during an appointment 4 years ago, the true answer is likely to be “not that I recall,” rather than “no.” Qualify similar answers with statements such as “to the best of my recollection,” or “not that I recall at this time.”

If opposing counsel asks questions based on a particular document, request to see the document. Review it carefully for:

 

  • who signed and/or authored it
  • when it was prepared and dated
  • whether it is a draft copy
  • whether it contains confidential information relating to patients other than the plaintiff
  • whether it is attorney-client privileged
  • and—most importantly—whether opposing counsel has quoted portions of the document out of context.

Procedural pitfalls. Throughout the deposition, the attorneys may periodically tell the court reporter they wish to have a discussion “off the record.” Nothing is off the record for you, however. If you make a statement when the court reporter has been told to stop, opposing counsel can summarize on the record everything you said during that time.

 

At the beginning or end of the deposition, one of the attorneys may ask if you wish to retain or waive the right to read and sign the deposition transcript. Seek your counsel’s advice, but defendants usually choose to retain this right. Typically, you will have 30 days to read the transcript and correct any errors. Keep in mind, though, that substantive changes that go beyond typos are likely to be the subject of intense cross-examination should the case go to trial.9

 

Depositions are sometimes videotaped, usually because a witness will not be available at the time of trial. Because the jury will hear and see you, approach a videotaped deposition as if it were an actual trial. Dress appropriately, speak clearly, and look directly into the camera. Don’t feel embarrassed about making sure you are videotaped with the best possible lighting, camera angle, and background.

Table 3

Deposition dos and don’ts

 

Always tell the truth
Actively listen to questions, and pause before answering
Keep your cool; never lose composure
Answer only the question asked
Stop speaking and listen carefully if your attorney makes an objection
Avoid long narratives, and don’t volunteer information
Don’t speculate or guess
Avoid absolutes such as ‘never’ or ‘always’
Avoid jokes, sarcasm, and edgy comments
Ask for breaks if needed to keep from becoming inattentive
Carefully examine documents, reports, etc. before answering opposing counsel’s questions about them
Ask for clarification of confusing questions
Remember that nothing is ‘off the record’
Don’t waive your right to read and sign the deposition transcript

Keep your guard up

Don’t allow yourself to be distracted if op-posing counsel jumps from open-ended questions to clarification questions to “pinning down” questions. Using an erratic approach could be part of opposing counsel’s strategy. Answer only the question asked, and give the shortest correct answer to each question.

Opposing counsel may ask a question in a way that suggests substantial confusion or misunderstanding. If this confusion does not affect your testimony, you don’t need to clear up matters for opposing counsel. If, for example, opposing counsel asserts that one of your statements was contradictory, an appropriate response may be simply, “No, it wasn’t.” It is opposing counsel’s job to explicate further details.11

Opposing counsel may approach the deposition with a particular demeanor—such as friendly or eager to learn—in an attempt to get you to let down your guard and speak more freely (Box 2).

Particularly in a full-day deposition, the greatest likelihood of making mistakes begins around 4 pm. Indeed, some attorneys may reserve especially important questions for this time period, hoping that the witness will be less guarded. Be sure to start the day well rested, and ask for breaks if fatigue be-gins to affect your concentration.

 

 

 

Be alert to a pattern of questioning designed to elicit only “yes” answers. This technique—commonly used by salespersons—makes it difficult to say “no” in response to an ambiguous question.

Point out errors if opposing counsel misquotes earlier testimony or states facts incorrectly. These mistakes may be innocent or a deliberate attempt to distort your testimony.

Box 2

 

Persona adopted by plaintiff s’ attorneys to obtain information at deposition

‘Mr./Ms. Friendly.’ Some attorneys look for an opportunity before the deposition begins to show that they are ‘friendly’ and not to be feared. Remember that discussions with opposing counsel without defense counsel present are not appropriate.

‘Eager Student.’ Opposing counsel may play the ‘eager student’ to massage your ego and pave the way for long narratives and volunteered information.

‘Counselor Clueless.’ Opposing counsel may appear so ignorant of certain facts that you can scarcely resist jumping in to educate him or her.

Silent treatment. After you give a brief, honest answer, opposing counsel may sit silently as if expecting a more substantive response. Resist the temptation to fill the silence.

Related resources

  • Professional Risk Management Services, Inc. The Psychiatrists’ Program. www.psychprogram.com.
  • Simon R, Sadoff R. Psychiatric malpractice: cases and comments for clinicians. Washington DC: American Psychiatric Press, Inc; 1992.

Drug brand name

  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa

References

 

1. Babitsky S, Mangraviti J. The discovery process. In: How to become a dangerous expert witness: advanced techniques and strategies. Falmouth, MA: Seak Inc;2005; 4-9:113-39.

2. Clark A, Fox P. The defendant physician’s deposition: fighting back—at last! Mo Med 2002;99(10):524-5.

3. Rice B. Malpractice: how to survive a deposition. Med Econ 2005;82:45-8.

4. Babitsky S, Mangraviti J. How to excel during depositions: techniques for experts that work. Falmouth, MA: Seak Inc; 1998.

5. Gutheil T. The psychiatrist as expert witness. Washington DC: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc; 1998.

6. Babitsky S, Mangraviti J. How to excel during cross-examination: techniques for experts that work. Falmouth, MA: Seak Inc; 1997.

7. Hirsch C, Morris R, Moritz A. Handbook of legal medicine. 5th ed. St. Louis, MO: CV Mosby Co; 1979.

8. Black H. Black’s law dictionary. 8th ed. St. Paul, MN: West Publishing; 2004;440-

9. Babitsky S, Mangraviti J. Depositions: the comprehensive guide for expert witnesses. Falmouth, MA: Seak Inc; 2007.

10. Cornell Law School. Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. Depositions and discovery. Rule 26(5) B(1). Available at: http://www.law.cornell.edu/rules/frcp/Rule26.htm. Accessed January 18, 2008.

11. Culley C, Spisak L. So you’re being sued: do’s and don’ts for the defendant. Cleve Clin J Med 2002;69(10):752-60.

12. Rice B. How I pick the doctors I’ll sue. Med Econ 2004;81:54.-

13. Charles S. Coping with a medical malpractice suit. West J Med 2001;174:55-8.

14. Charles S. Malpractice distress: Help yourself and others survive. Current Psychiatry 2007;6(2):23-35.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

James L. Knoll, IV, MD
Associate professor Director of forensic psychiatry SUNY Upstate Medical University Syracuse, NY

Phillip J. Resnick, MD
Professor of psychiatry Director of forensic psychiatry Case Western Reserve University Medical School Cleveland, OH

 

Disclosures

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(03)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
25-28,36,39-40
Legacy Keywords
deposition; James L. Knoll IV MD; Phillip J. Resnick MD; malpractice cases; Rules of Civil Procedure; suicide; mock deposition; predeposition conference; opposing counsel
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

James L. Knoll, IV, MD
Associate professor Director of forensic psychiatry SUNY Upstate Medical University Syracuse, NY

Phillip J. Resnick, MD
Professor of psychiatry Director of forensic psychiatry Case Western Reserve University Medical School Cleveland, OH

 

Disclosures

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Author and Disclosure Information

James L. Knoll, IV, MD
Associate professor Director of forensic psychiatry SUNY Upstate Medical University Syracuse, NY

Phillip J. Resnick, MD
Professor of psychiatry Director of forensic psychiatry Case Western Reserve University Medical School Cleveland, OH

 

Disclosures

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Article PDF
Article PDF

During your deposition in a malpractice suit, would you know how to answer if the plaintiff’s counsel asked you: “Doctor, are you saying it was impossible to foresee Mr. Jones’ suicide?”

Ninety percent of malpractice cases are settled before trial, and the deposition often is the turning point.1-3 Your answer to tricky questions such as this could favorably affect a critical stage of litigation—or spur the plaintiff’s attorney to pursue the case more vigorously. Even if a case is settled in the plaintiff’s favor before trial, the deposition’s effectiveness may determine whether the settlement is $300,000 or $1 million.

Don’t go to a deposition unprepared. This article offers guidelines to help you anticipate many different scenarios and includes examples of honest, skillful answers to 8 difficult questions (Box 1).3-7

Digging for pay dirt

Discovery begins after a formal complaint alleges malpractice. The parties to a lawsuit gather information through written interrogatories, requests for documents, and witness depositions—out-of-court testimony to be used later in court or for discovery purposes.8 Discovery’s rationale is to reduce surprises at trial and encourage pretrial settlement. The witness being deposed is the “deponent,” and testimony is given under oath.9

A discovery deposition is designed to gather information, with almost all questions asked by opposing counsel. If you are sued for malpractice, this is the type of deposition you probably will encounter.

 

Rules of engagement. The plaintiff’s attorney initiates the discovery deposition. Ground rules vary by jurisdiction, but in general the Rules of Civil Procedure give deposing counsel substantial latitude in the questions that can be asked.10 The deponent and defending counsel, opposing counsel, and transcriptionist typically attend the deposition. To help you prepare appropriately, confirm with your defense counsel if other attorneys or the plaintiff will be present.

 

Not-so-hidden agendas. The plaintiff’s attorney’s primary goal is to gather as much information as possible about your side’s case4 (Table 1). No matter how accurate the medical records may be, they require interpretation and follow-up questioning of key players to get the full story. Opposing counsel also wants to:

 

  • “lock down” your testimony for use at trial (testimony captured at a deposition can be used to impeach a witness who gives inconsistent testimony at trial)9
  • “size up” your potential impact on a jury by assessing your strengths and weaknesses as a witness.11

The impression you make may influence the opposing attorney’s decision about how far to pursue the case. Plaintiffs’ attorney Bruce Fagel once told an interviewer that defense attorneys, too, may consider settling a case “if their client shows such arrogance in our deposition that they’re afraid to let him appear in front of a jury.”12

 

Honest, skillful answers to 8 tricky deposition questions

 

  1. The Impossible Dream
  2. The Hypothetical
  3. Invitation to Speculate
  4. Did I Say That?
  5. The Authoritative Treatise
  6. The Tyranny of Yes or No
  7. Convoluted Compounds
  8. Give Me More

Source: References 3-7

Choosing a site. Most depositions take place in a conference room in one of the attorney’s law offices or at a neutral site. Avoid the temptation to schedule the de-position in your office, even though meeting there might seem more expedient and comfortable for you.9 Scheduling the deposition at your site:

 

 

 

  • might make you feel it is “just another day at the office” and dissuade you from preparing sufficiently or taking the deposition seriously
  • allows opposing counsel to scrutinize diplomas, books, journals, and other materials in your office.

Questioning you about these materials during the deposition is not off limits for the plaintiff’s attorney. You might find it difficult to explain why a book on your bookshelf is not “authoritative.”

Table 1

5 goals of the plaintiff’s attorney at a deposition

 

Lock down testimony for trial
Scrutinize defendant’s qualifications
Size up defendant’s effectiveness as a witness
Probe defendant for bias, arrogance, or hostility
Learn as much as possible (‘fishing’)

Prepare, prepare, prepare

Your emotional stress will probably wax and wane during the lengthy litigation process.13,14 Knowing what to expect and being well-prepared for the deposition may relieve some anxiety.

 

Review the case. At least twice, carefully review the entire database—including medical records and other fact witness discovery depositions. Perform 1 of these reviews just before the deposition.3 Having the details fresh in mind will help you if opposing counsel mischaracterizes information when questioning you.

 

Meet with your attorney. Insist on at least 2 predeposition conferences with defense counsel.

 

 

 

At the first conference, volunteer all pertinent information about the case as well as any noteworthy medical inconsistencies.2 Find out what documents to bring to the deposition, who will be present, and the expected duration. You might wish to prepare mentally by inquiring about the style and personality of opposing counsel.

Defense counsel does not control how long a deposition lasts but might be able to give a rough estimate. Plan accordingly, and allow for sufficient scheduling flexibility. Depositions typically last half a day, but they can last more than 1 day.

 

At a later predeposition conference, defense counsel might walk you through a mock deposition that involves difficult or anticipated questions. This is a good opportunity to master your anxiety and improve your effectiveness as a witness.

You also may wish to go over your curriculum vitae with defense counsel and check it for mistakes or other content that might raise problematic questions during the deposition (Table 2). Make sure your c.v. is up-to-date, and refresh your memory if it lists lectures given or articles written—no matter how long ago—on topics related to the litigation.

Table 2

Malpractice: How to prepare for your deposition

 

Thoroughly review case records
Master the case (memorize key names, dates, facts)
Meet with defense counsel at least twice to:
  • find out deposition’s location, who will be present, and expected duration
  • learn what documents to bring
  • understand opposing counsel’s style and personality
  • prepare for difficult questions
  • consider having a mock deposition
Double-check your curriculum vitae for accuracy and updating
Come to the deposition well-rested

On deposition day

Don’t open Pandora’s box. Keep your answers to deposition questions brief and clear. Opposing counsel may ask broad questions, hoping to encourage rambling answers that reveal new facts. Answering questions briefly provides the least information to opposing counsel and is best under most circumstances.

One exception may involve scenarios in which the defense attorney instructs you, for various reasons, to provide information beyond the question asked. For example, when a case is close to settling, your attorney might instruct you to lay out all evidence that supports your professional judgment and clinical decisions in the case. Do not use this approach, however, unless your attorney specifically instructs you to do so.

You are under no obligation to make op-posing counsel’s job easier. In a discovery deposition, volunteering information may:

 

  • open up new areas for questioning
  • equip the deposing attorney with more ammunition
  • eliminate opportunities for your attorney to use surprise as a strategy, should the case go to trial.

Consider, for example, a scenario in which you and a hospital are sued in regard to an inpatient suicide case. At deposition, you might be asked whether you can identify written evidence anywhere in the patient’s chart that the decedent was checked every 15 minutes.

 

The correct answer would be “no,” even though you know 15-minute checks are documented in a log kept at the nursing station in this hospital. You might be tempted to reveal this information, but leave the timing of its disclosure to the defense attorney. Your attorney’s strategy may be to reveal this critical piece of information at trial, when the plaintiff’s attorney has less opportunity to strategize ways to discredit the evidence.

Keep your cool. Attorneys have different styles of questioning, depending on their personalities. Some may be excessively polite or friendly to get you to let down your guard—only to set you up for a devastating blow at the deposition’s end (or save this for trial). Other attorneys might employ a “bullying” style that seeks to intimidate. In responding to questions, always remain composed and resist the urge to counterattack.

In all circumstances, strive for humility and dignified confidence. Opposing counsel gains the advantage when defendants lose composure or become angry, defensive, or arrogant. Indeed, experienced plaintiff’s attorneys may be testing for precisely this reaction in the hope that a defendant will “demonstrate his arrogance” during the deposition or later on the witness stand.12

In working as expert witnesses in malpractice cases, we have observed many instances in which a defendant psychiatrist’s arrogant or hostile remarks at deposition played a key role in causing the case to be prematurely settled in the plaintiff’s favor.

Avoid making jokes or sarcastic comments. Even a well-timed, self-deprecating joke may backfire should opposing counsel take the opportunity to point out that the case is a “serious matter.”

 

 

Listen carefully to each question during the deposition. Pause for a moment to consider the question and allow time for other attorneys to object.5 Your attorney’s objection may suggest the best way for you to respond to the question. Refrain from answering any questions when defense counsel advises you to do so (Table 3).

Don’t answer questions you don’t understand. Rather, ask for clarification. Avoid using adjectives and superlatives such as “never” and “always,” which may be used to distort or mischaracterize your testimony at trial.

Don’t guess. No rule prevents opposing counsel from asking a witness to speculate, but generally avoid doing so. You are required to tell the truth—not to speculate or volunteer guesses. The best way to cause a jury to disbelieve your testimony is to make inaccurate or unfounded statements, which opposing counsel will surely point out at trial.

Don’t be tempted to “plumb the depths” of your memory for a forgotten piece of information, however. If asked, for example, if a patient displayed a specific symptom during an appointment 4 years ago, the true answer is likely to be “not that I recall,” rather than “no.” Qualify similar answers with statements such as “to the best of my recollection,” or “not that I recall at this time.”

If opposing counsel asks questions based on a particular document, request to see the document. Review it carefully for:

 

  • who signed and/or authored it
  • when it was prepared and dated
  • whether it is a draft copy
  • whether it contains confidential information relating to patients other than the plaintiff
  • whether it is attorney-client privileged
  • and—most importantly—whether opposing counsel has quoted portions of the document out of context.

Procedural pitfalls. Throughout the deposition, the attorneys may periodically tell the court reporter they wish to have a discussion “off the record.” Nothing is off the record for you, however. If you make a statement when the court reporter has been told to stop, opposing counsel can summarize on the record everything you said during that time.

 

At the beginning or end of the deposition, one of the attorneys may ask if you wish to retain or waive the right to read and sign the deposition transcript. Seek your counsel’s advice, but defendants usually choose to retain this right. Typically, you will have 30 days to read the transcript and correct any errors. Keep in mind, though, that substantive changes that go beyond typos are likely to be the subject of intense cross-examination should the case go to trial.9

 

Depositions are sometimes videotaped, usually because a witness will not be available at the time of trial. Because the jury will hear and see you, approach a videotaped deposition as if it were an actual trial. Dress appropriately, speak clearly, and look directly into the camera. Don’t feel embarrassed about making sure you are videotaped with the best possible lighting, camera angle, and background.

Table 3

Deposition dos and don’ts

 

Always tell the truth
Actively listen to questions, and pause before answering
Keep your cool; never lose composure
Answer only the question asked
Stop speaking and listen carefully if your attorney makes an objection
Avoid long narratives, and don’t volunteer information
Don’t speculate or guess
Avoid absolutes such as ‘never’ or ‘always’
Avoid jokes, sarcasm, and edgy comments
Ask for breaks if needed to keep from becoming inattentive
Carefully examine documents, reports, etc. before answering opposing counsel’s questions about them
Ask for clarification of confusing questions
Remember that nothing is ‘off the record’
Don’t waive your right to read and sign the deposition transcript

Keep your guard up

Don’t allow yourself to be distracted if op-posing counsel jumps from open-ended questions to clarification questions to “pinning down” questions. Using an erratic approach could be part of opposing counsel’s strategy. Answer only the question asked, and give the shortest correct answer to each question.

Opposing counsel may ask a question in a way that suggests substantial confusion or misunderstanding. If this confusion does not affect your testimony, you don’t need to clear up matters for opposing counsel. If, for example, opposing counsel asserts that one of your statements was contradictory, an appropriate response may be simply, “No, it wasn’t.” It is opposing counsel’s job to explicate further details.11

Opposing counsel may approach the deposition with a particular demeanor—such as friendly or eager to learn—in an attempt to get you to let down your guard and speak more freely (Box 2).

Particularly in a full-day deposition, the greatest likelihood of making mistakes begins around 4 pm. Indeed, some attorneys may reserve especially important questions for this time period, hoping that the witness will be less guarded. Be sure to start the day well rested, and ask for breaks if fatigue be-gins to affect your concentration.

 

 

 

Be alert to a pattern of questioning designed to elicit only “yes” answers. This technique—commonly used by salespersons—makes it difficult to say “no” in response to an ambiguous question.

Point out errors if opposing counsel misquotes earlier testimony or states facts incorrectly. These mistakes may be innocent or a deliberate attempt to distort your testimony.

Box 2

 

Persona adopted by plaintiff s’ attorneys to obtain information at deposition

‘Mr./Ms. Friendly.’ Some attorneys look for an opportunity before the deposition begins to show that they are ‘friendly’ and not to be feared. Remember that discussions with opposing counsel without defense counsel present are not appropriate.

‘Eager Student.’ Opposing counsel may play the ‘eager student’ to massage your ego and pave the way for long narratives and volunteered information.

‘Counselor Clueless.’ Opposing counsel may appear so ignorant of certain facts that you can scarcely resist jumping in to educate him or her.

Silent treatment. After you give a brief, honest answer, opposing counsel may sit silently as if expecting a more substantive response. Resist the temptation to fill the silence.

Related resources

  • Professional Risk Management Services, Inc. The Psychiatrists’ Program. www.psychprogram.com.
  • Simon R, Sadoff R. Psychiatric malpractice: cases and comments for clinicians. Washington DC: American Psychiatric Press, Inc; 1992.

Drug brand name

  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa

During your deposition in a malpractice suit, would you know how to answer if the plaintiff’s counsel asked you: “Doctor, are you saying it was impossible to foresee Mr. Jones’ suicide?”

Ninety percent of malpractice cases are settled before trial, and the deposition often is the turning point.1-3 Your answer to tricky questions such as this could favorably affect a critical stage of litigation—or spur the plaintiff’s attorney to pursue the case more vigorously. Even if a case is settled in the plaintiff’s favor before trial, the deposition’s effectiveness may determine whether the settlement is $300,000 or $1 million.

Don’t go to a deposition unprepared. This article offers guidelines to help you anticipate many different scenarios and includes examples of honest, skillful answers to 8 difficult questions (Box 1).3-7

Digging for pay dirt

Discovery begins after a formal complaint alleges malpractice. The parties to a lawsuit gather information through written interrogatories, requests for documents, and witness depositions—out-of-court testimony to be used later in court or for discovery purposes.8 Discovery’s rationale is to reduce surprises at trial and encourage pretrial settlement. The witness being deposed is the “deponent,” and testimony is given under oath.9

A discovery deposition is designed to gather information, with almost all questions asked by opposing counsel. If you are sued for malpractice, this is the type of deposition you probably will encounter.

 

Rules of engagement. The plaintiff’s attorney initiates the discovery deposition. Ground rules vary by jurisdiction, but in general the Rules of Civil Procedure give deposing counsel substantial latitude in the questions that can be asked.10 The deponent and defending counsel, opposing counsel, and transcriptionist typically attend the deposition. To help you prepare appropriately, confirm with your defense counsel if other attorneys or the plaintiff will be present.

 

Not-so-hidden agendas. The plaintiff’s attorney’s primary goal is to gather as much information as possible about your side’s case4 (Table 1). No matter how accurate the medical records may be, they require interpretation and follow-up questioning of key players to get the full story. Opposing counsel also wants to:

 

  • “lock down” your testimony for use at trial (testimony captured at a deposition can be used to impeach a witness who gives inconsistent testimony at trial)9
  • “size up” your potential impact on a jury by assessing your strengths and weaknesses as a witness.11

The impression you make may influence the opposing attorney’s decision about how far to pursue the case. Plaintiffs’ attorney Bruce Fagel once told an interviewer that defense attorneys, too, may consider settling a case “if their client shows such arrogance in our deposition that they’re afraid to let him appear in front of a jury.”12

 

Honest, skillful answers to 8 tricky deposition questions

 

  1. The Impossible Dream
  2. The Hypothetical
  3. Invitation to Speculate
  4. Did I Say That?
  5. The Authoritative Treatise
  6. The Tyranny of Yes or No
  7. Convoluted Compounds
  8. Give Me More

Source: References 3-7

Choosing a site. Most depositions take place in a conference room in one of the attorney’s law offices or at a neutral site. Avoid the temptation to schedule the de-position in your office, even though meeting there might seem more expedient and comfortable for you.9 Scheduling the deposition at your site:

 

 

 

  • might make you feel it is “just another day at the office” and dissuade you from preparing sufficiently or taking the deposition seriously
  • allows opposing counsel to scrutinize diplomas, books, journals, and other materials in your office.

Questioning you about these materials during the deposition is not off limits for the plaintiff’s attorney. You might find it difficult to explain why a book on your bookshelf is not “authoritative.”

Table 1

5 goals of the plaintiff’s attorney at a deposition

 

Lock down testimony for trial
Scrutinize defendant’s qualifications
Size up defendant’s effectiveness as a witness
Probe defendant for bias, arrogance, or hostility
Learn as much as possible (‘fishing’)

Prepare, prepare, prepare

Your emotional stress will probably wax and wane during the lengthy litigation process.13,14 Knowing what to expect and being well-prepared for the deposition may relieve some anxiety.

 

Review the case. At least twice, carefully review the entire database—including medical records and other fact witness discovery depositions. Perform 1 of these reviews just before the deposition.3 Having the details fresh in mind will help you if opposing counsel mischaracterizes information when questioning you.

 

Meet with your attorney. Insist on at least 2 predeposition conferences with defense counsel.

 

 

 

At the first conference, volunteer all pertinent information about the case as well as any noteworthy medical inconsistencies.2 Find out what documents to bring to the deposition, who will be present, and the expected duration. You might wish to prepare mentally by inquiring about the style and personality of opposing counsel.

Defense counsel does not control how long a deposition lasts but might be able to give a rough estimate. Plan accordingly, and allow for sufficient scheduling flexibility. Depositions typically last half a day, but they can last more than 1 day.

 

At a later predeposition conference, defense counsel might walk you through a mock deposition that involves difficult or anticipated questions. This is a good opportunity to master your anxiety and improve your effectiveness as a witness.

You also may wish to go over your curriculum vitae with defense counsel and check it for mistakes or other content that might raise problematic questions during the deposition (Table 2). Make sure your c.v. is up-to-date, and refresh your memory if it lists lectures given or articles written—no matter how long ago—on topics related to the litigation.

Table 2

Malpractice: How to prepare for your deposition

 

Thoroughly review case records
Master the case (memorize key names, dates, facts)
Meet with defense counsel at least twice to:
  • find out deposition’s location, who will be present, and expected duration
  • learn what documents to bring
  • understand opposing counsel’s style and personality
  • prepare for difficult questions
  • consider having a mock deposition
Double-check your curriculum vitae for accuracy and updating
Come to the deposition well-rested

On deposition day

Don’t open Pandora’s box. Keep your answers to deposition questions brief and clear. Opposing counsel may ask broad questions, hoping to encourage rambling answers that reveal new facts. Answering questions briefly provides the least information to opposing counsel and is best under most circumstances.

One exception may involve scenarios in which the defense attorney instructs you, for various reasons, to provide information beyond the question asked. For example, when a case is close to settling, your attorney might instruct you to lay out all evidence that supports your professional judgment and clinical decisions in the case. Do not use this approach, however, unless your attorney specifically instructs you to do so.

You are under no obligation to make op-posing counsel’s job easier. In a discovery deposition, volunteering information may:

 

  • open up new areas for questioning
  • equip the deposing attorney with more ammunition
  • eliminate opportunities for your attorney to use surprise as a strategy, should the case go to trial.

Consider, for example, a scenario in which you and a hospital are sued in regard to an inpatient suicide case. At deposition, you might be asked whether you can identify written evidence anywhere in the patient’s chart that the decedent was checked every 15 minutes.

 

The correct answer would be “no,” even though you know 15-minute checks are documented in a log kept at the nursing station in this hospital. You might be tempted to reveal this information, but leave the timing of its disclosure to the defense attorney. Your attorney’s strategy may be to reveal this critical piece of information at trial, when the plaintiff’s attorney has less opportunity to strategize ways to discredit the evidence.

Keep your cool. Attorneys have different styles of questioning, depending on their personalities. Some may be excessively polite or friendly to get you to let down your guard—only to set you up for a devastating blow at the deposition’s end (or save this for trial). Other attorneys might employ a “bullying” style that seeks to intimidate. In responding to questions, always remain composed and resist the urge to counterattack.

In all circumstances, strive for humility and dignified confidence. Opposing counsel gains the advantage when defendants lose composure or become angry, defensive, or arrogant. Indeed, experienced plaintiff’s attorneys may be testing for precisely this reaction in the hope that a defendant will “demonstrate his arrogance” during the deposition or later on the witness stand.12

In working as expert witnesses in malpractice cases, we have observed many instances in which a defendant psychiatrist’s arrogant or hostile remarks at deposition played a key role in causing the case to be prematurely settled in the plaintiff’s favor.

Avoid making jokes or sarcastic comments. Even a well-timed, self-deprecating joke may backfire should opposing counsel take the opportunity to point out that the case is a “serious matter.”

 

 

Listen carefully to each question during the deposition. Pause for a moment to consider the question and allow time for other attorneys to object.5 Your attorney’s objection may suggest the best way for you to respond to the question. Refrain from answering any questions when defense counsel advises you to do so (Table 3).

Don’t answer questions you don’t understand. Rather, ask for clarification. Avoid using adjectives and superlatives such as “never” and “always,” which may be used to distort or mischaracterize your testimony at trial.

Don’t guess. No rule prevents opposing counsel from asking a witness to speculate, but generally avoid doing so. You are required to tell the truth—not to speculate or volunteer guesses. The best way to cause a jury to disbelieve your testimony is to make inaccurate or unfounded statements, which opposing counsel will surely point out at trial.

Don’t be tempted to “plumb the depths” of your memory for a forgotten piece of information, however. If asked, for example, if a patient displayed a specific symptom during an appointment 4 years ago, the true answer is likely to be “not that I recall,” rather than “no.” Qualify similar answers with statements such as “to the best of my recollection,” or “not that I recall at this time.”

If opposing counsel asks questions based on a particular document, request to see the document. Review it carefully for:

 

  • who signed and/or authored it
  • when it was prepared and dated
  • whether it is a draft copy
  • whether it contains confidential information relating to patients other than the plaintiff
  • whether it is attorney-client privileged
  • and—most importantly—whether opposing counsel has quoted portions of the document out of context.

Procedural pitfalls. Throughout the deposition, the attorneys may periodically tell the court reporter they wish to have a discussion “off the record.” Nothing is off the record for you, however. If you make a statement when the court reporter has been told to stop, opposing counsel can summarize on the record everything you said during that time.

 

At the beginning or end of the deposition, one of the attorneys may ask if you wish to retain or waive the right to read and sign the deposition transcript. Seek your counsel’s advice, but defendants usually choose to retain this right. Typically, you will have 30 days to read the transcript and correct any errors. Keep in mind, though, that substantive changes that go beyond typos are likely to be the subject of intense cross-examination should the case go to trial.9

 

Depositions are sometimes videotaped, usually because a witness will not be available at the time of trial. Because the jury will hear and see you, approach a videotaped deposition as if it were an actual trial. Dress appropriately, speak clearly, and look directly into the camera. Don’t feel embarrassed about making sure you are videotaped with the best possible lighting, camera angle, and background.

Table 3

Deposition dos and don’ts

 

Always tell the truth
Actively listen to questions, and pause before answering
Keep your cool; never lose composure
Answer only the question asked
Stop speaking and listen carefully if your attorney makes an objection
Avoid long narratives, and don’t volunteer information
Don’t speculate or guess
Avoid absolutes such as ‘never’ or ‘always’
Avoid jokes, sarcasm, and edgy comments
Ask for breaks if needed to keep from becoming inattentive
Carefully examine documents, reports, etc. before answering opposing counsel’s questions about them
Ask for clarification of confusing questions
Remember that nothing is ‘off the record’
Don’t waive your right to read and sign the deposition transcript

Keep your guard up

Don’t allow yourself to be distracted if op-posing counsel jumps from open-ended questions to clarification questions to “pinning down” questions. Using an erratic approach could be part of opposing counsel’s strategy. Answer only the question asked, and give the shortest correct answer to each question.

Opposing counsel may ask a question in a way that suggests substantial confusion or misunderstanding. If this confusion does not affect your testimony, you don’t need to clear up matters for opposing counsel. If, for example, opposing counsel asserts that one of your statements was contradictory, an appropriate response may be simply, “No, it wasn’t.” It is opposing counsel’s job to explicate further details.11

Opposing counsel may approach the deposition with a particular demeanor—such as friendly or eager to learn—in an attempt to get you to let down your guard and speak more freely (Box 2).

Particularly in a full-day deposition, the greatest likelihood of making mistakes begins around 4 pm. Indeed, some attorneys may reserve especially important questions for this time period, hoping that the witness will be less guarded. Be sure to start the day well rested, and ask for breaks if fatigue be-gins to affect your concentration.

 

 

 

Be alert to a pattern of questioning designed to elicit only “yes” answers. This technique—commonly used by salespersons—makes it difficult to say “no” in response to an ambiguous question.

Point out errors if opposing counsel misquotes earlier testimony or states facts incorrectly. These mistakes may be innocent or a deliberate attempt to distort your testimony.

Box 2

 

Persona adopted by plaintiff s’ attorneys to obtain information at deposition

‘Mr./Ms. Friendly.’ Some attorneys look for an opportunity before the deposition begins to show that they are ‘friendly’ and not to be feared. Remember that discussions with opposing counsel without defense counsel present are not appropriate.

‘Eager Student.’ Opposing counsel may play the ‘eager student’ to massage your ego and pave the way for long narratives and volunteered information.

‘Counselor Clueless.’ Opposing counsel may appear so ignorant of certain facts that you can scarcely resist jumping in to educate him or her.

Silent treatment. After you give a brief, honest answer, opposing counsel may sit silently as if expecting a more substantive response. Resist the temptation to fill the silence.

Related resources

  • Professional Risk Management Services, Inc. The Psychiatrists’ Program. www.psychprogram.com.
  • Simon R, Sadoff R. Psychiatric malpractice: cases and comments for clinicians. Washington DC: American Psychiatric Press, Inc; 1992.

Drug brand name

  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa

References

 

1. Babitsky S, Mangraviti J. The discovery process. In: How to become a dangerous expert witness: advanced techniques and strategies. Falmouth, MA: Seak Inc;2005; 4-9:113-39.

2. Clark A, Fox P. The defendant physician’s deposition: fighting back—at last! Mo Med 2002;99(10):524-5.

3. Rice B. Malpractice: how to survive a deposition. Med Econ 2005;82:45-8.

4. Babitsky S, Mangraviti J. How to excel during depositions: techniques for experts that work. Falmouth, MA: Seak Inc; 1998.

5. Gutheil T. The psychiatrist as expert witness. Washington DC: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc; 1998.

6. Babitsky S, Mangraviti J. How to excel during cross-examination: techniques for experts that work. Falmouth, MA: Seak Inc; 1997.

7. Hirsch C, Morris R, Moritz A. Handbook of legal medicine. 5th ed. St. Louis, MO: CV Mosby Co; 1979.

8. Black H. Black’s law dictionary. 8th ed. St. Paul, MN: West Publishing; 2004;440-

9. Babitsky S, Mangraviti J. Depositions: the comprehensive guide for expert witnesses. Falmouth, MA: Seak Inc; 2007.

10. Cornell Law School. Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. Depositions and discovery. Rule 26(5) B(1). Available at: http://www.law.cornell.edu/rules/frcp/Rule26.htm. Accessed January 18, 2008.

11. Culley C, Spisak L. So you’re being sued: do’s and don’ts for the defendant. Cleve Clin J Med 2002;69(10):752-60.

12. Rice B. How I pick the doctors I’ll sue. Med Econ 2004;81:54.-

13. Charles S. Coping with a medical malpractice suit. West J Med 2001;174:55-8.

14. Charles S. Malpractice distress: Help yourself and others survive. Current Psychiatry 2007;6(2):23-35.

References

 

1. Babitsky S, Mangraviti J. The discovery process. In: How to become a dangerous expert witness: advanced techniques and strategies. Falmouth, MA: Seak Inc;2005; 4-9:113-39.

2. Clark A, Fox P. The defendant physician’s deposition: fighting back—at last! Mo Med 2002;99(10):524-5.

3. Rice B. Malpractice: how to survive a deposition. Med Econ 2005;82:45-8.

4. Babitsky S, Mangraviti J. How to excel during depositions: techniques for experts that work. Falmouth, MA: Seak Inc; 1998.

5. Gutheil T. The psychiatrist as expert witness. Washington DC: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc; 1998.

6. Babitsky S, Mangraviti J. How to excel during cross-examination: techniques for experts that work. Falmouth, MA: Seak Inc; 1997.

7. Hirsch C, Morris R, Moritz A. Handbook of legal medicine. 5th ed. St. Louis, MO: CV Mosby Co; 1979.

8. Black H. Black’s law dictionary. 8th ed. St. Paul, MN: West Publishing; 2004;440-

9. Babitsky S, Mangraviti J. Depositions: the comprehensive guide for expert witnesses. Falmouth, MA: Seak Inc; 2007.

10. Cornell Law School. Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. Depositions and discovery. Rule 26(5) B(1). Available at: http://www.law.cornell.edu/rules/frcp/Rule26.htm. Accessed January 18, 2008.

11. Culley C, Spisak L. So you’re being sued: do’s and don’ts for the defendant. Cleve Clin J Med 2002;69(10):752-60.

12. Rice B. How I pick the doctors I’ll sue. Med Econ 2004;81:54.-

13. Charles S. Coping with a medical malpractice suit. West J Med 2001;174:55-8.

14. Charles S. Malpractice distress: Help yourself and others survive. Current Psychiatry 2007;6(2):23-35.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(03)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(03)
Page Number
25-28,36,39-40
Page Number
25-28,36,39-40
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Deposition dos and don’ts: How to answer 8 tricky questions
Display Headline
Deposition dos and don’ts: How to answer 8 tricky questions
Legacy Keywords
deposition; James L. Knoll IV MD; Phillip J. Resnick MD; malpractice cases; Rules of Civil Procedure; suicide; mock deposition; predeposition conference; opposing counsel
Legacy Keywords
deposition; James L. Knoll IV MD; Phillip J. Resnick MD; malpractice cases; Rules of Civil Procedure; suicide; mock deposition; predeposition conference; opposing counsel
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

Does your answering machine’s message speak well of you?

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:20
Display Headline
Does your answering machine’s message speak well of you?

Your answering machine’s outgoing message contains a wealth of information that goes beyond “I’m not here right now.” Carefully consider these messages because they communicate to your patients important information about you and your treatment philosophy.

Three “C’s”—callbacks, contact, and crisis—can help you think about the nuances and implications of creating an appropriate outgoing answering machine message.

Callbacks. In their messages, some psychiatrists provide a timeframe within which they will return patients’ phone calls—such as within “1 business day”—whereas others intentionally omit any reference to time. What is said or omitted about call-backs speaks to your responsiveness and sets a precedent for how you will address patients’ time-related concerns.

Some patients may find comfort in knowing when they can expect a return call. This reassurance, however, also might perpetuate a patient’s unrealistic fantasies and expectations about you, such as that you always will immediately respond to the patient’s concerns.

Contact. Patients often are unsure about how to contact their doctors after office hours or during weekends. You can handle this concern by providing alternate phone numbers such as a mobile phone, answering service, or covering physician.

After-hours contact establishes your availability. Although no doctor can be available to every patient all the time, your patients’ perception of your availability is important, particularly to personality- disordered patients who have not achieved object constancy. For some clinicians, this means their answering machines contain reference to how they can be contacted after hours. Other clinicians, however, omit this information because they may believe patients need to learn how to self-soothe, and constant availability may hamper this process.

Crisis. How you will handle a crisis can bring up feelings of uncertainty and danger in patients. Statements such as “If you are having a psychiatric emergency, please call 911 or go to your nearest emergency room” might communicate to the patient that you are unable or unwilling to deal with emergencies. Subsequently, the patient might not be comfortable discussing some topics in treatment because of anxiety about whether you can handle intense therapeutic situations.

A more neutral statement that might be preferable would be: “If you are having an emergency and are unable to communicate with me in a timely manner, you may go to the nearest emergency room.” Stated in this way, you establish your willingness to deal with emergent situations and encourage rather than merely outsource or avoid contact.

References

Dr. Neimark is instructor in the department of psychiatry, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. Dr. Malach is in private practice in New York, NY.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Geoffrey Neimark, MD
Stephen Malach, MD

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(02)
Publications
Page Number
106-106
Legacy Keywords
Geoffrey Neimark MD; Stephen Malach MD; Pearls; outgoing message; after-hours contact; psychiatric emergency
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Geoffrey Neimark, MD
Stephen Malach, MD

Author and Disclosure Information

Geoffrey Neimark, MD
Stephen Malach, MD

Article PDF
Article PDF

Your answering machine’s outgoing message contains a wealth of information that goes beyond “I’m not here right now.” Carefully consider these messages because they communicate to your patients important information about you and your treatment philosophy.

Three “C’s”—callbacks, contact, and crisis—can help you think about the nuances and implications of creating an appropriate outgoing answering machine message.

Callbacks. In their messages, some psychiatrists provide a timeframe within which they will return patients’ phone calls—such as within “1 business day”—whereas others intentionally omit any reference to time. What is said or omitted about call-backs speaks to your responsiveness and sets a precedent for how you will address patients’ time-related concerns.

Some patients may find comfort in knowing when they can expect a return call. This reassurance, however, also might perpetuate a patient’s unrealistic fantasies and expectations about you, such as that you always will immediately respond to the patient’s concerns.

Contact. Patients often are unsure about how to contact their doctors after office hours or during weekends. You can handle this concern by providing alternate phone numbers such as a mobile phone, answering service, or covering physician.

After-hours contact establishes your availability. Although no doctor can be available to every patient all the time, your patients’ perception of your availability is important, particularly to personality- disordered patients who have not achieved object constancy. For some clinicians, this means their answering machines contain reference to how they can be contacted after hours. Other clinicians, however, omit this information because they may believe patients need to learn how to self-soothe, and constant availability may hamper this process.

Crisis. How you will handle a crisis can bring up feelings of uncertainty and danger in patients. Statements such as “If you are having a psychiatric emergency, please call 911 or go to your nearest emergency room” might communicate to the patient that you are unable or unwilling to deal with emergencies. Subsequently, the patient might not be comfortable discussing some topics in treatment because of anxiety about whether you can handle intense therapeutic situations.

A more neutral statement that might be preferable would be: “If you are having an emergency and are unable to communicate with me in a timely manner, you may go to the nearest emergency room.” Stated in this way, you establish your willingness to deal with emergent situations and encourage rather than merely outsource or avoid contact.

Your answering machine’s outgoing message contains a wealth of information that goes beyond “I’m not here right now.” Carefully consider these messages because they communicate to your patients important information about you and your treatment philosophy.

Three “C’s”—callbacks, contact, and crisis—can help you think about the nuances and implications of creating an appropriate outgoing answering machine message.

Callbacks. In their messages, some psychiatrists provide a timeframe within which they will return patients’ phone calls—such as within “1 business day”—whereas others intentionally omit any reference to time. What is said or omitted about call-backs speaks to your responsiveness and sets a precedent for how you will address patients’ time-related concerns.

Some patients may find comfort in knowing when they can expect a return call. This reassurance, however, also might perpetuate a patient’s unrealistic fantasies and expectations about you, such as that you always will immediately respond to the patient’s concerns.

Contact. Patients often are unsure about how to contact their doctors after office hours or during weekends. You can handle this concern by providing alternate phone numbers such as a mobile phone, answering service, or covering physician.

After-hours contact establishes your availability. Although no doctor can be available to every patient all the time, your patients’ perception of your availability is important, particularly to personality- disordered patients who have not achieved object constancy. For some clinicians, this means their answering machines contain reference to how they can be contacted after hours. Other clinicians, however, omit this information because they may believe patients need to learn how to self-soothe, and constant availability may hamper this process.

Crisis. How you will handle a crisis can bring up feelings of uncertainty and danger in patients. Statements such as “If you are having a psychiatric emergency, please call 911 or go to your nearest emergency room” might communicate to the patient that you are unable or unwilling to deal with emergencies. Subsequently, the patient might not be comfortable discussing some topics in treatment because of anxiety about whether you can handle intense therapeutic situations.

A more neutral statement that might be preferable would be: “If you are having an emergency and are unable to communicate with me in a timely manner, you may go to the nearest emergency room.” Stated in this way, you establish your willingness to deal with emergent situations and encourage rather than merely outsource or avoid contact.

References

Dr. Neimark is instructor in the department of psychiatry, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. Dr. Malach is in private practice in New York, NY.

References

Dr. Neimark is instructor in the department of psychiatry, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. Dr. Malach is in private practice in New York, NY.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(02)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(02)
Page Number
106-106
Page Number
106-106
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Does your answering machine’s message speak well of you?
Display Headline
Does your answering machine’s message speak well of you?
Legacy Keywords
Geoffrey Neimark MD; Stephen Malach MD; Pearls; outgoing message; after-hours contact; psychiatric emergency
Legacy Keywords
Geoffrey Neimark MD; Stephen Malach MD; Pearls; outgoing message; after-hours contact; psychiatric emergency
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Use ‘E-MANIC’ for secondary mania workup

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:20
Display Headline
Use ‘E-MANIC’ for secondary mania workup

Mania can be classified as “primary”—often associated with bipolar disorder—or “secondary”—which can have many underlying causes. Secondary mania is more common than primary mania in children and patients age ≥40.1

Older adults in particular are at risk for developing mania associated with increased medical comorbidities and neurologic changes. In a study of 50 patients age ≥65 with mania, 14 (28%) were hospitalized for a first manic episode, and 10 of these 14 patients (71%) had comorbid neurologic disorders.2

Suspect secondary mania in patients:

  • who do not have a personal or family history of bipolar disorder
  • with an atypical clinical presentation
  • presenting with conditions with unexplained neurologic findings.3

Although acute treatment of primary and secondary mania may be similar, appropriate long-term treatment of secondary mania requires identifying and addressing its many causes. The E-MANIC mnemonic1-4 could help you identify causes of secondary mania (Table).

Table

E-MANIC: Is it secondary mania?

Endocrine
Medications
Abuse of alcohol or illicit drugs
Neurologic
Infections
Cardiovascular causes

Endocrine. Thyroid dysfunction can disrupt mood, and mood disorders can impair thyroid function. The direct physiologic effects of thyroid dysfunction can cause mania. Hyperthyroidism can cause secondary mania and trigger restlessness, hyperactivity, insomnia, and irritability. Patients with mixed states of bipolar disorder have an increased risk of hypothyroidism and other medical comorbidities that can slow recovery.5 Some studies suggest thyroid diseases can cause rapid-cycling bipolar disorder,6 although most rapid-cycling patients have normal thyroid function tests. Nevertheless, low thyroid hormone blood levels are more common among individuals with rapid cycling than among bipolar patients in general.

Increased glucocorticoid activity associated with Cushing’s disease can cause secondary mania. Contributors can include pituitary adenomas, adrenal adenomas or carcinomas, and ectopic production of corticotropin-releasing hormone or corticotropin. Cushing’s disease symptoms include:

  • worsening obesity
  • new-onset hypertension
  • skin changes such as easy bruising, striae, poor wound healing, facial plethora, hirsutism, and acne
  • muscle weakness and wasting
  • peripheral edema
  • neuropsychiatric changes such as depression or mania.

Medications. Corticosteroids, dopaminergic agents—especially L-dopa and bromocriptine—and antidepressants can cause secondary mania. Other culprits include bronchodilators, phenytoin, sympathomimetics, amphetamines (including methylphenidate), disulfiram, captopril, hydralazine, opiates, baclofen, bromide, procarbazine, yohimbine, cimetidine, and isoniazid. Over-the-counter agents—especially phenylpropanolamine and herbal preparations—also have been implicated in secondary mania.

Abuse of alcohol and illicit drugs—such as cocaine, amphetamines, phencyclidine (PCP), lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD), inhalants, opiates, cannabis, caffeine, anabolic steroids, and methylenedioxymeth-amphetamine (MDMA/Ecstasy)—could cause a patient’s secondary mania.

Neurologic. When diagnosing secondary mania, look for traumatic brain injury, seizures, neoplasms—especially diencephalic and third ventricle tumors—normal pressure hydrocephalus, multiple sclerosis, idiopathic basal ganglia calcification, tuberous sclerosis, Kleine-Levin syndrome (episodic periods of excessive sleep and overeating followed by amnesia of these episodes), Huntington’s disease, and headaches.

Infections. Assess for neurosyphilis, meningitis, influenza, enteric fever, Q fever, cholera, tetanus, posttyphoid immunization, herpes encephalitis, St. Louis encephalitis, HIV, and AIDS.

Cardiovascular causes, cerebrovascular accidents, and collagen vascular disease—as in cases of systemic lupus erythematosus—could cause secondary mania.

Patients presenting with secondary mania require a thorough physical evaluation. Base decisions regarding more extensive laboratory and neuroimaging studies on clinical findings of psychiatric, medical, and neurologic examinations.4,7

References

1. Kessing LV. Diagnostic subtypes of bipolar disorder in older versus younger adults. Bipolar Disord 2006;8:56-64.

2. Tohen M, Shulman KI, Satlin A. First-episode mania in late life. Am J Psychiatry 1994;151:130-2.

3. Saliou V, Fichelle A, McLoughlin M, et al. Psychiatric disorders among patients admitted to a French medical emergency service. Gen Hosp Psychiatry 2005;27:263-8.

4. Cerullo MA. Corticosteroid-induced mania: prepare for the unpredictable. Current Psychiatry 2006;5(6):43-50.

5. Goldberg JF, McElroy SL. Bipolar mixed episodes: characteristics and comorbidities. J Clin Psychiatry 2007;68(10):e25.-

6. Kupka RW, Luckenbaugh DA, Post RM, et al. Rapid and non-rapid cycling bipolar disorder: a meta-analysis of clinical studies. J Clin Psychiatry 2003;64(12):1483-94.

7. Khouzam HR, Emery PE, Reaves B. Secondary mania in late life. J Am Geriatr Soc 1994;42(1):85-7.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Hani Raoul Khouzam, MD, MPH
Tirath S. Gill, MD
Dr. Khouzam is clinical professor of psychiatry, University of California, San Francisco–Fresno Medical Education Program, Fresno, CA. Dr. Gill is staff psychiatrist, Atascadero State Hospital, Atascadero, CA.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(02)
Publications
Page Number
87-90
Legacy Keywords
secondary mania workup; Hani Raoul Khouzam MD; Tirath S. Gill MD; mania; bipolar disorder
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Hani Raoul Khouzam, MD, MPH
Tirath S. Gill, MD
Dr. Khouzam is clinical professor of psychiatry, University of California, San Francisco–Fresno Medical Education Program, Fresno, CA. Dr. Gill is staff psychiatrist, Atascadero State Hospital, Atascadero, CA.

Author and Disclosure Information

Hani Raoul Khouzam, MD, MPH
Tirath S. Gill, MD
Dr. Khouzam is clinical professor of psychiatry, University of California, San Francisco–Fresno Medical Education Program, Fresno, CA. Dr. Gill is staff psychiatrist, Atascadero State Hospital, Atascadero, CA.

Article PDF
Article PDF

Mania can be classified as “primary”—often associated with bipolar disorder—or “secondary”—which can have many underlying causes. Secondary mania is more common than primary mania in children and patients age ≥40.1

Older adults in particular are at risk for developing mania associated with increased medical comorbidities and neurologic changes. In a study of 50 patients age ≥65 with mania, 14 (28%) were hospitalized for a first manic episode, and 10 of these 14 patients (71%) had comorbid neurologic disorders.2

Suspect secondary mania in patients:

  • who do not have a personal or family history of bipolar disorder
  • with an atypical clinical presentation
  • presenting with conditions with unexplained neurologic findings.3

Although acute treatment of primary and secondary mania may be similar, appropriate long-term treatment of secondary mania requires identifying and addressing its many causes. The E-MANIC mnemonic1-4 could help you identify causes of secondary mania (Table).

Table

E-MANIC: Is it secondary mania?

Endocrine
Medications
Abuse of alcohol or illicit drugs
Neurologic
Infections
Cardiovascular causes

Endocrine. Thyroid dysfunction can disrupt mood, and mood disorders can impair thyroid function. The direct physiologic effects of thyroid dysfunction can cause mania. Hyperthyroidism can cause secondary mania and trigger restlessness, hyperactivity, insomnia, and irritability. Patients with mixed states of bipolar disorder have an increased risk of hypothyroidism and other medical comorbidities that can slow recovery.5 Some studies suggest thyroid diseases can cause rapid-cycling bipolar disorder,6 although most rapid-cycling patients have normal thyroid function tests. Nevertheless, low thyroid hormone blood levels are more common among individuals with rapid cycling than among bipolar patients in general.

Increased glucocorticoid activity associated with Cushing’s disease can cause secondary mania. Contributors can include pituitary adenomas, adrenal adenomas or carcinomas, and ectopic production of corticotropin-releasing hormone or corticotropin. Cushing’s disease symptoms include:

  • worsening obesity
  • new-onset hypertension
  • skin changes such as easy bruising, striae, poor wound healing, facial plethora, hirsutism, and acne
  • muscle weakness and wasting
  • peripheral edema
  • neuropsychiatric changes such as depression or mania.

Medications. Corticosteroids, dopaminergic agents—especially L-dopa and bromocriptine—and antidepressants can cause secondary mania. Other culprits include bronchodilators, phenytoin, sympathomimetics, amphetamines (including methylphenidate), disulfiram, captopril, hydralazine, opiates, baclofen, bromide, procarbazine, yohimbine, cimetidine, and isoniazid. Over-the-counter agents—especially phenylpropanolamine and herbal preparations—also have been implicated in secondary mania.

Abuse of alcohol and illicit drugs—such as cocaine, amphetamines, phencyclidine (PCP), lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD), inhalants, opiates, cannabis, caffeine, anabolic steroids, and methylenedioxymeth-amphetamine (MDMA/Ecstasy)—could cause a patient’s secondary mania.

Neurologic. When diagnosing secondary mania, look for traumatic brain injury, seizures, neoplasms—especially diencephalic and third ventricle tumors—normal pressure hydrocephalus, multiple sclerosis, idiopathic basal ganglia calcification, tuberous sclerosis, Kleine-Levin syndrome (episodic periods of excessive sleep and overeating followed by amnesia of these episodes), Huntington’s disease, and headaches.

Infections. Assess for neurosyphilis, meningitis, influenza, enteric fever, Q fever, cholera, tetanus, posttyphoid immunization, herpes encephalitis, St. Louis encephalitis, HIV, and AIDS.

Cardiovascular causes, cerebrovascular accidents, and collagen vascular disease—as in cases of systemic lupus erythematosus—could cause secondary mania.

Patients presenting with secondary mania require a thorough physical evaluation. Base decisions regarding more extensive laboratory and neuroimaging studies on clinical findings of psychiatric, medical, and neurologic examinations.4,7

Mania can be classified as “primary”—often associated with bipolar disorder—or “secondary”—which can have many underlying causes. Secondary mania is more common than primary mania in children and patients age ≥40.1

Older adults in particular are at risk for developing mania associated with increased medical comorbidities and neurologic changes. In a study of 50 patients age ≥65 with mania, 14 (28%) were hospitalized for a first manic episode, and 10 of these 14 patients (71%) had comorbid neurologic disorders.2

Suspect secondary mania in patients:

  • who do not have a personal or family history of bipolar disorder
  • with an atypical clinical presentation
  • presenting with conditions with unexplained neurologic findings.3

Although acute treatment of primary and secondary mania may be similar, appropriate long-term treatment of secondary mania requires identifying and addressing its many causes. The E-MANIC mnemonic1-4 could help you identify causes of secondary mania (Table).

Table

E-MANIC: Is it secondary mania?

Endocrine
Medications
Abuse of alcohol or illicit drugs
Neurologic
Infections
Cardiovascular causes

Endocrine. Thyroid dysfunction can disrupt mood, and mood disorders can impair thyroid function. The direct physiologic effects of thyroid dysfunction can cause mania. Hyperthyroidism can cause secondary mania and trigger restlessness, hyperactivity, insomnia, and irritability. Patients with mixed states of bipolar disorder have an increased risk of hypothyroidism and other medical comorbidities that can slow recovery.5 Some studies suggest thyroid diseases can cause rapid-cycling bipolar disorder,6 although most rapid-cycling patients have normal thyroid function tests. Nevertheless, low thyroid hormone blood levels are more common among individuals with rapid cycling than among bipolar patients in general.

Increased glucocorticoid activity associated with Cushing’s disease can cause secondary mania. Contributors can include pituitary adenomas, adrenal adenomas or carcinomas, and ectopic production of corticotropin-releasing hormone or corticotropin. Cushing’s disease symptoms include:

  • worsening obesity
  • new-onset hypertension
  • skin changes such as easy bruising, striae, poor wound healing, facial plethora, hirsutism, and acne
  • muscle weakness and wasting
  • peripheral edema
  • neuropsychiatric changes such as depression or mania.

Medications. Corticosteroids, dopaminergic agents—especially L-dopa and bromocriptine—and antidepressants can cause secondary mania. Other culprits include bronchodilators, phenytoin, sympathomimetics, amphetamines (including methylphenidate), disulfiram, captopril, hydralazine, opiates, baclofen, bromide, procarbazine, yohimbine, cimetidine, and isoniazid. Over-the-counter agents—especially phenylpropanolamine and herbal preparations—also have been implicated in secondary mania.

Abuse of alcohol and illicit drugs—such as cocaine, amphetamines, phencyclidine (PCP), lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD), inhalants, opiates, cannabis, caffeine, anabolic steroids, and methylenedioxymeth-amphetamine (MDMA/Ecstasy)—could cause a patient’s secondary mania.

Neurologic. When diagnosing secondary mania, look for traumatic brain injury, seizures, neoplasms—especially diencephalic and third ventricle tumors—normal pressure hydrocephalus, multiple sclerosis, idiopathic basal ganglia calcification, tuberous sclerosis, Kleine-Levin syndrome (episodic periods of excessive sleep and overeating followed by amnesia of these episodes), Huntington’s disease, and headaches.

Infections. Assess for neurosyphilis, meningitis, influenza, enteric fever, Q fever, cholera, tetanus, posttyphoid immunization, herpes encephalitis, St. Louis encephalitis, HIV, and AIDS.

Cardiovascular causes, cerebrovascular accidents, and collagen vascular disease—as in cases of systemic lupus erythematosus—could cause secondary mania.

Patients presenting with secondary mania require a thorough physical evaluation. Base decisions regarding more extensive laboratory and neuroimaging studies on clinical findings of psychiatric, medical, and neurologic examinations.4,7

References

1. Kessing LV. Diagnostic subtypes of bipolar disorder in older versus younger adults. Bipolar Disord 2006;8:56-64.

2. Tohen M, Shulman KI, Satlin A. First-episode mania in late life. Am J Psychiatry 1994;151:130-2.

3. Saliou V, Fichelle A, McLoughlin M, et al. Psychiatric disorders among patients admitted to a French medical emergency service. Gen Hosp Psychiatry 2005;27:263-8.

4. Cerullo MA. Corticosteroid-induced mania: prepare for the unpredictable. Current Psychiatry 2006;5(6):43-50.

5. Goldberg JF, McElroy SL. Bipolar mixed episodes: characteristics and comorbidities. J Clin Psychiatry 2007;68(10):e25.-

6. Kupka RW, Luckenbaugh DA, Post RM, et al. Rapid and non-rapid cycling bipolar disorder: a meta-analysis of clinical studies. J Clin Psychiatry 2003;64(12):1483-94.

7. Khouzam HR, Emery PE, Reaves B. Secondary mania in late life. J Am Geriatr Soc 1994;42(1):85-7.

References

1. Kessing LV. Diagnostic subtypes of bipolar disorder in older versus younger adults. Bipolar Disord 2006;8:56-64.

2. Tohen M, Shulman KI, Satlin A. First-episode mania in late life. Am J Psychiatry 1994;151:130-2.

3. Saliou V, Fichelle A, McLoughlin M, et al. Psychiatric disorders among patients admitted to a French medical emergency service. Gen Hosp Psychiatry 2005;27:263-8.

4. Cerullo MA. Corticosteroid-induced mania: prepare for the unpredictable. Current Psychiatry 2006;5(6):43-50.

5. Goldberg JF, McElroy SL. Bipolar mixed episodes: characteristics and comorbidities. J Clin Psychiatry 2007;68(10):e25.-

6. Kupka RW, Luckenbaugh DA, Post RM, et al. Rapid and non-rapid cycling bipolar disorder: a meta-analysis of clinical studies. J Clin Psychiatry 2003;64(12):1483-94.

7. Khouzam HR, Emery PE, Reaves B. Secondary mania in late life. J Am Geriatr Soc 1994;42(1):85-7.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(02)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(02)
Page Number
87-90
Page Number
87-90
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Use ‘E-MANIC’ for secondary mania workup
Display Headline
Use ‘E-MANIC’ for secondary mania workup
Legacy Keywords
secondary mania workup; Hani Raoul Khouzam MD; Tirath S. Gill MD; mania; bipolar disorder
Legacy Keywords
secondary mania workup; Hani Raoul Khouzam MD; Tirath S. Gill MD; mania; bipolar disorder
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

‘Scheherazade syndrome’: How to keep your patients on task

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:20
Display Headline
‘Scheherazade syndrome’: How to keep your patients on task

Psychiatrists, like all physicians, sometimes ask patients to endure painful or unpleasant procedures in the course of diagnosis and treatment. Patients want treatment, but they also want to avoid pain—so we expect ambivalence and resistance. Distraction is one of the most effective forms of patient resistance.

Distraction can be very effective, as described in an Arabian folk tale in The Book of One Thousand and One Nights. The story tells of a cruel Persian king who marries a virgin every night, and every morning he has his new wife executed. On the night the king marries Scheherazade, she tells him a story but leaves off the ending. The king keeps Scheherazade alive for another day to find out how the tale ends, but she then starts telling another story. This practice keeps Scheherazade alive for 1,001 nights.

Like Scheherazade,patients can employ distraction to avoid an unpleasant experience. A recently retired schoolteacher consulted me because he wanted to travel but was afraid of flying, driving long distances, and spending the night alone away from home. He and I agreed on exposure and response prevention therapy, and he made good progress at first. But then treatment stalled.

My patient was a kind man from a large, turbulent family. He was always rescuing someone from divorce, bankruptcy, school failure, or criminal indictment. Discussing these crises started to dominate our treatment sessions, and there never was a good time to get down to business.

In my experience, this pattern of regular, distracting crises occurs often with:

  • patients undergoing treatment for anxiety disorders
  • drug and alcohol abusers
  • patients referred by other physicians because the patient is avoiding a necessary procedure.

These strategies can help you refocus a distracting patient and manage “Scheherazade syndrome”:

Consider time-limited therapy when appropriate.

Quickly decide if a crisis that disrupts treatment is genuine or merely a distraction. A patient who has lost a loved one or suffered a life-threatening illness can be excused, but view lesser emergencies as suspect. My schoolteacher always had a good reason to avoid working on his fears, but the regularity of his excuses was a clue.

Confront the patient when you detect a pattern of avoidance. Make sure he remains interested in accomplishing the original objective.

Consider negotiating a new treatment plan. Your patient may need preliminary cognitive therapy, a gentler schedule, medication, or inpatient treatment.

Propose more structured therapy. Instruct the patient to keep a treatment diary and bring it to sessions. Sign a treatment contract, recommend a support group, or enlist the help of family members.

Reconsider the diagnosis if nothing is working. Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, psychosis, or other cognitive problems can seem like anxiety or procrastination.

References

Dr. Lakritz is a psychiatrist at the Lahey Clinic Medical Center in Burlington, MA.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Kenneth Lakritz, MD

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(02)
Publications
Page Number
68-68
Legacy Keywords
Kenneth Lakritz MD; Pearls; unpleasant procedures; patient distraction; anxiety disorders; time-limited therapy; pattern of avoidance; treatment disruption
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Kenneth Lakritz, MD

Author and Disclosure Information

Kenneth Lakritz, MD

Article PDF
Article PDF

Psychiatrists, like all physicians, sometimes ask patients to endure painful or unpleasant procedures in the course of diagnosis and treatment. Patients want treatment, but they also want to avoid pain—so we expect ambivalence and resistance. Distraction is one of the most effective forms of patient resistance.

Distraction can be very effective, as described in an Arabian folk tale in The Book of One Thousand and One Nights. The story tells of a cruel Persian king who marries a virgin every night, and every morning he has his new wife executed. On the night the king marries Scheherazade, she tells him a story but leaves off the ending. The king keeps Scheherazade alive for another day to find out how the tale ends, but she then starts telling another story. This practice keeps Scheherazade alive for 1,001 nights.

Like Scheherazade,patients can employ distraction to avoid an unpleasant experience. A recently retired schoolteacher consulted me because he wanted to travel but was afraid of flying, driving long distances, and spending the night alone away from home. He and I agreed on exposure and response prevention therapy, and he made good progress at first. But then treatment stalled.

My patient was a kind man from a large, turbulent family. He was always rescuing someone from divorce, bankruptcy, school failure, or criminal indictment. Discussing these crises started to dominate our treatment sessions, and there never was a good time to get down to business.

In my experience, this pattern of regular, distracting crises occurs often with:

  • patients undergoing treatment for anxiety disorders
  • drug and alcohol abusers
  • patients referred by other physicians because the patient is avoiding a necessary procedure.

These strategies can help you refocus a distracting patient and manage “Scheherazade syndrome”:

Consider time-limited therapy when appropriate.

Quickly decide if a crisis that disrupts treatment is genuine or merely a distraction. A patient who has lost a loved one or suffered a life-threatening illness can be excused, but view lesser emergencies as suspect. My schoolteacher always had a good reason to avoid working on his fears, but the regularity of his excuses was a clue.

Confront the patient when you detect a pattern of avoidance. Make sure he remains interested in accomplishing the original objective.

Consider negotiating a new treatment plan. Your patient may need preliminary cognitive therapy, a gentler schedule, medication, or inpatient treatment.

Propose more structured therapy. Instruct the patient to keep a treatment diary and bring it to sessions. Sign a treatment contract, recommend a support group, or enlist the help of family members.

Reconsider the diagnosis if nothing is working. Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, psychosis, or other cognitive problems can seem like anxiety or procrastination.

Psychiatrists, like all physicians, sometimes ask patients to endure painful or unpleasant procedures in the course of diagnosis and treatment. Patients want treatment, but they also want to avoid pain—so we expect ambivalence and resistance. Distraction is one of the most effective forms of patient resistance.

Distraction can be very effective, as described in an Arabian folk tale in The Book of One Thousand and One Nights. The story tells of a cruel Persian king who marries a virgin every night, and every morning he has his new wife executed. On the night the king marries Scheherazade, she tells him a story but leaves off the ending. The king keeps Scheherazade alive for another day to find out how the tale ends, but she then starts telling another story. This practice keeps Scheherazade alive for 1,001 nights.

Like Scheherazade,patients can employ distraction to avoid an unpleasant experience. A recently retired schoolteacher consulted me because he wanted to travel but was afraid of flying, driving long distances, and spending the night alone away from home. He and I agreed on exposure and response prevention therapy, and he made good progress at first. But then treatment stalled.

My patient was a kind man from a large, turbulent family. He was always rescuing someone from divorce, bankruptcy, school failure, or criminal indictment. Discussing these crises started to dominate our treatment sessions, and there never was a good time to get down to business.

In my experience, this pattern of regular, distracting crises occurs often with:

  • patients undergoing treatment for anxiety disorders
  • drug and alcohol abusers
  • patients referred by other physicians because the patient is avoiding a necessary procedure.

These strategies can help you refocus a distracting patient and manage “Scheherazade syndrome”:

Consider time-limited therapy when appropriate.

Quickly decide if a crisis that disrupts treatment is genuine or merely a distraction. A patient who has lost a loved one or suffered a life-threatening illness can be excused, but view lesser emergencies as suspect. My schoolteacher always had a good reason to avoid working on his fears, but the regularity of his excuses was a clue.

Confront the patient when you detect a pattern of avoidance. Make sure he remains interested in accomplishing the original objective.

Consider negotiating a new treatment plan. Your patient may need preliminary cognitive therapy, a gentler schedule, medication, or inpatient treatment.

Propose more structured therapy. Instruct the patient to keep a treatment diary and bring it to sessions. Sign a treatment contract, recommend a support group, or enlist the help of family members.

Reconsider the diagnosis if nothing is working. Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, posttraumatic stress disorder, psychosis, or other cognitive problems can seem like anxiety or procrastination.

References

Dr. Lakritz is a psychiatrist at the Lahey Clinic Medical Center in Burlington, MA.

References

Dr. Lakritz is a psychiatrist at the Lahey Clinic Medical Center in Burlington, MA.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(02)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(02)
Page Number
68-68
Page Number
68-68
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
‘Scheherazade syndrome’: How to keep your patients on task
Display Headline
‘Scheherazade syndrome’: How to keep your patients on task
Legacy Keywords
Kenneth Lakritz MD; Pearls; unpleasant procedures; patient distraction; anxiety disorders; time-limited therapy; pattern of avoidance; treatment disruption
Legacy Keywords
Kenneth Lakritz MD; Pearls; unpleasant procedures; patient distraction; anxiety disorders; time-limited therapy; pattern of avoidance; treatment disruption
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media